Waddell – Manetho, with an English translation (Loeb; 1940, reprint 1964; with Robbins, Ptolemy Tetrabiblos) — archive.org text layer

History/Historians – Greek and Roman · Manetho of Sebennytos — Aegyptiaca (fragments) and the pseudo-Manethonian texts · none · L0 witness

Source and licence

share: publicnone

Source: text layer of corpus/incoming/histories/historians/manetho-aegyptiaca/manethowithengli00maneuoft.pdf (archive.org OCR; tools/build_repository.py histories())

Attribution: Waddell – Manetho, with an English translation (Loeb; 1940, reprint 1964; with Robbins, Ptolemy Tetrabiblos); public domain in Canada (death years verified: Waddell d.1945 (http://id.loc.gov/authorities/names/n85139657 "1884-1945"; https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q59627833 d. 1945-01-25); Robbins (Tetrabiblos, same volume) d.1963 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q59629165; LoC n84805970 gives no death year) — staged at corpus/incoming/histories/historians/manetho-aegyptiaca/manethowithengli00maneuoft.pdf from https://archive.org/details/manethowithengli00maneuoft (HIST-1, 2026-09-29)); OCR text by the Kemetic project, Yousef Hanna 2026.

Licence: public domain in Canada (author died ≤ 1971, verified; LICENCES.md §7) — US position (recorded, does not gate the class; PD-CA 2026-09-26): US: first published 1940 (this printing 1964) — renewal not checked; archive.org records "Permission Granted to Digitize Item" (Toronto). Canada decides (PD-CA 2026-09-26)

Jurisdiction note: this text is public domain under Canadian law (the project is published from Canada; LICENCES.md §7: author died in or before 1971). It may still be in copyright elsewhere — in countries with a life + 70 term, or where a later edition claims its own rights. The licence line above says what was verified. If you are outside Canada, check your own law before re-using it.

Full provenance and citation

The text — part 3 of 4

14,197 lines · a line number is a link to itself
refL0 witness
p. 545
32095TETRABIBLOS III. 1
32096BOOK
32097III.
320981. Introduction.
32099As in what precedes we have presented the theory of
32100universal events, because this comes
32101first and for
32102the most part has power to control the predictions
32103which concern the special nature of any individual,
32104the prognostic part of which we call the genethlia-
32105logical art, we must believe that the two divisions
32106have one and the same power both practically and
32107theoretically.
32108For the cause both of universal and
32109of particular events is the motion of the planets,
32110sun, and moon;
32111and the prognostic art is the scien-
32112tific observation of precisely the change in the sub-
32113ject natures which corresponds to parallel movements
32114of the heavenly bodies through the surrounding
32115heavens, except that universal conditions are greater
32116and independent, and particular ones not similarly
32117so.
32118We must not, however, consider
32119that both
32120divisions+ employ the same
32121starting-points, from
32122which, by reckoning the disposition of the heavenly
32123bodies, we attempt to foretell the events signified
32124by their aspects at that time.
32125On the contrary, in the
32126case of the universals we have to take many starting-
32127points, since we have no single one for the universe ;
321281J.e. general astrology and genethlialogical astrology.
321294 αὐτῆς φύσεων τροπῆς PL, αὐτῆς φύσεως tp. VD, αὐτῶν
32130φύσεων τρ. A, αὐτῶν φύσεως tp. ME ; αὐτῆς τροπῆς NCam.
3213122]
p. 546
32132PTOLEMY
32133αὐτῶν
32134τῶν ὑποκειμένων πάντοτε AapPavopevas,
32135ἀλλὰ
32136καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν περιεχόντων καὶ τὰς αἰτίας
32137ἐπιφερόντων
32138σχεδὸν γὰρ πάσας" ἀπό τε τῶν
32139τελειοτέρων ἐκλείψεων καὶ τῶν ἐπισήμως παρ-
32140οδευόντων ἀστέρων ἐπισκεπτόμεθα "3 τῶν δὲ καθ᾽
32141ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ μίαν καὶ πολλάς "
32142μίαν μὲν τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ συγκρίματος ἀρχήν" καὶ
32143ταύτην
32144γὰρ ἔχομεν " πολλὰς δὲ τὰς κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς
32145τῶν “περιεχόντων πρὸς τὴν πρώτην ἀρχὴν ἐπιση-
32146105 μασίας ovpBawovoas,* προηγουμένης μέντοι τῆς
32147μιᾶς ἐνθάδε εἰκότως, ἐπειδήπερ αὐτὴ καὶ τὰς
32148ἄλλας ὃ ἀποτελεῖ.
32149τούτων δ᾽ οὕτως ἐχόντων ἀπὸ
32150μὲν τῆς πρώτης ἀρχῆς θεωρεῖται τὰ καθ᾽ ὅλου τῆς
32151,
32152>
32153/
32154A
32155\
32156~
32157”
32158A
32159A
32160συγκρίσεως ἰδιώματα, dua δὲ τῶν ἄλλων τὰ κατὰ
32161καιροὺς παρὰ τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον συμβησόμενα
32162κατὰ τὰς λεγομένας τῶν ἐφεξῆς χρόνων διαιρέσεις."
32163᾿Αρχῆς δὲ χρονικῆς ὑπαρχούσης τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων
32164τέξεων * φύσει μὲν τῆς κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν σποράν,
32165δυνάμει δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸ συμβεβηκὸς τῆς κατὰ τὴν
32166ἀποκύησιν ἐκτροπῆς, ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἐγνωκότων τὸν
32167τῆς σπορᾶς καιρὸν ἤτοι συμπτωματικῶς ἢ καὶ
32168παρατηρητικῶς ἐκείνῳ ὃ μᾶλλον προσήκει πρός τε
321691 πάσας VPLAD; πάσαις MNECam.? (sed in mg. ἢ πάσας
32170ἐπισκεπτόμεθα).
321712 ἐπισκεπτόμεθα VADECam.!, Cam.? mg.; -ώμεθα PL;
32172ἐπισκηπτόμεθα MNCam.?
321733 καὶ ταύτην VPLD; καὶ om. alii Cam.
321744 συμβαίνειν VPLMDE, -ovcas NACam.
321755 Post ἄλλας add. ὡς τὸ ὑποκείμενον εἰδικῶς (ἰδικῶς NCam.},
32176ἠδικῆ P, ἑστικῇ L)PLNCam.;
32177om. VMADEProc.
32178ὁ Post διαιρέσεις titulum Περὶ σπορᾶς καὶ ἐκτροπῆς add.
32179VMADProc.; om. E (spatio relicto) PLNCam.
32180222
p. 547
32181TETRABIBLOS III. 1
32182and these too are not always taken from the subjects
32183themselves, but also from the elements that attend
32184them and carry with them the causes;
32185for we in-
32186vestigate practically all the starting-points presented
32187by the more complete eclipses and the significant
32188passages of the planets.
32189In predictions affecting in-
32190dividual men, however, we have both one and many
32191starting-points.
32192The one is the beginning of the
32193temperament itself,! for this we have ; and the many
32194are the successive significances of the ambients which
32195are relative to this first beginning, though to be sure
32196the single starting-point is naturally in this case of
32197greatest importance because it produces the others.
32198As this is so, the general characteristics
32199of the
32200temperament are determined from the first starting-
32201point, while by means of the others we predict events
32202that will come about at specific times and vary in
32203degree, following the so-called ages of life.”
32204Since the chronological starting-point of human
32205nativities is naturally the very time of conception, but
32206potentially and accidentally the moment of birth,
32207in cases in which the very time of conception is known
32208either by chance or by observation, it is more fitting
32209that we should follow it in determining the special
322101“ Temperament ’’ here is used in its astrological sense,
32211of the mingling of physical and other traits which make
32212up the individual.
32213Cf. the similar use of κρᾶσις in i. 11,
32214p- 64.
322152The “divisions of the successive times,’
32216of man, are discussed in iv. 10.
32217i.e. the ages
32218Ἰτέξεων VD;
32219γενέσεων (mg.:
32220.. εξων N;
32221ἕξεων A;
32222yevécewy alii Proc.Cam.
322238 ἐκείνῳ MAEProc. ; ἐκεῖνο alii Cam.
32224223
p. 548
32225PTOLEMY
32226~
32227~
32228~
32229>]
32230τὰ τοῦ σώματος
32231καὶ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἰδιώματα
32232κατακολουθεῖν, τὸ ποιητικὸν τοῦ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν τῶν
32233ἀστέρων
32234σχηματισμοῦ
32235διασκεπτομένους.
32236ἅπαξ
32237γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ τὸ σπέρμα ποιόν πως γενόμενον ἐκ
32238τῆς τοῦ περιέχοντος διαδόσεως, κἂν διάφορον τοῦτο
32239~
32240nw
32241,
32242γίνηται κατὰ τοὺς ἐφεξῆς THs σωματοποιήσεως
32243χρόνους, αὐτὸ τὴν οἰκείαν μόνην ὕλην φυσικῶς
32244προσεπισυγκρίνον
32245ἑαυτῷ
32246κατὰ τὴν αὔξησιν
32247ἔτι
32248~
32249’
32250~
32251~
32252~
32253μᾶλλον ἐξομοιοῦται τῇ τῆς πρώτης ποιότητος 1
32254ἰδιοτροπίᾳ.
322559
32256A
32257\
32258~
32259Ἁ
32260/
32261a
32262«
32263>
32264‘\
32265~
32266Emi δὲ τῶν μὴ γινωσκόντων, ὅπερ ws ἐπὶ πᾶν
32267συμβαίνει, τῇ κατὰ τὴν ἐκτροπὴν ἀρχῇ καὶ ταύτῃ
32268,ὔ
32269>
32270-
32271ς
32272,ὔ
32273\
32274>
32275~ 3
32276A
32277106 POUR EN EL ΡΟ
32278ΠΟΤΌΝ, ως ΠΕ
32279EN και ἜΣ ee
32280μόνῳ τούτῳ τῆς πρώτης λειπομένῃ, τῷ δι᾽ ἐκείνης
32281καὶ τὰ πρὸ τῆς ἐκτέξεως δύνασθαι προγινώσκεσθαι"
32282καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν av τις εἴποι, τὴν δ᾽ ὥσπερ
322834
32284A
32285/
32286>
32287~
32288~
32289A
32290δ,
32291/
32292καταρχήν, TO μέγεθος αὐτῆς τῷ μὲν χρόνῳ γίνεται
32293,
32294~
32295~
32296δεύτερον, ἴσον δὲ Kai μᾶλλον τελειότερον TH δυνάμει,
32297σχεδόν τε δικαίως ἐκείνη μὲν ἂν ὀνομάζοιτο σπέρ-
32298ματος
32299ἀνθρωπίνου
32300γένεσις, αὕτη δὲ ἀνθρώπου.
32301A
32302/
32303A
32304/
32305/
32306A
32307/
32308a
32309A
32310πλεῖστά τε yap τότε προσλαμβάνει τὸ βρέφος ἃ μὴ
32311πρότερον, ὅτε κατὰ γαστρὸς ἦν, προσῆν αὐτῷ. καὶ
32312~
32313΄
32314αὐτὰ τὰ ἴδια μόνης τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως, ὅ τε
32315σωματώδης σχηματισμός " κἂν μηδὲν αὐτῷ δοκῇ
32316τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἔκτεξιν περιέχον εἰς τὸ τοιῷδε εἶναι
32317συμβάλλεσθαι, αὐτὸ γοῦν τὸ κατὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον τοῦ
323181 ποιότητος VMADEProce. ; ἰδιότητος P (ἰδιω-) LNCam.
323193 ταύτῃ VAD, εἰς ταῦτα PNCam., εἰς ταύτην L, εἰς τὴν μετὰ
32320ταύτῃ Μ, εἰς τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα E.
323213 αὐτῇ VPLMDE, ταύτῃ NACam.
32322224
p. 549
32323TETRABIBLOS III. 1
32324nature of body and soul, examining the effective
32325power of the configuration of the stars at that time.
32326For to the seed is given once and for all at the
32327beginning such and such qualities by the endowment
32328of the ambient; and even though it may change
32329as the body subsequently grows, since by natural
32330process it mingles with itself in the process of growth
32331only matter which is akin to itself, thus it resembles
32332even more closely the type of its initial quality.
32333But if they do not know the time of conception,
32334which is usually the case, we must follow the starting-
32335point furnished by the moment of birth and give
32336to this our attention, for it too is of great importance
32337and falls short of the former only in this respect—
32338that by the former it is possible to have foreknow-
32339ledge also of events preceding birth.
32340For if one should
32341call the one “‘ source ” and the other, as it were, “* be-
32342ginning,” its importance in time, indeed, is secondary,
32343but it is equal or rather even more perfect in poten-
32344tiality, and with reasonable
32345propriety would the
32346former be called the genesis of human seed and the
32347latter the genesis of a man.
32348For the child at birth
32349and his bodily form take on many additional at-
32350tributes which he did not have before, when he
32351was in the womb, those very ones indeed which
32352belong to human
32353nature
32354alone;
32355and even
32356if it
32357seems that the ambient at the time of birth con-
32358tributes nothing toward his quality, at least his
32359very coming forth into the light under the appro-
32360priate conformation
32361of
32362the heavens
32363contributes,
32364225
p. 550
32365PTOLEMY
32366’
32367‘
32368>
32369~
32370>
32371a
32372/
32373περιέχοντος σχηματισμὸν εἰς φῶς ἐλθεῖν συμβάλ-
32374λεται, τῆς φύσεως μετὰ τὴν τελείωσιν πρὸς τὸ
32375/
32376a
32377ὁμοιότυπον κατάστημα τῷ κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς διαμορφώ-
32378σαντι μερικῶς τῆν ὁρμὴν τῆς ἐξόδου ποιουμένης *
32379σ
32380>
32381~
32382a
32383wor
32384εὐλόγως Kal τῶν τοιούτων ἡγεῖσθαι δηλω-
32385τικὸν εἶναι τὸν κατὰ τὴν ἐκτροπὴν ' τῶν ἀστέρων
32386σχηματισμόν, οὐχ WS ποιητικὸν μέντοι πάντως, ἀλλ᾽
32387>
32388v?
32389ws ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔχοντα Kal κατὰ φύσιν ὁμοιότατον
32390~
32391/
32392τῇ δυνάμει TO ποιητικόν.
32393/
32394\
32395\
32396\
32397‘
32398ε
32399~
32400uv
32401\
32402Προθέσεως δὲ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἡμῖν οὔσης καὶ
32403~
32404>?
32405~
32406aA
32407τοῦτο TO μέρος ἐφοδικῶς ἀναπληρῶσαι κατὰ τὸν
32408»
324093
32410“
32411~
32412΄
32413Ι071ἐν ἀρχῆ τῆσδε τῆς συντάξεως ὑφηγημένον ἐπι-
32414λογισμὸν περὶ τοῦ
32415δυνατοῦ
32416τῆς τοιαύτης προ-
32417>
32418wn
32419~
32420γνώσεως, TOV μὲν ἀρχαῖον τῶν προρρήσεων τρόπον
32421τὸν κατὰ τὸ συγκρατικὸν 5 εἶδος τῶν ἀστέρων
32422᾽ὔ
32423\
32424~
32425πάντων ἢ τῶν πλείστων, πολύχουν τε
32426ὄντα Kal
32427‘
32428A
32429”
32430>
32431\
32432>
32433~
32434>
32435/
32436A
32437σχεδὸν ἄπειρον, εἴ τις αὐτὸν ἀκριβοῦν ἐθέλοι κατὰ
32438\
32439ὃ /
32440ὃ
32441"
32442GAA
32443>’
32444-
32445\
32446/
32447>
32448τὴν
32449διέξοδον, καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν ταῖς κατὰ μέρος ἐπι-
32450βολαῖς τῶν φυσικῶς ἐπισκεπτομένων ἢ ἐν ταῖς
324515
32452-
32453παραδόσεσι ἀναθεωρεῖσθαι δυναμένων, παραιυτησό-
32454/
32455\
324564,
32457\
32458‘
32459/
32460μεθα dua τε τὸ δύσχρηστον Kai
32461τὸ δυσδιέξοδον.
32462τὰς δὲ πραγματείας αὐτὰς
32463δι’ ὧν ἕκαστα τῶν
32464~
32465>
32466~
32467εἰδῶν κατὰ Tov ἐπιβληματικὸν τρόπον συνορᾶται
32468καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὸ ἰδιότροπον
32469καὶ ὁλοσχερέστερον
32470~
32471/
32472TOV ἀστέρων πρὸς ἕκαστα ποιητικὰς δυνάμεις ὡς
32473~
32474>?
32475ἔνι μάλιστα παρακολουθητικῶς
32476τε ἅμα καὶ ἐπι-
324771 ἐκτροπὴν VADEProc., τροπὴν PLMNCam.
324782 συγκρατικὸν VAE;
32479cf. κατὰ τὴν σύγκρασιν τῶν ἀστέρων
32480Proc. ; συγκριτικὸν MNDCam., -κροτικὸν PL.
32481226
p. 551
32482TETRABIBLOS III. 1
32483since nature, after the child
32484is perfectly formed,
32485gives the impulse to its birth under a configuration
32486of similar type to that which governed the child’s
32487formation in detail in the first place!
32488Accord-
32489ingly one may with good reason believe that the
32490position of the stars at the time of birth is significant
32491of things of this sort, not, however, for the reason
32492that it is causative in the full sense, but that of
32493necessity and by nature
32494it has potentially very
32495similar causative power.
32496Since it is our present purpose to treat of this
32497division likewise systematically on the basis of the
32498discussion, introduced at the beginning of this com-
32499pendium, of the possibility of prediction of this kind,
32500we shall decline to present the ancient method of
32501prediction, which brings into combination all or most
32502of the stars, because it is manifold and well-nigh
32503infinite, if one wishes to recount it with accuracy.
32504Besides, it depends much more upon the particular
32505attempts of those who make their inquiries directly
32506from nature than
32507of those who can
32508theorize
32509on
32510the
32511basis
32512of the
32513traditions;
32514and
32515furthermore
32516we shall omit
32517it on account
32518of the difficulty in
32519using it and following it.
32520Those very procedures
32521through which each kind of thing is apprehended by
32522the practical method, and the active influences of
32523the stars, both special and general, we shall, as far
32524as possible, consistently and briefly, in accordance
32525' An assumption which Ptolemy does not think it neces-
32526sary to demonstrate.
32527The statement
32528that the sign in
32529which the moon was found at the conception would be in
32530the ascendant at the nativity is attributed to “ Nechepso
32531and Petosiris *’; Boll-Bezold-Gundel, p. 154;
32532ε΄. Bouché-
32533Leclercq, pp. 376, 379.
32534227
p. 552
32535PTOLEMY
32536τετμημένως κατὰ TOV φυσικὸν στοχασμὸν ἐκθησό-
32537μεθα: τοὺς μὲν τοῦ περιέχοντος τόπους πρὸς οὕς
32538ἕκαστα θεωρεῖται τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων συμπτωμάτων,
32539καθάπερ σκοπὸν οὗ δεῖ καταστοχάζεσθαι,. προυπο-
32540τιθέμενοι, τὰς δὲ τῶν τοῖς τόποις κατ᾽ ἐπικρά-
32541τησιν τῶν συνοικειουμένων σωμάτων ποιητικὰς
32542δυνάμεις, ὥσπερ ἀφέσεις βελῶν, κατὰ τὸ ὁλοσχερέ-
32543στερον ἐφαρμόζοντες, τὸ δὲ ἐκ τῆς συγκράσεως
32544τῆς ἐκ πλειόνων φύσεων περὶ τὸ ὑποκείμενον εἶδος
32545συναγόμενον
32546ἀποτέλεσμα
32547καταλιπόντες,
32548ὥσπερ
32549108 εὐστόχῳ τοξότῃ, τῷ τοῦ διασκεπτομένου λογισμῷ.
32550πρῶτον δὲ περὶ τῶν καθ᾽ ὅλου διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν
32551ἐκτροπὴν ἀρχῆς θεωρουμένων ποιησόμεθα τὸν λόγον
32552κατὰ τὴν προσήκουσαν τῆς τάξεως ἀκολουθίαν -
32553πάντων μέν, ws ἔφαμεν, τῶν φύσιν ἐχόντων διὰ
32554ταύτης λαμβάνεσθαι δυναμένων, συνεργησόντων δὲ
32555εἴ τις ἔτι περιεργάζεσθαι θέλοι πρὸς μόνα τὰ κατ᾽
32556αὐτὴν τὴν σύγκρισιν 5 ἰδιώματα καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν
32557τῆς σπορᾶς χρόνον
32558διὰ
32559τῆς αὐτῆς θεωρίας
32560ὑποπιπτόντων ἰδιωμάτων.
32561«β0 Περὶ μοίρας ὡροσκοπούσης
32562~
325634
32564᾽ὔ
32565/
32566᾿Επειδὴ περὶ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ κυριωτάτου, τουτέστι
32567~
32568~
32569\
32570>
32571\
32572σ
325733
32574,ὔ
32575τοῦ μορίου τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἐκτροπὴν ὥρας, ἀπορία
32576/
32577A
32578«
325799.
325808.
32581a
32582~
325833
32584γίνεται πολλάκις, μόνης μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν τῆς δι
32585/
325863
32587Ψ
32588\
32589\
32590”
32591ἀστρολάβων ὡροσκοπίων κατ᾽
32592αὐτὴν τὴν ἔκτεξιν
325931 καταστοχάζεσθαι VMADE, προκαταστοχάζεσθαι PLNCam.
325945 κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν σύγκρισιν VDProc.; κατὰ τὴν σύγκ. PLA;
32595κατὰ σύγκ. NCam., τὴν σύγκ. (om. κατὰ) ME.
32596q
32597‘
32598΄“
32599~
32600~
32601-
32602‘
32603ἈΝ:
32604™
326058 τὸν τῆς σπορᾶς VADE, τῆς σπορᾶς PLM, τὰς σπορὰς
32606NCam.
326074 χρόνον libri; -ων Cam.
32608228
p. 553
32609TETRABIBLOS III. 1-2
32610with natural conjecture, set forth.
32611Our preface
32612shall be an account of the places in the heavens to
32613which reference is made when particular human
32614events are theoretically considered, a kind of mark
32615at which one must aim before proceeding further ;
32616to this we shall add a general discussion of the active
32617powers of the heavenly bodies that gain kinship with
32618these places by dominating them—the loosing of the
32619arrow, as it were; but the predicted result, summed
32620up by the combination of many elements applied to
32621the underlying form, we shall leave, as to a skilful
32622archer, to the calculation of him who conducts the
32623investigation.
32624First, then, we shall discuss in proper
32625sequence the general matters the consideration of
32626which is accomplished through the time of birth
32627taken as the starting-point, for, as we have said, this
32628furnishes an explanation of all natural events, but, if
32629one is willing to take the additional trouble, by the
32630same reasoning the properties that fall at the time of
32631conception will also be of aid toward ascertaining
32632the peculiar qualities that apply directly to the
32633combination.
326342. Of the Degree of the Horoscopic Point.
32635Difficulty often arises with regard to the first and
32636most important fact, that is, the fraction of the hour
32637of the birth;
32638for in general only observation by
32639means of horoscopic astrolabes ! at the time of birth
326401 An instrument consisting of a graduated circle with
32641a movable arm by which angles above the horizon could
32642be taken.
32643229
p. 554
32644PTOLEMY
32645/
32646~
32647~
32648~
32649διοπτεύσεως τοῖς ἐπιστημονικῶς παρατηροῦσι τὸ
32650λ
32651\
326521
32653~
32654σ
32655ε
32656LAA
32657/
32658~
32659>
32660emtov!
32661τῆς ὥρας ὑποβάλλειν δυναμένης, τῶν ὃ
32662HAA
3266380
32664ε
32665/
32666e
32667Ul
32668Φ
32669«
32670λ -
32671ἄλλων σχεδὸν ἁπάντων ὡροσκοπίων, οἷς οἱ πλεῖστοι
32672τῶν ἐπιμελεστέρων προσέχουσι, πολλαχῆ 2 δια-
326734
32674~
32675>
32676/
32677/
32678~
32679\
32680«
32681~
32682ψεύδεσθαι τῆς ἀληθείας δυναμένων, τῶν μὲν ἡλιακῶν
32683παρὰ τὰς τῶν θέσεων καὶ τῶν γνωμόνων ἐπισυμ-
32684la
32685/
32686~
32687\
32688catch
32689α
32690/
32691A
32692πιπτούσας διαστροφάς, τῶν δὲ δι᾿ ὑδρολογίων παρὰ
32693A
32694~
32695A
326963
32697~
32698ς
32699A
32700/
32701>
32702~
32703Tas τῆς ῥύσεως ὃ τοῦ ὕδατος ὑπὸ διαφόρων αἰτιῶν
327043
32705καὶ διὰ τὸ τυχὸν ἐποχάς τε καὶ ἀνωμαλίας, ἀναγ-
32706καῖον ἂν εἴη προπαραδοθῆναι τίνα ἄν τις τρόπον
32707109 εὑρίσκοι τὴν ὀφείλουσαν ἀνατέλλειν μοῖραν τοῦ
32708ζωδιακοῦ κατὰ τὸν φυσικὸν καὶ ἀκόλουθον λόγον,
32709προυποτεθείσης τῆς κατὰ τὴν διδομένην σύνεγγυς
32710ὥραν διὰ τῆς τῶν ἀναφορῶν πραγματείας εὑρισκο-
32711μένης.
32712δεῖ δὴ λαμβάνειν τὴν τῆς ἐκτροπῆς προ-
32713γενομένην ἔγγιστα συζυγίαν, ἐάν τε σύνοδος ἢ ἐάν
32714τε πανσέληνος, καὶ τὴν μοῖραν ἀκριβῶς διασκεψα-
32715μένους, συνόδου μὲν οὔσης τὴν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν
32716φωτῶν, πανσελήνου δὲ τὴν τοῦ ὑπὲρ γῆν αὐτῶν
32717170 λεπτὸν VMADE, τὼ λεπτὸν Ῥ, τῷ λεπτῷ NLCam.
327182 πολλαχῆ libri, πολλαχοῦ Proc., πολλάκι Cam.
327198 τῆς ῥύσεως PLME, ῥύσεως VAD, ῥύσεις N, τὴν ῥύσιν Proc.,
32720φύσεις Cam.
327214 διασκεψαμένους VAD, -ωμένους Ῥ, -ομένους LMNECam.
32722>
327231The ‘solar instruments
32724’”’
32725are sun-dials, the gnomons
32726of which cast shadows, the position and length of which
32727230
p. 555
32728TETRABIBLOS III. 2
32729can for scientific observers give the minute of the
32730hour, while practically all other horoscopic instru-
32731ments on which the majority of the more careful
32732practitioners rely are frequently capable of error,
32733the solar instruments by the occasional shifting of
32734their positions or of their gnomons,!' and the water
32735clocks by stoppages and irregularities in the flow
32736of the water from different causes and by mere
32737chance.
32738It would therefore be necessary that an
32739account first be given how one might, by natural
32740and consistent
32741reasoning, discover
32742the degree of
32743the zodiac which should be rising, given the degree
32744of the known
32745hour nearest the event, which
32746is
32747discovered
32748by the method
32749of ascensions.2,
32750We
32751must, then, take the syzygy* most recently pre-
32752ceding the birth, whether it be a new moon or a full
32753moon ; and, likewise having ascertained the degree
32754accurately, of both the luminaries if it is a new moon,
32755and if it is a full moon that of the one of them that is
32756above the earth, we must see what stars rule it at the
32757are significant.
32758Clepsydrae, or water-clocks, operated on
32759the principle of the hour-glass, except that water was
32760used instead of sand.
32761In addition to these instruments
32762the practitioner would undoubtedly have tables of various
32763sorts, including ephemerides, which gave the position of the
32764sun, moon, and planets from day to day, tables of ascen-
32765sions, etc.
32766Examples of them are preserved among the
32767papyri.
327682 The “ ascensions’’ are the times, measured in arcs of
32769the equator, in which the signs of the zodiac (which do
32770not lie on the equator, but along the ecliptic, which is
32771oblique to the equator) rise above the horizon.
32772They will
32773vary for the individual signs, and for the latitudes (Greek,
32774“climes,”’ κλίματα) at which observations are made.
32775* A conjunction or an opposition.
32776231
p. 556
32777PTOLEMY
32778»
32779,
327801
32781OVTOS, KATA τε TOV χρόνον τῆς ἐκτροπῆς ἰδεῖν τοὺς
32782πρὸς αὐτὴν οἰκοδεσποτικὸν
32783ἔχοντας λόγον τῶν
327845
32785~
32786~
32787ἀστέρων, τοῦ τρόπου καθ᾽ ὅλου τοῦ
32788κατὰ
32789τὴν
32790οἰκοδεσποτίαν
32791ἐν
32792πέντε
32793τούτοις
32794θεωρουμένου,
32795τριγώνῳ τε καὶ οἴκῳ καὶ ὑψώματι καὶ ὁρίῳ καὶ
32796/
32797~
32798φάσει ἢ συσχηματισμῷ, τουτέστιν ὅταν ἕν τι ἢ
32799πλείονα τούτων ἢ καὶ πάντα 6 ζητούμενος ἔχει
32800τόπος πρὸς τὸν μέλλοντα οἰκοδεσποτήσειν.
32801ἐὰν
32802μὲν οὖν ἕνα πρὸς ταῦτα πάντα ἢ τὰ πλεῖστα
32803οἰκείως
32804διακείμενον
32805εὑρίσκωμεν,
32806ἣν ἂν ἐπέχῃ
32807μοῖραν οὗτος ἀκριβῶς καθ᾽ ὃ παροδεύει δωδεκατη-
32808~
32809~
32810>
32811~
32812όριον, ἐν τῶ τῆς ἐκτροπῖς
32813ypovw τὴν ἰσάριθμον
328142
32815ΤΥ
32816.
32817~
32818~
328193
32820~
32821~
32822~
32823αὐτῇ κρινοῦμεν ἀνατέλλειν
32824ἐν τῷ διὰ τῆς τῶν
32825ἀναφορῶν πραγματείας εὑρημένῳ ἐγγυτέρῳ δωδε-
32826κατημορίῳ.
32827ἐὰν δὲ δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους συνοικο-
32828δεσποτοῦντας, οὗ ἂν αὐτῶν ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἐκτροπὴν
32829A
32830/
32831»
32832/
32833v
32834A
32835>
32836A
32837~
32838110 μοιρικὴ πάροδος εγγύτερον
32839ἐχῇῃ τον ἀριθμὸν Τῇ
32840‘KaTa τὰς ἀναφορὰς ἀνατελλούσῃ, τούτου τῇ ποσό-
32841THTL τῶν μοιρῶν καταχρησόμεθα.
32842εἰ δὲ δύο ἢ καὶ
32843λ ,ὔ
32844,
32845A
32846φ
328472
32848~
32849>
32850θ
32851~
328523
32853~
32854GAA
32855Μ
32856πλείους ἐγγὺς elev?
32857τῷ ἀριθμῷ,3 τῷ μᾶλλον ἔχοντι
32858λόγον πρός τε τὰ κέντρα καὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν κατα-
32859κολουθήσομεν -
32860ἐὰν μέντοι πλείων 7 ἡ διάστασις
32861τῶν τῆς οἰκοδεσποτίας μοιρῶν πρὸς τὴν κατὰ τὸ
32862A
32863‘A
32864ὁλοσχερὲς ὡροσκόπιον ἥπερ πρὸς τὴν κατὰ
32865TO
328661τε VPD; cf. Anon. p. 91, Wolf; om. libri ceteri Proc.
32867Cam. (sed * notat Cam.? et in mg. add. videtur redundare).
328683 ἐγγὺς elev VPAD, ἐγγὺς ἐν L, ἐγγὺς ἔχοιεν E, ἔχοιεν
32869MNCam., ἐγγύς εἰσιν Proc.
328708 τῷ ἀριθμῷ VPLAD, τὸν ἀριθμόν MNECam.
32871232
p. 557
32872TETRABIBLOS III. 2
32873time of the birth!
32874In general the mode of domina-
32875tion is considered as falling under these five forms :
32876when it is trine, house, exaltation, term, and phase
32877or aspect ; that is, whenever the place in question is
32878related in one or several or all of these ways to the
32879star that is to be the ruler.
32880If, then, we discover
32881that one star is familiar with the degree in all or
32882most of these respects, whatever degree this star
32883by accurate reckoning occupies in the sign through
32884which it is passing, we shall judge that the corre-
32885sponding degree is rising at the time of the nativity
32886in the sign which is found to be closest by the method
32887of ascensions.”
32888But if we discover two or more co-
32889rulers, we shall use the number of degrees shown by
32890whichever of them is, at the time of birth, passing
32891through the degree that is closer to that which is
32892rising according to the ascensions.
32893But if two or
32894more are close in the number of degrees, we shall
32895follow the one which is most nearly related to the
32896centres and the sect.
32897If, however, the distance of
32898the degree occupied by the ruler from that of
32899the general horoscope is greater than its distance
329001The text adopted is that of the two most important
32901MSS. and is supported by the anonymous commentator.
32902Bouché-Leclereq (p. 388, n. 1) would discard the words
32903κατὰ τὸν χρονὸν τῆς ἐκτροπῆς, but he had made no examina-
32904tion of the MSS. and presumably did not know that the
32905best of them support κατά τε κτλ., the reading mentioned
32906by the commentator.
32907To observe the position of the
32908luminary above the earth at the time of conjunction,
32909rather than that of the one that is above the earth at the
32910time of the
32911nativity, seems
32912much
32913simpler
32914and more
32915natural.
329162On
32917Ptolemy’s
32918rule
32919for determining
32920the ascendant
32921degree, cf. Bouché-Leclereq, pp. 387-388.
329225
32923233
p. 558
32924111
32925PTOLEMY
32926Ὁ
32927a
32928“-
329295
32930A
32931\
32932ὅμοιον μεσουράνημα, τῷ αὐτῷ ἀριθμῷ πρὸς τὴν
32933μεσουρανοῦσαν μοῖραν καταχρησάμενοι, διὰ ταύτης
32934\
32935~
32936καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν κέντρων 5" διαστησόμεθα.
32937<y.> Διαίρεσις γενεθλιαλογίας
32938Τούτων δὴ προεκτεθειμένων, εἴ τις αὐτῆς τῆς
32939τάξεως ἕνεκα διαιροίη τὸ καθ᾽ ὅλου τῆς γενεθλια-
32940λογικῆς θεωρίας, εὕροι ἂν τῶν κατὰ φύσιν καὶ
32941δυνατῶν καταλήψεων τὴν μὲν τῶν πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως
32942οὖσαν συμπτωμάτων μόνον, ὡς τὴν τοῦ περὶ γονέων
32943λόγου, τὴν δὲ τῶν καὶ πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως καὶ μετὰ
32944τὴν γένεσιν, ὡς τὴν τοῦ περὶ ἀδελφῶν λόγου, τὴν
32945δὲ τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν γένεσιν, οὐκέθ᾽ οὕτω μίαν
32946οὖσαν καὶ ἁπλῆν - τελευταίαν δὲ τὴν τῶν μετὰ τὴν
32947γένεσιν, πολυμερεστέραν καὶ ταύτην θεωρουμένην.
32948ἔστι δὲ τῶν μὲν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν γένεσιν ἐπιζητου-
32949μένων ὅ τε περὶ ἀρρενικῶν καὶ θηλυκῶν λόγος καὶ
32950ὁ περὶ διδυμογόνων ἢ πλειστογόνων καὶ ὁ περὶ
32951τεράτων καὶ ὃ περὶ ἀτρόφων.: τῶν δὲ μετὰ τὴν
32952γένεσιν ὅ τε περὶ χρόνων 8 ζωῆς, ἐπειδήπερ οὐ
32953συνῆπται τῷ περὶ ἀτρόφων, ἔπειτα ὃ περὶ μορφῆς
32954σώματος καὶ ὁ περὶ παθῶν " ἢ σινῶν σωματικῶν"
32955ἑξῆς δὲ ὁ περὶ ψυχῆς ποιότητος καὶ ὁ περὶ παθῶν
329561 μεσουράνημα VMDEProc., -ἰσμα PL, -ηματι NACam.
3295727av κέντρων VPLADEProc., τοῦ κέντρου MNCam.
329583 χρόνων VPLMDEProc., -ov NACam.
3295946 περὶ παθῶν VPLD, om. ὁ Εἰ, om. ὁ περ: MNACam.
329601 Ordinarily the horoscope, or ascendant, would be the
32961point of reference by which the other centres (mid-heaven,
32962occident, inferior mid-heayen) of the nativity would be
32963234
p. 559
32964TETRABIBLOS III. 2-3
32965from that of the corresponding mid-heaven, we
32966shall use this same number to constitute the mid-
32967heaven and thereby establish the other angles.!
329683. The Subdivision of the Science of Nativities.
32969After this preface, should any one simply for the
32970sake of order attempt to subdivide the whole field of
32971genethlialogical science, he would find that, of all
32972the natural and possible predictions, one division
32973concerns solely events preceding the birth, such as the
32974account of the parents; another deals with events
32975both before and after the birth, such as the account
32976of brothers and sisters ; another, with events at the
32977very time of the birth, a subject which is no longer
32978so unitary and simple ; and finally that which treats
32979of post-natal matters, which is likewise more complex
32980in its theoretical development.?
32981Among the subjects
32982contemporary with the birth into which inquiry is
32983made are those of sex, of twins or multiple births, of
32984monsters, and of children that cannot be reared.
32985To
32986those dealing with post-natal events belong the ac-
32987count of the length of life, for this is not attached
32988to the account of children that cannot be reared ;
32989second, that of the form of the body and that of bodily
32990established.
32991In this case the mid-heaven is made the
32992point of reference.
32993The “general’’ (ὁλοσχερές;
32994Proclus
32995paraphrases with xara τὸ καθ᾽ ὅλου) horoscope seems to be
32996the ‘‘ presumable”’ one.
32997* What follows is practically a list of chapters in Books
32998iii and iv.
32999Since the subject of the last chapter of Book
33000iv (the divisions of time and the ages of man) is not in-
33001cluded,
33002its genuineness
33003has been questioned,
33004but not
33005seriously doubted.
33006235
p. 560
33007PTOLEMY
33008ψυχικῶν - ἔπειθ᾽ 6 περὶ τύχης κτητικῆς Kal ὃ περὶ
33009τύχης ἀξιωματικῆς, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὁ περὶ πράξεως
33010ποιότητος " εἶτα ὁ περὶ συμβιώσεως γαμικῆς καὶ
33011ὁ περὶ τεκνοποιίας καὶ ὃ περὶ συνεπιπλοκῶν καὶ
33012συναρμογῶν καὶ φίλων -; ἑξῆς δ᾽ ὁ περὶ ξενιτείας
33013καὶ τελευταῖος 6 περὶ τῆς τοῦ θανάτου ποιότητος,
33014τῇ μὲν δυνάμει συνοικειούμενος τῷ περὶ χρόνων
33015ζωῆς, τῇ τάξει δ᾽ εἰκότως ἐπὶ πᾶσι τούτοις τιθέ-
33016μενος - ὑπὲρ ὧν ἑκάστου κατὰ τὸ κεφαλαιῶδες
33017ποιησόμεθα τὴν ὑφήγησιν, αὐτὰς τὰς τῆς ἐπι-
33018σκέψεως πραγματείας μετὰ ψιλῶν τῶν ποιητικῶν
33019δυνάμεων, ὡς ἔφαμεν, ἐκτιθέμενοι,
33020καὶ τὰ μὲν
33021περιέργως ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν φλυαρούμενα καὶ μὴ
33022πιθανὸν ἔχοντα λόγον πρὸς τὰς ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης 5
33023φύσεως αἰτίας ἀποπεμπόμενοι - τὰ δὲ ἐνδεχομένην
33024ἔχοντα τὴν κατάληψιν, οὐ διὰ κλήρων καὶ ἀριθμῶν
33025ἀναιτιολογήτων, ἀλλὰ δι᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς τῶν σχημα-
33026τισμῶν πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους τόπους θεωρίας ἐπι-
33027σκεπτόμενοι"
33028καθ᾽ ὅλου μέντοι καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων
33029ἁπλῶς, ἵνα μὴ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον εἶδος ταυτολογῶμεν.
33030112
33031Πρῶτον μὲν χρὴ σκοπεῖν
33032τὸν οἰκειούμενον
33033τόπον τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ τῷ ζητουμένῳ τῆς γενέσεως
33034κατ᾽ εἶδος κεφαλαίῳ, καθάπερ λόγου ἕνεκεν τῷ
33035περὶ πράξεων τὸν τοῦ μεσουρανήματος, ἢ τῷ περὶ
33036πατρὸς τὸν ἡλιακόν ἔπειτα θεωρεῖν τοὺς λόγον
33037ἔχοντας πρὸς τὸν ὑποκείμενον τόπον τῶν ἀστέρων
33038οἰκοδεσποτίας καθ᾽ οὗς ἐπάνω " προείπομεν πέντε
330391 καὶ φίλων VPLD, καὶ om. MNAECam.
330402 πρώτης VPMADE, om. NL (in lacuna) Cam.
330413 σκοπεῖν om. MNCam.
330424 ἐπάνω om. NCam.
33043236
p. 561
33044TETRABIBLOS III. 3
33045illnesses and injuries; next, that of the quality of
33046the mind and illnesses of the mind ; then that which
33047concerns fortune, both in the matter of possessions
33048and in that of dignities ; and after this the account
33049of the quality of action;
33050then that of marriage
33051and of the begetting
33052of children, and that of
33053associations,
33054agreements,
33055and
33056friends;
33057following
33058comes the account of journeys, and finally that of
33059the quality of death, which is potentially akin to the
33060inquiry about the length of life, but in order is reason-
33061ably placed at the end of all these subjects.
33062We
33063shall sketch each of these subjects briefly, explaining,
33064as we said before, together with the effective powers
33065by themselves, the actual procedure of investigation ;
33066as for the nonsense
33067on which many waste
33068their
33069labour and of which not even a plausible account can
33070be given, this we shall dismiss
33071in favour of the
33072primary natural causes.
33073What, however, admits of
33074prediction we shall investigate, not by means of lots
33075and numbers of which no reasonable explanation
33076can be given, but merely through the science of the
33077aspects of the stars to the places with which they
33078have familiarity, in general terms, however, which
33079are applicable to absolutely all cases, that we may
33080avoid the repetition involved in the discussion of
33081particular cases.
33082In the first place, we should examine that place of
33083the zodiac which is pertinent to the specific heading
33084of the geniture which
33085is subject to query;
33086for
33087example, the mid-heaven, for the query about action,
33088or the place of the sun for the question about the
33089father ; then we must observe those planets which
33090have the relation of rulership to the place in question
33091237
p. 562
33092PTOLEMY
33093τρόπους.
33094κἂν μὲν εἷς ἢ ὁ κατὰ πάντας
33095κύριος,
33096τούτῳ " διδόναι τὴν ἐκείνης τῆς προτελέσεως οἰκο-
33097δεσποτίαν ἐὰν δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς, τοῖς τὰς πλείους
33098ἔχουσι ψήφους - μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πρὸς μὲν τὸ ποιὸν
33099τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος
33100σκοπεῖν
33101τάς τε αὐτῶν τῶν
33102οἰκοδεσποτησάντων ἀστέρων φύσεις καὶ τὰς τῶν
33103δωδεκατημορίων ἐν οἷς εἰσιν
33104αὐτοί
33105τε
33106καὶ οἱ
33107συνοικειούμενοι τόποι: πρὸς δὲ τὸ μέγεθος αὐτῶν
33108σκοπεῖν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν 4 πότερον ἐνεργῶς τυγχά-
33109νουσι διακείμενοι κατά τε αὐτὸ τὸ κοσμικὸν καὶ τὸ
33110κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν ἢ τὸ ἐναντίον" δραστικώτατοι
33111μὲν γάρ εἰσιν ὅταν κοσμικῶς μὲν ἐν ἰδίοις ἢ ἐν
33112οἰκείοις ὦσι τόποις * καὶ πάλιν ὅταν ἀνατολικοὶ
33113τυγχάνωσι καὶ προσθετικοὶ τοῖς ἀριθμοῖς - κατὰ
33114γένεσιν δὲ ὅταν ἐπὶ τῶν κέντρων ἢ τῶν ἐπαναφορῶν
33115παροδεύωσι καὶ μάλιστα τῶν πρώτων, λέγω δὴ
33116τῶν τε κατὰ τὰς ἀναφορὰς καὶ τὰς μεσουρανήσεις "
33117ἀδρανέστατοι δὲ ὅταν κοσμικῶς μὲνϑ ἐν τοῖς ἀλλο-
33118τρίοις ἢ ἀνοικείοις
33119ὦσι τόποις
33120καὶ δυτικοὶ ἢ
33121118 ἀναποδιστικοὶ ὃ τοῖς δρόμοις ὦσι: κατὰ γένεσιν δὲ
33122ὅταν ἀποκλίνωσι τῶν κέντρων" πρὸς δὲ τὸν καθ᾽
331231 πάντας VPMDEProce., πάντα LNACam.
331245 τούτῳ VAD;
33125cf. οὗτος λήψεται Proc. ; αὐτῷ PLMNECam.
331263 συνοικειούμενοι VP (-οικι-) LADProc. ; κυριευόμενοι MNE
33127Cam.
331284xa’ τὴν δύναμιν VMNA (post αὐτῶν) DE; om. Cam.; πόθεν
33129κρίνωμεν (-ομεν L) ἦ μέγα Kal ἰσχυρὸν τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα ἡμῖν Kal
33130τὴν δύναμιν πότερον κτλ. PL
331315 κοσμικῶς μὲν ὅταν NCam.
33132ὃ ἀναποδιστικοὶ VMADEP (-τηκ-)}
33133L (-δεσ-); ἢ ἀφαιρετικοὶ in
33134mg. A; ἀναποδιτικοὶ N; *avamodutixoi Cam.
33135(in mg. ἀφαι-
33136perucot).
33137238
p. 563
33138TETRABIBLOS III. 3
33139by the five ways aforesaid ;! and if one planet is lord
33140in all these ways, we must assign to him the ruler-
33141ship of that prediction;
33142if two or three, we must
33143assign it to those which have the more claims.
33144After
33145this, to determine the quality of the prediction, we
33146must consider the natures of the ruling planets
33147themselves and of the signs in which are the planets
33148themselves, and the places familiar to them.
33149For
33150the magnitude of the event we must examine their
33151power? and observe whether they are actively situ-
33152ated both in the cosmos itself and in the nativity,’ or
33153the reverse ; for they are most effective when, with
33154respect to the cosmos, they are in their own or in
33155familiar regions, and again when they are rising
33156and are increasing in their numbers; 4 and, with
33157respect to the nativity, whenever they are passing
33158through the angles or signs that rise after them,°
33159and especially the principal of these, by which 1
33160mean the signs ascendant and culminating.
33161They
33162are weakest, with respect to the universe, when they
33163are in places belonging to others or those unrelated
33164to them, and when they are occidental or retreating in
33165their course ; and, with respect to the nativity, when
33166they are declining from the angles.
33167For the time of
331681See c. 2, p. 233.
331692? The power of the ruling planets.
331703 The horoscopic point and other angles change for each
33171nativity ; the signs of the zodiac, houses of the planets,
33172terms, etc., are cosmic, as being related to the universe
33173itself and therefore fixed.
3317447.e. when their movement in the zodiac is direct, not
33175retrograde.
33176The theory of epicycles was used to explain
33177the stations and changes of direction
33178in the movement
33179of the planets.
331805 Or, the signs succedent (ἐπαναφοραί) to the angles.
33181239
p. 564
33182PTOLEMY
33183ὅλου χρόνον τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος πότερον ἑῷοί εἰσιν
33184ἢ ἑσπέριοι πρός τε τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὸν ὡροσκόπον,
33185ἐπειδήπερ τὰ μὲν προηγούμενα ἑκατέρου αὐτῶν
33186τεταρτημόρια καὶ τὰ διάμετρα τούτοις ἑῷα γίνεται,
33187τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ καὶ ἑπόμενα ἑσπέρια
33188καὶ πότερον ἐπὶ
33189τῶν κέντρων τυγχάνουσιν
33190ἢ τῶν ἐπαναφορῶν᾽"
33191ἑῷοι μὲν γὰρ ὄντες ἢ ἐπίκεντροι
33192κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς
33193γίνονται δραστικώτεροι,
33194ἑσπέριοι δὲ ἢ ἐπὶ τῶν
33195ἐπαναφορῶν βραδύτεροι.
33196«δ᾽. Περὶ γονέων
33197Ὅ
33198\
33199>
33200΄
33201Ψ
332021
33203~
33204>
33205to
33206μὲν οὖν προηγούμενος τύπος ' τῆς κατ᾽ εἶδος
33207>
33208-
33209--
33210ἐπισκέψεως,
33211οὗ
33212διὰ παντὸς
33213ἔχεσθαι
33214προσήκει,
33215τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον.
33216ἀρξόμεθα δὲ ἤδη κατὰ
33217\
33218~
33219/,
33220τὴν ἐκκειμένην τάξιν ἀπὸ πρώτου TOD περὶ γονέων
33221λόγου.
33222ὁ μὲν τοίνυν ἥλιος καὶ 6 τοῦ Κρόνου
33223>
33224A
33225~
33226~
33227~
33228ἀστὴρ τῷ πατρικῷ προσώπῳ συνοικειοῦνται κατὰ
33229/
33230ς
33231\
33232/
33233\
33234¢
33235~
33236>
33237,
33238~
33239φύσιν,
33240ἡ δὲ σελήνη Kal
33241ὃ τῆς
33242᾿Αφροδίτης τῷ
33243μητρικῷ : καὶ ὅπως ἂν οὗτοι διακείμενοι τυγχά-
33244/
33245>
33246/
33247\
33248\
33249A
33250»
33251νωσι
33252πρός
33253τε ἀλλήλους
33254καὶ πρὸς τοὺς
33255ἄλλους,
33256τοιαῦτα δεῖ καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς γονέας ὑπονοεῖν.
33257τὰ μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῆς τύχης καὶ τῆς κτήσεως
33258αὐτῶν ἐπισκεπτέον ἐκ τῆς δορυφορίας τῶν φωτῶν,
33259ἐπειδήπερ περιεχόμενοι μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγαθοποιεῖν
33260/
33261~
33262~
33263~
332646".
33265}
33266”
33267>
33268δυναμένων Kal τῶν τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως, ἤτοι ἐν
33269τοῖς αὐτοῖς ζῳδίοις ἢ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς, ἐπιφανῆ
33270καὶ λαμπρὰ τὰ περὶ τοὺς γονέας διασημαίνουσι,
33271\
33272/
33273,
33274a
33275A
33276‘
33277-
33278ca
33279~
33280114 καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὅταν τὸν μὲν ἥλιον ἑῷοι δορυφορῶσιν
332811 τύπος VPLD, τόπος MNAECam.,
33282240
p. 565
33283TETRABIBLOS III. 3-4
33284the predicted event in general we must observe
33285whether they are oriental or occidental to the sun and
33286to the horoscope ; for the quadrants which precede
33287each of them and those which
33288are diametrically
33289opposite are oriental, and the others, which follow, are
33290occidental.
33291Also we must observe whether they are
33292at the angles or in the succedent signs;
33293for if they
33294are oriental or at the angles they are more effective
33295at the beginning;
33296if they are occidental cr in the
33297succeeding signs they are slower to take action.
332984, Of Parents.
33299The guiding style of the specific inquiry, to which
33300we should adhere throughout, runs after this fashion.
33301We shall now, therefore, begin, following the order
33302just stated, with the account of parents, which comes
33303first.
33304Now the sun and Saturn are by nature associ-
33305ated with the person of the father and the moon
33306and Venus with that of the mother, and as these
33307may be disposed with respect to each other and the
33308other stars, such must we suppose to be the affairs
33309of the parents.
33310Now the question of their fortune
33311and wealth must be investigated by means of the
33312attendance! upon the luminaries ; for when they are
33313surrounded by planets that can be of benefit and by
33314planets of their own sect, either in the same signs
33315or in the next following, they signify that the cir-
33316cumstances
33317of the parents will be conspicuously
33318brilliant, particularly if morning stars attend the
333191 Sopudopia, “ attendance,” and δορυφόρος, ‘spear-bearer,”’
33320“ attendant,’’ outside of astrology refer to the hired military
33321guards of princes and tyrants.
33322241
p. 566
33323PTOLEMY
33324ἀστέρες, τὴν δὲ σελήνην ἑσπέριοι, καλῶς καὶ αὐτοὶ
33325διακείμενοι καθ᾽ ὃν εἰρήκαμεν τρόπον.
33326ἐὰν δὲ καὶ
33327ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ ὁ τῆς ‘Adpoditns καὶ αὐτοὶ
33328τυγχάνωσιν ἀνατολικοί τε καὶ ἰδιοπροσωποῦντες
33329ἢ καὶ ἐπίκεντροι, εὐδαιμονίαν πρόδηλον ὑπονοητέον
33330κατὰ τὸ οἰκεῖον ἑκατέρου τῶν γονέων" τὸ δὲ
33331ἐναντίον, ἐὰν κενοδρομοῦντα ἢ τὰ φῶτα καὶ ἀδορυ-
33332φόρητα τυγχάνοντα, ταπεινότητος καὶ ἀδοξίας τῶν
33333γονέων ἐστὶ δηλωτικὰ καὶ μάλισθ᾽
33334ὅταν ὁ τῆς
33335᾿Αφροδίτης ἢ καὶ
333366 τοῦ
33337Κρόνου
33338μὴ καλῶς 3
33339φαίνωνται διακείμενοι.
33340ἐὰν δὲ δορυφόρηται μέν,
33341μὴ μέντοι ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως, ὡς ὅταν
33342Ἄρης μὲν ἐπαναφέρηται τῷ ἡλίῳ, Κρόνος δὲ τῇ
33343σελήνῃ, ἢ μὴ ὑπὸ καλῶς κειμένων τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν
33344καὶ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἵρεσιν, μετριότητα καὶ ἀνω-
33345μαλίαν περὶ τὸν βίον αὐτῶν ὑπονοητέον.
33346κἂν μὲν
33347σύμφωνος ἢ ὁ διασημανθησόμενος τῆς τύχης κλῆρος
33348ἐν τῇ γενέσει τοῖς τὸν ἥλιον ἢ τὴν σελήνην ὅ ἐπὶ
33349καλῷ δορυφορήσασι, παραλήψονται σῶα τὰ τῶν
33350γονέων "
33351ἐὰν δὲ ἀσύμφωνος ἢ ἢ ἐναντίος, μηδενὸς
33352ἢ τῶν
33353κακοποιῶν
33354εἰληφότων
33355τὴν
33356δορυφορίαν,
33357ἄχρηστος αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐπιβλαβὴς ἡ τῶν γονέων
33358»
33359i
33360ἔσται κτῆσις.
33361Περὶ δὲ πολυχρονιότητος ἢ ὀλιγοχρονιότητος 4
33362>
33363~
33364/
33365>
33366\
33367~
33368ΕΣ
33369~
33370αὐτῶν σκεπτέον ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων συσχηματισμῶν.
33371ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ πατρός, ἐὰν 6 τοῦ Atos ἢ ὁ
3337211ὅ τῆς
33373“Adpodiztns
33374συσχηματισθῶσιν
33375ὁπωσδήποτε
333761 καθ᾽ ov... τρόπον om. NCam.
333772 uy καλῶς MNAECam.Proc., κακῶς VD, om. μὴ PL.
333783 σελήνην VPLADProc., Ἀφροδίτην MNECam.
333794 ἢ ὀλιγοχρονιότητος om. NLCam.
33380242
p. 567
33381TETRABIBLOS III. 4
33382sun and evening stars the moon, while the luminaries
33383themselves are favourably placed in the way already
33384described.t
33385But if both Saturn and Venus, likewise,
33386happen to be in the orient and in their proper
33387faces,” or at the angles, we must understand it to
33388be a prediction of conspicuous happiness, in accord-
33389ance with what is proper and fitting for each parent.
33390But, on the other hand, if the luminaries are proceed-
33391ing alone and without attendants, they are indicative
33392of low station and obscurity for the parents, par-
33393ticularly whenever Venus or Saturn do not appear
33394in a favourable
33395position.
33396If, however, they are
33397attended, but not by planets of the same sect, as
33398when Mars rises close after the sun or Saturn after
33399the moon,
33400or if they are attended by beneficent planets
33401which are in an unfavourable position and not of
33402the same sect, we must understand that a moderate
33403station and changing fortunes in life are predicted for
33404them.
33405And if the Lot of Fortune,’ of which we shall
33406make an explanation, is in agreement in the nativity
33407with the planets which in favourable position attend
33408the sun or the moon, the children will receive the
33409patrimony intact; if, however, it is in disagreement or
33410opposition, and if no planet attends, or the maleficent
33411planets are in attendance, the estate of the parents
33412will be useless to the children and even harmful.
33413With regard to the length or the shortness of their
33414life one must inquire from the other configurations.
33415For in the father’s case, if Jupiter or Venus is in any
334161.1.6. in the preceding chapter.
334172Cf. i. 23.
334183 See iii. 12.
33419243
p. 568
33420PTOLEMY
33421τῷ τε ἡλίῳ Kat τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου, ἢ καὶ αὐτὸς 6
33422τοῦ Κρόνου σύμφωνον
33423ἔχῃ σχηματισμὸν
33424πρὸς
33425τὸν ἥλιον ἤτοι συνὼν ἢ ἐξαγωνίζων ἢ τριγω-
33426νίζων, ἐν δυνάμει μὲν ὄντων αὐτῶν, πολυχρονιότητα
33427τοῦ πατρὸς καταστοχαστέον " ἀδυναμούντων δὲ οὐχ
33428ὁμοίως, οὐ μέντοιγε οὐδὲ ὀλιγοχρονιότητα ἐὰν
33429δὲ τοῦτο μὲν μὴ ὑπάρχῃ, ὁ δὲ τοῦ “Apews καθ-
33430υπερτερήσῃ τὸν ἥλιον ἢ τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου, ἢ καὶ
33431ἐπανενεχθῇ αὐτοῖς, ἢ καὶ αὐτὸς πάλιν ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου
33432μὴ σύμφωνος ἢ πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι τετρά-
33433γωνος ἢ διάμετρος, ἀποκεκλικότες μὲν τῶν κέντρων
33434ἀσθενικοὺς μόνον τοὺς πατέρας ποιοῦσιν, ἐπί-
33435κεντροι δὲ ἢ ἐπαναφερόμενοι τοῖς κέντροις ὀλιγο-
33436χρονίους ἢ ἐπισινεῖς
33437- ὀλιχοχρονίους μὲν ὅταν ἐν
33438τοῖς πρώτοις ὦσι δυσὶ κέντροις, τῷ τε ἀνατέλλοντι
33439καὶ τῷ μεσουρανοῦντι, καὶ ταῖς τούτων ἐπαναφοραῖς "
33440ἐπισινεῖς δὲ ἢ ἐπινόσους ὅταν ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς δυσὶ
33441κέντροις ὦσι, τῷ τε δύνοντι καὶ τῷ ὑπογείῳ, ἢ ταῖς
33442τούτων ἐπαναφοραῖς "3 6 μὲν γὰρ τοῦ “Apews τὸν
33443ἥλιον βλέψας Kal? ὃν εἰρήκαμεν τρόπον αἰφνιδίως
33444ἀναιρεῖ τὸν πατέρα ἢ σίνη περὶ τὰς ὄψεις ποιεῖ,
33445τὸν δὲ τοῦ Κρόνου βλέψας ἢ θανάτοις ἢ ῥιγοπυρέ-
33446τοις ἢ σίνεσι διὰ τομῶν καὶ καύσεων περικυλίει.
33447ὁ δὲ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ αὐτὸς κακῶς σχηματισθεὶς
33448πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τοὺς θανάτους τοὺς πατρικοὺς
33449ἐπινόσους κατασκευάζει καὶ πάθη τὰ διὰ τῆς τῶν
33450ὑγρῶν ὀχλήσεως.
334511 ἐὰν VPLDProc., ὅταν MNAECam.
334522 μόνους MNACam.
334538 émoweis
33454.
33455.
33456. ἐπαναφοραῖς libri Proc. ; om. Cam.
334574 τοὺς πατέρας MNACam.
33458244
p. 569
33459TETRABIBLOS III. 4
33460aspect whatever to the sun and to Saturn, or if
33461Saturn himself is in an harmonious aspect to the
33462sun, either conjunction, sextile, or trine, both being
33463in power, we must conjecture long life for the father ;
33464if they are weak, however, the significance is not
33465the same, though it does not indicate a short life.
33466If, however, this condition is not present, but Mars
33467overcomes ! the sun or Saturn, or rises in succession
33468to them, or when again Saturn is not in accord with
33469the sun but is either in quartile or in opposition,
33470if they are declining from the angles, they merely
33471make the fathers weak, but if they are at the angles
33472or rising after them, they make them short-lived or
33473liable to injury: short-lived when they are upon the
33474first two angles, the orient and the mid-heaven,
33475and the succedent
33476signs, and liable to injury or
33477disease when they are in the other two
33478angles,
33479the occident and lower mid-heaven, or their succe-
33480dent signs.
33481For Mars, regarding the sun in the way
33482described,” destroys the father suddenly or causes
33483injuries to his sight; if he thus regards Saturn he
33484puts him in peril of death or of chills and fever or of
33485injury by cutting and cauterizing.
33486Saturn himself
33487in an unfavourable aspect to the sun brings about
33488the father’s death by disease and illnesses caused by
33489gatherings of humours.
334901The anonymous commentator on Ptolemy says that
33491“stars are said
33492to overcome
33493(καθυπερτερεῖν) when they
33494are of a smaller number of degrees,”’
334957.e. of the zodiac.
33496The right takes precedent over the left, as a general rule.
33497Cf. Bouché-Leclereq, p. 250, n. 1.
334982 In quartile or opposition.
33499245
p. 570
33500PTOLEMY
33501᾿Επὶ δὲ τῆς μητρός, ἐὰν μὲν ὁ τοῦ Διὸς συσχη-
33502“ματισθῇ τῇ τε σελήνῃ καὶ τῷ τῆς Adpodirns
33503116 ὁπωσδήποτε ἢ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης συμ-
33504φώνως ἔχῃ πρὸς τὴν σελήνην, ἑξάγωνος ὧν ἢ
33505τρίγωνος ἢ συνὼν αὐτῇ ἐν δυνάμει ὄντες, πολυ-
33506χρόνιον δεικνύουσι τὴν μητέρα.
33507ἐὰν δὲ 6 τοῦ
33508Ἄρεως βλέψῃ τὴν σελήνην ἢ τὸν τῆς Adpodirns
33509ἐπανενεχθεὶς
33510ἢ 7) τετραγωνίσας ἢ διαμετρήσας, ἢ ἢ ὁ
33511τοῦ Κρόνου τὴν σελήνην μόνην ὡσαύτως, ἀφαιρε-
33512τικοὶ μὲν ὄντες ἢ ἀποκεκλικότες, πάλιν ἀντιπτώ-
33513μασι μόνον ἢ ἀσθενείαις περικυλίουσι
33514- προσθετικοὶ
33515δὲ ἢ ἐπίκεντροι, ὀλιγοχρονίους ἢ ἐπισινεῖς ποιοῦσι
33516τὰς μητέρας, ὀλιγοχρονίους μὲν ὁμοίως ἐπὶ τῶν
33517ἀπηλιωτικῶν ὄντες κέντρων ἢ ἐπαναφορῶν, ἐπι-
33518σινεῖς δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν δυτικῶν.
33519"Apys μὲν γὰρ βλέψας
33520τὴν σελήνην τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον, ἀνατολικὴν μὲν
33521οὖσαν, τούς τε θανάτους τοὺς μητρικοὺς αἰφνιδίους
33522καὶ σίνη περὶ τὰς ὄψεις ποιεῖ, ἀποκρουστικὴν δὲ
33523τοὺς θανάτους ἀπὸ ἐκτρωσμῶν ἢ τῶν τοιούτων καὶ
33524τὰ σίνη διὰ τομῶν καὶ καύσεων : τὴν δὲ ᾿ἀφροδίτην
33525βλέψας τούς τε θανάτους πυρεκτικοὺς ἀπεργαζέται
33526καὶ πάθη τὰ δι’ ἀποκρύφων καὶ σκοτισμῶν καὶ προσ-
33527δρομῶν αἰφνιδίων.
33528ὁ δὲ τοῦ Κρόνου τὴν σελήνην
33529βλέψας θανάτους καὶ πάθη ποιεῖ, ἀνατολικῆς μὲν
33530οὔσης αὐτῆς διὰ ῥιγοπυρέτων, ἀποκρουστικῆς δὲ
33531διὰ νομῶν 1 ὑστερικῶν καὶ ἀναβρώσεων.
33532Προσπαραληπτέον δὲ εἰς τὰ κατὰ μέρος εἴδη τῶν
33533σινῶν ἢ καὶ παθῶν ἢ καὶ θανάτων καὶ τὰς τῶν δωδε-
33534κατημορίων ἐν οἷς εἰσιν of τὸ αἴτιον ἐμποιοῦντες
33535117 ἰδιοτροπίας, ὑπὲρ ὧν εὐκαιρότερον ἐν τοῖς περὶ αὐτῆς
33536246
p. 571
33537TETRABIBLOS III. 4
33538In the case of the mother, if Jupiter is in any
33539aspect whatever to the moon and to Venus, or if
33540Venus herself is concordant with the moon, in sextile,
33541trine,
33542or
33543conjunction, when
33544they are
33545in power,
33546they signify long life for the mother.
33547If, however,
33548Mars regards the moon or Venus, rising after her or
33549in quartile or in opposition, or if Saturn similarly
33550regards the moon by herself, when they are diminish-
33551ing or declining, again they merely threaten with
33552misfortune or sickness; but if they are increasing or
33553angular, they make the mothers short-lived or subject
33554to injury.
33555They make them short-lived similarly
33556when they are at the eastern angles or the signs that
33557rise after them, and liable to injury when they are
33558at the western angles.
33559For when Mars in this way
33560regards the waxing moon, it brings about sudden
33561death and injury of the eyesight for the mothers ;
33562but if the moon
33563is waning, death from abortions
33564or the like, and injury from cutting and cauterizing.
33565If he regards Venus, he causes
33566death by fever,
33567mysterious and obscure illnesses, and sudden attacks
33568of disease.
33569Saturn regarding the moon causes death
33570and illnesses, when the moon is in the orient, by chills
33571and fever; when she is in the occident, by uterine
33572ulcers and cancers.
33573We must take into consideration, also, with refer-
33574ence to the particular kinds of injuries, diseases, or
33575deaths, the special characters of the signs in which
33576are the planets which produce the cause, with which
33577Lyopav VPLD ; νόσων MNAECam.
33578247
p. 572
33579PTOLEMY
33580~
33581La
33582>
335834
33584θ
335851
33586\
33587ΝΜ
33588τῆς γενέσεως ἐπεξεργασόμεθα.
33589καὶ
33590ἔτι παρα-
33591τηρητέον ἡμέρας μὲν μάλιστα τόν τε ἥλιον καὶ τὴν
33592Al
33593δί
33594\
33595δὲ
33596\
33597~
33598/
33599A
33600A
33601φροδίτην, νυκτὸς
33602δὲ τὸν
33603τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τὴν
33604σελήνην.
33605“οιπὸν
33606δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κατ᾽ εἶδος ἐξεργασιῶν 5
33607¢
33608/
33609\
33610>
33611/
336120
33613“
33614”
33615A
33616a
33617Spe
33618ἢ
33619ἁρμόζον Kat ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη τὸν τῆς αἱρέσεως
33620πατρικὸν ἢ μητρικὸν τόπον ὥσπερ ὡροσκόπον
33621ὑποστησαμένους 3 τὰ λοιπὰ ὡς ἐπὶ γενέσεως αὐτῶν
33622τῶν γονέων ἐπισκοπεῖν κατὰ τὰς ἐφεξῆς ὑπο-
33623δειχθησομένας τῶν ὁλοσχερεστέρων εἰδῶν πρακ-
33624τικῶν τε καὶ συμβατικῶν ἐφόδους - τοῦ μέντοι
33625συγκρατικοῦ τρόπου ὃ καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων
33626a
33627>
33628μεμνῆσθαι προσήκει, καταστοχαζομένους, ἐὰν μὴ
33629μονοειδεῖς ἀλλὰ διάφοροι ἢ τῶν ἐναντίων ποιητικοὶ
33630τυγχάνωσιν ot τὰς κυρίας τῶν ἐπιζητουμένων τόπων
33631εἰληφότες ἀστέρες, τίνες ἐκ τῶν περὶ ἕκαστον Ἶ
33632συμβεβηκότων ὃ πρὸς
33633δύναμιν
33634πλεονεκτημάτων
33635ν
33636A
33637πλείους ἔχοντες εὑρίσκονται
33638ψήφους
33639πρὸς
33640τὴν
33641ἐπικράτησιν τῶν ἀποτελεσθησομένων, ἵνα ἢ ταῖς
336424
33643Ὁ»
336443
33645LY
336464
33647A
33648>
33649/
33650τούτων φύσεσιν ἀκόλουθον ποιώμεθα τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν,
336517). TOV ψήφων ἰ ἰσορρόπων οὐσῶν, ὅταν μὲν ἅμα ὦσιν
33652οἱ ἐπικρατοῦντες, τὸ ἐκ τῆς κράσεως τῶν διαφόρων
336531 ἐπεξεργασόμεθα VAD, -ώμεθα PL, ἐπεργαζόμεθα MNE
33654Cam.; sententiam om. Proc.
33655* ef epyaorav VPLD, ἐπεξεργασιῶν ΜΝ AECam.
336568 ὑποστησαμένους VPLDE, ἐπιστησαμένους MA, ἐπισταμένους
33657NCam. ; ὑποστήσασθαι Proce.
336584 σκοπεῖν
33659NCam.
33660° πρακτικῶν τε καὶ συμβατικῶν VD, παρεκτικῶν τ. κ. σημαν-
33661τικῶν PL (σημαντοτικῶν L), εἰδῶν τῶν τε κατὰ πρᾶξιν καὶ κατὰ
33662σύμβασιν θεωρουμένων Proc.; πραγματικάς τε καὶ συμβατικάς
33663MNAECam.
33664248
p. 573
33665TETRABIBLOS III. 4
33666we shall find more appropriate occasion to deal in
33667the discussion of the nativity itself,! and furthermore
33668we must observe by day particularly the sun and
33669Venus, and by night Saturn and the moon.
33670For the rest, in carrying out these particular in-
33671quiries, it would be fitting and consistent to set up
33672the paternal or maternal place of the sect as a horo-
33673scope” and investigate the remaining topics as though
33674it were a nativity of the parents themselves, follow-
33675ing the procedure for the investigation of the general
33676classifications, both practical and casual, the headings
33677of which will be set forth in the following.
33678However,
33679both here and everywhere it is well to recall the mode
33680of mixture of the planets, and, if it happens that the
33681planets which rule the places under inquiry are not
33682of one kind but different, or bring about opposite
33683effects, we should aim to discover which ones have
33684most claims, from the ways in which they happen to
33685exceed in power in a particular case, to the rulership
33686of the predicted events.
33687This is in order that we
33688may either guide our inquiry by the natures of these
33689planets, or, if the claims of more than one are of
33690equal weight, when the rulers
33691are
33692together, we
33693may successfully calculate the combined result of the
336941Cf. ili. 12, iv. 9.
33695*The anonymous commentator, on this passage, says
33696that the significant planet is to be taken as the horoscope.
33697Cf. a similar statement at the end of ο. 5 and Bouché-
33698Leclereq, p. 394.
336996 τρόπου VAD, -ov P, -ους L, τόπου MNECam. ; τοῦ τρόπου
33700τῆς συγκράσεως Proc.
337017 ἕκαστον VMADE, -a PLNCam.
337028 συμβεβηκότα NCam.
33703249
p. 574
33704PTOLEMY
33705φύσεων συναγόμενον εὐστόχως ἐπιλογιζώμεθα: ὅταν
33706δὲ διεστηκότες ἀνὰ μέρος ἑκάστοις κατὰ τοὺς ἰδίους
33707καιροὺς τὰ οἰκεῖα τῶν συμπτωμάτων ἀπομερί-
33708118 ζωμεν,2 προτέροις μὲν τοῖς ἑῴοις μᾶλλον, ὑστέροις
33709δὲ τοῖς ἑσπερίοις.
33710ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς μὲν γὰρ ἀνάγκη
33711συνοικειωθῆναι τῷ ζητουμένῳ τόπῳ τὸν μέλλοντά τι
33712περὶ αὐτὸν ἀπεργάζεσθαι τῶν ἀστέρων, καὶ τούτου
33713μὴ ὃ συμβεβηκότος οὐδὲν οἷόν τε καθ᾽ ὅλου διαθεῖναι
33714μέγα“ τὸν μηδ᾽ ὅλως τῆς ἀρχῆς κοινωνήσαντα,
33715τοῦ μέντοι χρόνου τῆς κατὰ
33716τὸ ἀποτελούμενον
33717ἐκβάσεως οὐκέτι τὸ τῆς πρώτης δεσποτίας αἴτιον,
33718ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τοῦ κυριεύσαντός πως πρός τε τὸν ἥλιον καὶ
33719τὰς τοῦ κόσμου γωνίας διάστασις.
33720«ε.) Περι ἀδελφῶν
33721€
33722A
33723Ss
33724\
33725/
33726’
33727A
33728‘
33729>
33730A
33731O μὲν οὖν περὶ γονέων τόπος σχεδὸν καὶ ἀπὸ
33732τούτων ἂν ἡμῖν γένοιτο καταφανής - 6 δὲ περὶ
33733>
33734~
33735uM
33736>
3373750
33738\
33739θ᾽
33740δλ
33741’,
33742ἀδελφῶν,
33743εἴ
33744τις κἀνταῦθα
33745τὸ
33746καθ᾽
33747ὅλου μόνον
33748~
33749~
33750>
33751ἐξετάζοι Kal μὴ πέρα ὃ τοῦ δυνατοῦ τόν τε ἀριθμὸν
337523
33753~
33754\
33755\
33756/
33757>
33758,ὔ
33759λ
33760᾽ὔ
33761SS
33762|
33763ἀκριβῶς καὶ κατὰ μέρος ἐπιζητοίη,
33764λαμβάνοιτ᾽ av
33765,ὕ
33766/
33767\
33768>
33769\
33770φυσικώτερον ὅ TE περὶ ὁμομητρίων μόνον καὶ ἀπὸ
33771τοῦ μεσουρανοῦντος δωδεκατημορίου τοῦ μητρικοῦ
33772~
33773/
33774ε
33775/
33776\
33777‘
33778τόπου, τουτέστι τοῦ περιέχοντος ἡμέρας μὲν TOV
33779~
33780*4
33781,
33782A
33783ὃ \
33784A
33785Xr 7
33786>
33787ὃ ’
33788τῆς
33789᾿Αφροδίτης, νυκτὸς
33790δὲ τὴν σελήνην, ἐπειδήπερ
337911 ἕκαστος codd. Cam.
33792- ἀπομερίζωμεν MNAECam., -όμεθα PL, -ομεν VDProc.
337933 τούτου μὴ VPLAD
33794;
337953 τούτου yap μὴ συμβάντος Proc. ; τούτου
33796MNECam.!, τοῦ Cam.?
33797a
337984 μέγα VD; οὐδὲν δύναται γίνεσθαι μέγα Proc.; om. alii
33799Cam.
33800δ κατὰ VPLD; περὶ MNAE.
33801ὃ πέρας Cam.?
33802230
p. 575
33803TETRABIBLOS III. 4-5
33804mixture of their different natures; but when they
33805are separated, that we may assign to each in turn
33806at their proper times the events which belong to
33807them, first to the more oriental among them and
33808then to the occidental.
33809For a planet must from
33810the beginning have familiarity with the place about
33811which the inquiry is made, if it is going to exercise
33812any effect upon it, and in general, if this is not the
33813case, a planet which had no share whatsoever in the
33814beginning can exert no great influence ; of the time
33815of the occurrence of the event, however, the original
33816dominance is no longer the cause, but the distance of
33817the planet which dominates in any way from the sun
33818and from the angles of the universe.
338195. Of Brothers and Sisters.
33820The preceding may perhaps have made clear the
33821topic of the parents.
33822As for that of brethren,
33823if here too one examines only the general subject
33824and does not carry beyond the bounds of possibility
33825his inquiry as to the exact number and other par-
33826ticulars, it is more naturally to be taken, when it is
33827a question of blood-brethren alone, from the cul-
33828minating sign, the place of the mother,! that is,
33829that which contains by day Venus and by night the
338301This
33831is the reading of all the MSS. and Proclus.
33832Camerarius, inserting a καί before τοῦ μητρικοῦ τόπου, would
33833make
33834it “the culminating sign and
33835the place
33836of the
33837mother.’
33838While the best-attested reading has been left
33839in the present text, the passage is extremely difficult to
33840understand, whichever reading is preferred.
33841251
p. 576
33842PTOLEMY
33843~
33844‘
33845,
33846‘
33847A
33848>
338493
33850>
33851~
33852τοῦτο
33853τὸ ζῴδιον καὶ
33854τὸ ἐπαναφερόμενον αὐτῷ
33855γίνεται τῆς μητρὸς ὁ περὶ τέκνων τόπος, 6 αὐτὸς
33856>
33857/
338585
33859~
33860~
33861΄
33862‘
33863>
33864~
33865ὀφείλων εἶναι τῷ τοῦ γεννωμένου περὶ ἀδελφῶν.
338663
33867“
33868~
33869ἐὰν μὲν οὖν ἀγαθοποιοὶ τῷ τόπῳ συσχηματίζωνται,
338703
33871~
33872>
33873~
33874~
33875δαψίλειαν ἀδελφῶν ἐροῦμεν, πρός te τὸ πλῆθος
33876119 αὐτῶν τῶν ἀστέρων τὸν στοχασμὸν ποιούμενοι,
33877καὶ πότερον ἐν μονοειδέσι τυγχάνουσι ζῳδίοις ἢ ἐν
33878δισώμοις : ἐὰν δ᾽ οἱ κακοποιοὶ καθυπερτερῶσιν
33879αὐτῶν ἢ καὶ ἐναντιωθῶσι κατὰ διάμετρον, σπαν-
33880αδελφίας εἰσὶ δηλωτικοί, μάλιστα δὲ κἂν τὸν ἥλιον
33881συμπαραλαμβάνωσιν"
33882εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κέντρων
33883ἡ ἐναντίωσις γένοιτο καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ wpocKo-
33884~
33885A
33886ποῦντος, ἐπὶ μὲν Κρόνου καὶ πρωτοτόκοι ἢ πρωτο-
33887’,
33888Ψ
33889>
33890\
33891\
33892Μ
338937
33894~
33895τρόφοι
33896γίνονται,
33897ἐπὶ
33898δὲ
33899Ἄρεως
33900θανάτῳ
33901τῶν
339021 σπαναδελφοῦσιν.
33903ἔτι 3 μέντοι τῶν διδόν-
33904λοιπῶν
339053
33906’,ὔ
33907A
33908\
33909~
33910A
33911A
33912‘
33913των ἀστέρων ἐὰν μὲν καλῶς κατὰ
33914TO κοσμικὸν
33915τυγχάνωσι διακείμενοι, εὐσχήμονας καὶ ἐνδόξους
33916«
33917/
33918~
33919/
33920>
33921͵ὔ
33922A
33923\
3392493>
33925,ὔ
33926ἡγητέον τοῦς διδομένους ἀδελφούς - ἐὰν δὲ ἐναντίως,
33927ταπεινοὺς Kal ἀνεπιφάντους:
33928ἐὰν δὲ καθυπερτε-
33929-
33930-
33931ε
33932ρήσωσι τοὺς διδόντας ἢ ἐπενεχθῶσιν αὐτοῖς ot
33933κακοποιοί, καὶ ὀλιγοχρονίους
33934- δώσουσι δὲ τοὺς μὲν
33935ἄρρενας of κοσμικῶς ἠρρενωμένοι, τὰς δὲ θηλείας
33936ς
33937οἱ τεθηλυσμένοι, καὶ πάλιν τοὺς μὲν πρώτους οἱ
33938>
33939dé
33940\
33941Ae,
33942/
33943ες
33944’
33945ἀπηλιωτικώτεροι, τοὺς δὲ ὑστέρους οἱ λιβυκώτεροι.
339463
33947\
33948πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐὰν οἱ διδόντες τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς
339491 λοιπῶν VPLD, ὄντων MNAECam.
339503 ἔτι VPLDProc., ἐπὶ MNAECam,
33951252
p. 577
33952TETRABIBLOS III. 5
33953moon;
33954for in this sign and that which succeeds it
33955is the place of the children of the mother, which
33956should be the same as the place of the brethren of
33957the offspring.
33958If, then, beneficent planets bear an
33959aspect to this place, we shall predict an abundance
33960of brethren, basing our conjecture upon the number
33961of the planets and whether they are in signs of a
33962simple or of a bicorporeal form.
33963But if the mal-
33964evolent planets overcome them or oppose them in
33965opposition, they signify a dearth of brethren, es-
33966pecially if they have the sun among them.
33967If the
33968opposition is at the angles, and especially at the
33969horoscope,! in case Saturn is in the ascendant, they
33970are the first-born or the first to be reared;
33971in case
33972it is Mars, there is a small number of brethren by
33973reason of the death of the others.
33974If the planets
33975which give brethren are in a favourable mundane 3
33976position, we must believe that the brethren thereby
33977given will be elegant and distinguished;
33978if the re-
33979verse is the case, humble and inconspicuous.
33980But
33981if the maleficent planets overcome those that give
33982brethren, or rise after them, the brethren will also be
33983short-lived ; and the male planets in the mundane
33984sense * will give males, the female females;
33985again,
33986those farther to the east the first and those farther to
33987the west the later-born.
33988Besides this, if the planets
33989that give brethren are in harmonious aspect with the
339901“ Horoscope ”’ is used here in its more original sense of
33991the point rising above the horizon at the time the observa-
33992tion is made.
339932 See the note on iii. 3, p. 239.
339945 T.e. in the quadrant from the orient to mid-heaven or
33995that from the occident to lower mid-heaven ; ¢f. i. 6.
33996253
p. 578
33997PTOLEMY
33998>
33999~
34000συμφώνως ἐσχηματισμένοι τυγχάνωσι τῷ κυριεύοντι
34001τοῦ περὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν δωδεκατημορίου, προσφιλεῖς
34002/
34003\
340041 ὃ ὃ
34005/
34006LO λ
34007/
34008Ἐ
34009ὟΝ
34010δὲ
34011\
34012ποιήσουσι Tovs!
34013διδομένους ἀδελφούς - ἐὰν
34014δὲ Kal
34015τῷ κλήρῳ τῆς τύχης, καὶ κοινοβίους - ἐὰν δὲ ἐν
34016τοῖς
34017ἀσυνδέτοις
34018τύχωσιν ἢ κατὰ
34019τὴν ἐναντίαν
34020’ὔ
34021/
34022\
34023/
34024\
34025e
34026+ RA |
34027~
34028120 στάσιν, φιλέχθρους καὶ φθονερούς, καὶ ws ἐπὶ πᾶν
34029>
34030/
34031\
34032\
34033\
34034\
34035>
34036“
34037ἐπιβουλευτικούς.
34038λοιπὸν δὲ καὶ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον
34039αὐτῶν εἴ τις ἐπιπολυπραγμονοίη,5 συνεικάζοιτ᾽ ἂν
34040καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν, τοῦ διδόντος ἀστέρος ὑποτιθε-
34041μένου κατὰ τὸν ὡροσκοπικὸν λόγον καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν
34042ϑινΝ
34043/
34044Ws ἐπὶ γενέσεως συνθεωρουμένων .3
34045<s.> Περὶ ἀρρενικῶν καὶ θηλυκῶν
34046‘Yr’ * ὄψιν ἤδη καὶ τοῦ περὶ ἀδελφῶν λόγου κατὰ
34047τὸν ἁρμόζοντα καὶ φυσικὸν τρόπον ἡμῖν γεγονότος,
34048ἑξῆς ἂν εἴη τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν γένεσιν ἀρξασθαι,
34049καὶ πρῶτον ἐπιδραμεῖν τὸν περὶ ἀρρενικῶν τε καὶ
34050θηλυκῶν ἐπιλογισμόν.
34051θεωρεῖται
34052δ᾽ οὗτος
34053οὐ
34054μονοειδῶς οὐδ᾽ ad’ ἑνός τινος ἀλλ᾽ ἀπό τε τῶν
34055φωτῶν ἀμφοτέρων καὶ τοῦ ὡροσκόπου τῶν τε
34056λόγον ἐχόντων πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀστέρων, μάλιστα μὲν
34057κατὰ τὴν τῆς σπορᾶς διάθεσιν, ὁλοσχερέστερον δὲ
34058καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἐκτροπῆς.
34059τὸ δ᾽ ὅλον παρα-
34060τηρητέον, πότερον οἱ προειρημένοι τρεῖς τόποι καὶ
34061οἱ τούτων οἰκοδεσποτοῦντες ἀστέρες ἢ πάντες ἢ
34062οἱ πλεῖστοι τυγχάνουσιν ἠρρενωμένοι πρὸς ἀρρενο-
340631 τοὺς VPLADE, μὲν MNCam.
340643 ἐπιπολυπραγμονοίη VPLAD, ἔτι πολ. MNECam.
340653 συνθεωρουμένων om. NCam.
34066254
p. 579
34067TETRABIBLOS III. 5-6
34068planet that rules the place of brethren,! they will make
34069the given brethren friendly, and will also make them
34070live together, if they are in harmonious aspect with
34071the Lot of Fortune ;” but if they are in disjunct signs
34072or in opposition, they will produce quarrelsome,
34073jealous, and for the most part, scheming brethren.
34074Finally, if one would busy himself with further in-
34075quiries about details concerning individuals, he might
34076in this case again make his conjecture by taking the
34077planet which gives brethren as the horoscope and
34078dealing with the rest as in a nativity.
340796. Of Males and Females.
34080Now that the topic of brethren has been brought
34081before our eyes in suitable and natural fashion, the
34082next step would be to begin the discussion of matters
34083directly concerned with the birth, and first to treat
34084of the reckoning of males and females.
34085This is deter-
34086mined by no simple theory based upon some one
34087thing, but it depends upon the two luminaries, the
34088horoscope, and the stars which bear some relation
34089to them, particularly by their disposition at the time
34090of conception, but more generally also by that at the
34091time of the birth.
34092The whole situation must be
34093observed, whether the aforesaid three places and the
34094planets which rule them are either all or the most
34095of them masculine, to produce males, or feminine,
340961.7.6. the place (literally, “‘ twelfth part ”’ of the zodiac)
34097which governs the inquiry about brethren ; see the begin-
34098ning of this chapter.
340992 For the Lot of Fortune see ii. 10.
341004 ὑπ᾿ VPDE, ἐπ᾿ MNLACam.
34101δ ἐπιγεγονότος MNECam.
34102255
p. 580
34103PTOLEMY
34104yoviav ἢ τεθηλυσμένοι πρὸς θηλυγονίαν, καὶ οὕτως
34105ἀποφαντέον.
34106διακριτέον μέντοι τούς τε ἠρρενω-
34107μένους καὶ τοὺς τεθηλυσμένους καθ᾽ ὃν ὑπεθέμεθα
34108τρόπον ἐν ταῖς πινακικαῖς ἐκθέσεσι ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς
34109συντάξεως ἀπό τε τῆς τῶν δωδεκατημορίων ἐν οἷς
34110121 εἰσι φύσεως, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῶν τῶν ἀστέρων, καὶ
34111ἔτι ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς τὸν κόσμον σχέσεως, ἐπειδήπερ
34112ἀπηλιωτικοὶ
34113μὲν ὄντες ἀρρενοῦνται, λιβυκοὶ δὲ
34114θηλύνονται. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς τὸν
34115ἥλιον, ἑῷοι μὲν γὰρ πάλιν
34116ὄντες ἀρρενοῦνται,
34117θηλύνονται δὲ ἑσπέριοι: δι’ ὧν πάντων τὴν κατὰ
34118τὸ πλεῖστον
34119ἐπικράτησιν
34120τοῦ γένους προσήκει
34121καταστοχάζεσθαι.
34122«ζ.. Περὶ διδυμογόνων
34123A
34124\
34125~
34126/
34127\
34128«
34129Ψ
34130>
34131A
341324
34133Ἅ
34134Καὶ περὶ τῶν γεννωμένων δὲ ὁμοίως ἀνὰ δύο ἢ
34135\
34136A
34137/
34138/
34139~
34140καὶ πλειόνων τοὺς αὐτοὺς δύο τόπους παρατηρεῖν
34141/
341424
34143~
34144\
34145\
34146¢
34147προσήκει, τουτέστι τά TE δύο φῶτα καὶ τὸν ὡροσ-
34148A
34149A
34150,
34151~
34152\
34153,
34154κόπον.
34155παρακολουθεῖν δὲ εἴωθε τοῦτο τὸ σύμ-
34156©
34157A
34158/,
34159-
34160«
34161vA
34162a
34163\
34164πτωμα' παρὰ" τὰς συγκράσεις, ὅταν ot δύο ἢ καὶ
34165-
34166/
341677
34168/
34169ot τρεῖς τόποι δίσωμα περιέχωσι ζῴδια, Kal μάλιστα
34170᾿ς
34171c
34172>’
34173/
34174~
34175>
34176/
34177A
34178A
34179ὅταν Kal οἱ οἰκοδεσπόζοντες αὐτῶν ἀστέρες TO αὐτὸ
34180{0
341813-2
34182\
34183>
341844
34185A
34186VY
34187@254
34188,
34189πάθωσιν * ἢ τινες μὲν ἐν δισώμοις, τινὲς δὲ ava δύο
34190/
34191μ]
34192‘
34193/
34194>
34195A
34196\
34197\
34198κείμενοι τυγχάνωσιν ἢ καὶ πλείους.
34199ἐπὰν δὲ Kal
34200-
34201>
34202¢
34203/
34204\
34205A
34206A
34207?
34208\
34209ἐν δισώμοις ὦσιν ot κύριοι τόποι καὶ κατὰ TO αὐτὸ
34210Ἰ τοῦτο τὸ σύμπτωμα VD; cf. συμβαίνει δὲ οὕτω γενέσθαι
34211Proc. ; τὸ τοιοῦτον σύμπτωμα libri alii Cam.
342122 παρὰ VD, περὶ libri alii Cam.
342133
3421416
34215ν >
34216᾿
34217>
34218‘
34219>
34220a
34221‘
34222|
34223a
34224πάθωσιν
34225VPD; εἰς τοὺς οἰκοδεσποτοῦντας.
34226.
34227. TO αὐτὸ συμβῇ
34228Proc. ; καθορῶσιν MNAECam., τιθῶσιν 1,.
342292506
p. 581
34230TETRABIBLOS III. 6-7
34231to produce females, and on this basis the decision
34232must be made.
34233We must however distinguish the
34234male and the female planets in the way set forth by
34235us in the tabular series in the beginning of this com-
34236pilation,! from the nature of the signs in which they
34237are, and from the nature of the planets themselves,
34238and furthermore from their position with reference
34239to the universe, since they become masculine when
34240they are in the east and feminine in the west ; and
34241besides, from their relation to the sun, for again
34242when they rise in the morning they are made
34243masculine, and feminine when they rise in the even-
34244ing.
34245By means of all these criteria one must con-
34246jecture what planet exercises preponderating control
34247over the sex.
342487. Of Twins.
34249Likewise with regard to the births of two or even
34250more, it is fitting to observe the same two places, that
34251is, the two luminaries and the horoscope.
34252For such an
34253event is apt to attend the intermixture ? when either
34254two or the three places * cover bicorporeal signs,
34255and particularly when the same is true of the planets
34256that rule them, or when some are in bicorporeal signs,
34257and some are disposed in pairs or in larger groups.
34258But when both
34259the dominant
34260places are
34261in bi-
34262corporeal signs and most of the planets are similarly
342631 See i. 6.
34264* That is, of the influences of luminaries, signs, ete.
342653 The places or houses in which the luminaries and the
34266horoscope are found.
34267257
p. 582
34268PTOLEMY
34269πλείονες τῶν ἀστέρων συνεσχηματισμένοι, τότε
34270καὶ πλείονα τῶν δύο κυΐσκεσθαι" συμπίπτει, τοῦ
34271μὲν πλήθους ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸ ἰδίωμα ποιοῦντος ἀστέρος
34272τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ συνεικαζομένου, τοῦ δὲ γένους ἀπὸ
34273τῶν συνεσχηματισμένων ἀστέρων τῷ τε ἡλίῳ καὶ
34274τῇ σελήνῃ καὶ τῷ ὡροσκόπῳ πρὸς ἀρρενογονίαν ἢ
34275θηλυγονίαν κατὰ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν εἰρημένους
34276τρόπους.
34277ὅταν δὲ ἡ τοιαύτη διάθεσις μὴ συμπερι-
34278129 λαμβάνῃ τοῖς φωσὶ τὸ τοῦ ὡροσκόπου κέντρον,
34279ἀλλὰ τὸ 3 τοῦ μεσουρανήματος, at τοιαῦται τῶν
34280μητέρων δίδυμα ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν ἢ καὶ πλείονα κυΐσ-
34281κουσιν.
34282ἰδίως δὲ τρεῖς μὲν ἄρρενας πληροφοροῦσιν
34283ὑπὸ τὴν τῶν 'Avaxtopwv γένεσιν ἅμα τοῖς προ-
34284κειμένοις τόποις
34285ἐν δισώμοις συσχηματισθέντες
34286Κρόνος, Ζεύς, Ἄρης" τρεῖς δὲ θηλείας ὑπὸ τὴν
34287τῶν Χαρίτων Ἀφροδίτη, σελήνη μεθ᾽ “Eppod τεθη-
34288λυσμένου δύο δ᾽ ἄρρενας καὶ μίαν θήλειαν ὑπὸ
34289τὴν τῶν Διοσκούρων Κρόνος, Ζεύς, “Adpodiry:
34290δύο δὲ θηλείας καὶ ἄρρενα ἕνα ὑπὸ τὴν Δήμητρος
34291καὶ Κόρης ἃ ᾿Αφροδίτη, σελήνη, Ἄρης - ἐφ᾽ ὧν ὡς
34292ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ συμβαίνειν εἴωθε τό τε μὴ τελεσ-
34293φορεῖσθαι τὰ γινόμενα καὶ τὸ μετὰ παρασήμων
342941 πλείονες VP (-ovais) LDProc., πλείοσι MNAECam.
342952 κυΐσκεσθαι VAD, κύεσθαι PL, τίκτεσθαι MNEProec.Cam.
342963 ἀλλὰ τὸ VADEProc., ἀλλὰ τὼ PL, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ MNCam.
342974 καὶ Διονύσου post Κόρης add. NCam., om. libri alii Proc.
34298'That is, from the planet that governs the dominant
34299place.
34300* In the preceding chapter.
34301258
p. 583
34302TETRABIBLOS III. 7
34303configurated, then it befalls that even more than two
34304are conceived, for the number is conjectured from the
34305star that causes the peculiar property of the number,
34306and the sex from the aspects which the planets have
34307with respect to the sun and the moon and the horo-
34308scope for the production of males or of females, in
34309accordance with the ways stated above.”
34310But when-
34311ever such an arrangement of the planets does not
34312include the horoscopic angle with the luminaries, but
34313rather that of the mid-heaven, mothers with such
34314genitures generally conceive twins or even more ;
34315and in particular, they give multiple birth, to three
34316males, by the geniture of the Kings,® when Saturn,
34317Jupiter, and Mars are in bicorporeal signs and bear
34318some aspect to the aforesaid places; and to three
34319females, by the geniture of the Graces, when Venus
34320and the moon, with Mercury made feminine, are so
34321arranged;
34322to two males and one
34323female, by the
34324geniture of the Dioscuri, when Saturn, Jupiter, and
34325Venus are so ordered, and to two females and a male,
34326by the geniture of Demeter and Koré,* when Venus,
34327the moon, and Mars are thus ordered.
34328In these cases
34329it generally happens that the children are not com-
34330pletely developed and are born with certain bodily
34331* Bouché-Leclereq, p. 398, n. 3, after remarking upon
34332the various
34333interpretations
34334given
34335this
34336passage,
34337says:
34338“The title ᾿Ανάκτορες ("Avaxres, “Avaxes) having been borne
34339by the Dioscuri, the Cabiri, and the Curetes, I do not
34340know to which group he alludes, and possibly he did
34341not know
34342very well himself.’
34343Cardanus remarks
34344that
34345Ptolemy regards three children as the largest number that
34346can be born at one birth and survive.
343474MS. N and Camerarius add here “ and Dionysus,’’ but
34348the other MSS. agree in omitting the expression,
34349259
p. 584
34350PTOLEMY
34351΄-
34352-
343533
34354/
34355τινῶν σωματικῶν ἀποκυΐσκεσθαι Kal ἔτι TO γίνεσθαί
34356-
34357>
34358/
34359~
34360τινα τοῖς τόποις ἐξαίρετα Kal ἀπροσδόκητα διὰ τῆς
34361~
34362Ν᾿
34363,ὔ
34364τῶν τοιούτων συμπτωμάτων ὥσπερ ἐπιφανείας.
34365<n.> Περὶ τεράτων
34366Οὐκ ἀλλότριος δὲ τῆς προκειμένης σκέψεως οὐδ᾽
34367περὶ τῶν τεράτων! λόγος.
34368πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ
34369πὶ τῶν τοιούτων
34370τὰ μὲν φῶτα ἀποκεκλικότα
34371ἢ" ἀσύνδετα τῷ ὡροσκόπῳ κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον
34372εὑρίσκεται, τὰ δὲ κέντρα διειλημμένα ὑπὸ τῶν
34373κακοποιῶν.
34374ὅταν οὖν τοιαύτη τις ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν πέσῃ
34375123 διάθεσις, ἐπειδὴ γίνεται πολλάκις καὶ περὶ τὰς
34376ταπεινὰς καὶ κακοδαίμονας γενέσεις, κἂν μὴ τερα-
34377τώδεις ὦσιν, εὐθὺς ἐπισκοπεῖν προσήκει τὴν προ-
34378γενομένην 3 συζυγίαν συνοδικὴν ἢ πανσεληνιακὴν
34379καὶ τὸν οἰκοδεσποτήσαντα ταύτης τε καὶ τῶν τῆς
34380ἐκτροπῆς φωτῶν.
34381ἐὰν γὰρ οἱ τῆς ἐκτροπῆς αὐτῶν
34382τόποι καὶ ὁ τῆς σελήνης" καὶ 6 τοῦ ὡροσκόπου
34383πάντες ἢ οἱ πλείονες ἀσύνδετοι τυγχάνωσιν ὄντες
34384τῷ τῆς προγενομένης συζυγίας τόπῳ, τὸ γεννώ-
34385μενον
34386αἰνιγματῶδες
34387ὑπονοητέον.
34388ἐὰν μὲν οὖν
34389τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων τά τε φῶτα ἐν τετράποσιν
34390ἢ θηριώδεσιν εὑρίσκηται ζῳδίοις καὶ οἱ δύο κεκεν-
34391τρωμένοι τῶν κακοποιῶν, οὐδ᾽ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἔσται
34392τὸ γεννώμενον, ἀλλὰ μηδενὸς μὲν μαρτυροῦντος
34393πὸ
34394On
34395' τερατώδων VD.
34396274 VPLMNDProce. ; καὶ AECam.
343973 προγενομένην EProc., mpoyw- A, προγεγωνυῖαν P, προτε-
34398yoviay L, γενομένην MNCam., om. VD.
34399260
p. 585
34400TETRABIBLOS III. 7-8
34401marks, and again the governing places may bear
34402certain unusual and surprising marks by reason of
34403the divine manifestation, as it were, of such portents.
344048. Of Monsters.
34405The subject of monsters is not foreign to the pre-
34406sent inquiry ; for, in the first place, in such cases the
34407luminaries are found to be as far as possible removed
34408from the horoscope or in no way related to it, and
34409the angles ' are separated by the maleficent planets.
34410Whenever, then, such a disposition is observed, for
34411it frequently occurs in humble and unlucky nativities,
34412even though they are not the genitures of monsters,
34413one should at once look for the last preceding new
34414or full moon, and the lord of this and of the luminaries
34415of the birth.
34416For if the places of the birth, of the
34417moon, and of the horoscope, all or the majority of
34418them, happen to be unrelated to the place of the
34419preceding syzygy,
34420it must be supposed that the
34421child will be nondescript.
34422Now if, under such con-
34423ditions, the luminaries are found in four-footed or
34424animal-shaped signs,” and the two maleficent planets
34425are centred, the child will not even belong to the
34426human race, but if no beneficent planet witnesses to
344271 Cardanus and Whalley say the ascendant and the mid-
34428heaven are meant.
344292 Cf. i. 12.
34430The only human signs are Virgo, Gemini,
34431Sagittarius, and Aquarius.
344324 ῥωτῶν VPLMDEProc., τόπων NACam.
3443356 τῆς σελήνης MNAECam.!, ἡ τῆς σελ. Ῥ, οἱ τῆς σελ.
34434VDLCam.,
34435261
p. 586
34436PTOLEMY
34437a
34438\
34439>
34440θ,
34441“1
34442~
34443δὲ
34444~
344454
34446τοῖς
34447φωσὶ
34448ἀγαθοποιοῦ,
34449τῶν
34450δὲ
34451κακοποιῶν,
34452/
34453~
34454τέλεον ἀνήμερον Kal τῶν ἀγρίαν Kal κακωτικὴν
34455>
34456/
344574
34458/
34459A
34460\
34461ΓΓν
34462ἐχόντων φύσιν: μαρτυρούντων δὲ Διὸς ἢ Adpo-
34463δίτης, τῶν ἐκθειαζομένων, οἷον κυνῶν ἢ αἰλού-
34464a
34465~
34466~
34467~
34468ρων ὃ ἢ τῶν τοιούτων - “Epyot δέ, τῶν εἰς χρείαν
34469>
34470,
34471a
34472>
344737
34474n
34475A
34476n”
34477-
34478”
34479ἀνθρωπίνην,
34480οἷον
34481ὀρνίθων
34482ἢ συῶν
34483ἢ βοῶν ἢ
34484αἰγῶν καὶ τῶν τοιούτων.
34485ἐὰν δὲ ἐν ἀνθρωποείδεσι
34486\
34487~
34488/
34489~
34490ΝΜ
34491«
344924
34493τὰ φῶτα καταλαμβάνηται, τῶν ἄλλων ὡσαύτως
34494>
34495>
34496ἐχόντων, ὑπ᾽ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἢ παρ᾽ ἀνθρώποις
34497ἔσται τὰ γεγενημένα, τέρατα δὲ ὁ καὶ αἰνιγματώδη
34498τῆς κατὰ τὸ ποιὸν ἰδιότητος, καὶ ἐνταῦθα συνορω-
34499124 μένης ἐκ τῆς τῶν ζῳδίων μορφώσεως, ἐν οἷς οἱ
34500διειληφότες τὰ φῶτα ἢ τα κέντρα κακοποιοὶ τυγ-
34501χάνουσιν.
34502ἐὰν μὲν οὖν κἀνταῦθα μηδὲ εἷς τῶν
34503ἀγαθοποιῶν ἀστέρων προσμαρτυρῇ "5 μηδενὶ τῶν
34504προειρημένων τόπων, ἄλογα καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς αἰνιγ-
34505ματώδη γίνεται τέλεον - ἐὰν δὲ 6 τοῦ Διὸς ἢ ὁ τῆς
34506᾿Αφροδίτης μαρτυρήσῃ, τιμώμενον καὶ εὔσχημον
34507ἔσται τὸ τοῦ τέρατος ἴδιον -ὁ ὁποῖον περὶ τοὺς
34508ἑρμαφροδίτους ἢ τοὺς καλουμένους ἁρποκρατια-
34509κοὺς καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους εἴωθε συμβαίνειν.
34510εἰ δὲ
34511καὶ 6 τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ μαρτυρήσειε μετὰ τούτων μὲν
34512καὶ ἀποφθεγγομένους καὶ dia? τῶν τοιούτων πορι-
34513στικούς : μόνος 8 δὲ ὁ τοῦ ‘Eppot® νωδοὺς καὶ
345141 ἀγαθοποιῦ ~
34515PLMNEProc.Cam.,
34516ἀγαθοποιῶν
34517VD,
34518τῶν
34519ἀγαθοποιῶν A; pos. post μὲν MNECam.
3452027@v
34521δὲ κακοποιὸν P, ἀποιούντων
34522δὲ κακοποιῶν L, τῶν
34523κακοποιῶν MNECam.!, τῶν κακοποιῶν μαρτυρούντων Cam.?,
34524ἀλλὰ τῶν κακοποιῶν Proc.
345258 Post αἰλούρων add. 7 πιθήκων MNAECam., om. VPLD
345264 δὲ om. MNECam.
34527262
p. 587
34528TETRABIBLOS III. 8
34529the luminaries, but the maleficent planets do so, it
34530will be completely savage, an animal with wild and
34531harmful nature;
34532but if Jupiter or Venus witness,
34533it will be one of the kinds regarded as sacred, as
34534for example dogs, cats,! and the like; if Mercury
34535witnesses, one of those that are of use to man, such
34536as birds, swine, oxen, goats, and the like.
34537If the
34538luminaries are found in signs of human form, but the
34539other planets are disposed in the same way, what is
34540born will be, indeed, of the human race or to be
34541classed with humans, but monsters and nondescript in
34542qualitative character, and their qualities in this case
34543too are to be observed from the form of the signs
34544in which the maleficent planets which separate the
34545luminaries or the angles happen to be.
34546Now if even
34547in this case not one of the beneficent planets bears
34548witness to any of the places mentioned, the off-
34549spring are entirely irrational and in the true sense
34550of the word nondescript ; but if Jupiter or Venus
34551bears witness, the type of monster will be honoured
34552and seemly, such as is usually the case with herma-
34553phrodites or the so-called harpocratiacs,” and the like.
34554If Mercury should bear witness, along with the fore-
34555going, this disposition produces prophets who also
34556make money thereby;
34557but when alone, Mercury
345581The later MSS. here add “ or apes.”
345592 Deaf mutes.
34560ὃ προσμαρτυρῇ PLProc., προσμαρτυρούμενα VD, συμμαρτυρῇ
34561MNAECam.
34562ὁ ἴδιον VPLAD;
34563ef. Proc. τὴν ἰδιότητα ἕξει ; om. MNECam.
34564τ διὰ VPLAD, ἀπὸ MNECam.
345658 μόνος VPLMNADProc., -ον ECam.
345669 ὁ τοῦ ‘Eppod VADProc.; om. PLMNECam.
34567263
p. 588
34568PTOLEMY
345694
34570A
34571κωφούς, εὐφυεῖς μέντοι καὶ πανούργους ἄλλως
34572ἀπεργάζεται."
34573<6.> Περὶ ἀτρόφων
34574A
34575~
34576δ᾽
34577»
34578>
34579\
345803
34581>
34582\
34583A
34584/
34585οἰποῦ δ᾽ ὄντος εἰς τὰ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν THY γένεσιν
34586~
34587\
345883
34589/
34590/
34591/
34592~
34593a
34594τοῦ περὶ ἀτρόφων λόγου, προσήκει διαλαβεῖν ὅτι
34595\
34596-
34597“-
34598πὴ μὲν ὁ τρόπος οὗτος ἔχεται τοῦ περὶ χρόνων
34599~
34600λό
346012
34602>
34603δὴ
34604A
34605/
34606td
34607>
34608ζωῆς
34609λόγου,
34610ἐπειδὴ
34611τὸ
34612ζητούμενον εἶδος
34613οὐκ
346143
34615’ὔ
34616ε
34617ἀλλότριον ἑκατέρου, πὴ δὲ κεχώρισται παρὰ τὸ
346183
34619τὰ
34620\
34621\
34622~
34623>
34624/
34625΄
34626,ὔ
34627κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν τῆς ἐπισκέψεως δύναμιν διαφέρειν
34628πως.
34629ὁ μὲν γὰρ περὶ χρόνων ζωῆς ἐπὶ τῶν ὅλως
34630:}
34631a
34632Ζ
34633ἐχόντων χρόνους αἰσθητοὺς θεωρεῖται, τουτέστι
34634>
34635~
34636~
34637μὴ ἐλάττονας ἡλιακῆς περιόδου μιᾶς - χρόνος yap
34638ἰδίως 6 τοιοῦτος ἐνιαυτὸς καταλαμβάνεται " δυνάμει
34639δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐλάττων τούτου, μῆνές εἰσι καὶ ἡμέραι
34640\
34641-
34642ε
34643\
34644\
34645>
34646if
34647>
34648\
34649΄
346507
34651@
34652125 καὶ ὧὠραι.
34653ὁ δὲ περὶ ἀτρόφων ἐπὶ τῶν μηδ᾽ ὅλως
34654φθανόντων ἐπὶ τὸν προκείμενον χρόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς
34655>
346564
34657>
34658A
34659>
34660¢
34661\
34662~
34663’
34664ἐλάττοσιν ἀριθμοῖς dv ὑπερβολὴν τῆς κακώσεως
34665φθειρομένων.
34666ἔνθεν κἀκεῖνος μὲν πολυμερεστέραν
34667ἔχει τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν, οὗτος δὲ τὴν ὁλοσχερεστέραν.
34668ἁπλῶς γὰρ ἐάν τε κεκεντρωμένον ἢ τὸ ἕτερον τῶν
34669A
34670~
34671A
34672“ἢ
34673\
34674φωτῶν καὶ τῶν κακοποιῶν 6 ἕτερος συνῇ ἢ Kal
346751 ἀπεργάζεται VMDE, ἐργάζεται PL, ἀπεργάζηται NACam.
346762 λόγου om. MNECam.
346771 Hither because they do not survive or because they
34678are exposed;
34679Ptolemy treats both classes in the same
34680264
p. 589
34681TETRABIBLOS III. 8-9
34682makes them toothless and deaf and dumb, though
34683otherwise clever and cunning.
346849. Of Children that are not Reared.
34685As the account of children that are not reared?
34686is still lacking in the discussion of matters related to
34687the birth itself, it is fitting to see that in one way
34688this procedure is connected with the inquiry con-
34689cerning length of life, for the question in each case is
34690of the same kind;
34691but in another way they are
34692distinct, because there is a certain difference in the
34693actual meaning of the inquiry.
34694For the question of
34695length of life considers those who in general endure
34696for perceptible lengths of time, that is, not less than
34697one circuit of the sun, and such a space is properly
34698understood to be a year; but potentially also lesser
34699periods than this, months and days and hours, are
34700perceptible lengths of time.
34701But the inquiry con-
34702cerning children that are not reared refers to those
34703who do not attain at all to “time” thus defined,
34704but perish in something less than “ time” through
34705excess of the evil influence.
34706For this reason the in-
34707vestigation of the former question is more complex;
34708but this is simpler.
34709For it is merely the case that
34710if one of the luminaries is angular? and one of the
34711maleficent planets is in conjunction with it, or in
34712chapter, as does Firmicus Maternus, vii. 2 (De expositis et
34713non nutritis).
34714Cumont, L’ Egypte des astrologues, p. 186,
34715remarks that whereas the ancient Egyptian custom had
34716been to bring up all children born, the Greeks introduced
34717the practice of exposing unwanted babes.
34718* J.e. at one of the angles—rising, setting, or culminating.
34719τ
34720205
p. 590
34721PTOLEMY
34722,
34723~
34724“-
347255
34726if
34727διαμηκίζῃ, ταῦτα δὲ μοιρικῶς καὶ κατ᾽ ἰσοσκελείαν,
347285
34729~
34730~
34731μηδενὸς μὲν ἀγαθοποιοῦ συσχηματιζομένου,
34732τοῦ
34733δ᾽ 1 οἰκοδεσπότου τῶν φωτῶν ἐν τοῖς τῶν κακο-
34734ποιῶν τόποις κατειλημμένου,
34735τὸ γεννώμενον οὐ
34736/
34737>
34738,
34739A
34740\@
34741A
34742“λ
34743~
34744~
347452
34746τραφήσεται, map’ αὐτὰ δὲ ἕξει TO τέλος τῆς ζωῆς.
34747ἐὰν δὲ μὴ κατ᾽ ἰσοσκελείαν μὲν τοῦτο συμβαίνῃ
34748ἀλλ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐπαναφέρωνται τοῖς τῶν φωτῶν τόποις
34749=
34750Ξ
34751>
34752,
34753αἱ τῶν κακοποιῶν βολαί, δύο δ᾽ ὦσιν of κακοποιοΐί,
34754καὶ ἤτοι τὸ ἕτερον τῶν φωτῶν ἢ καὶ ἀμφότερα
34755βλάπτοντες ἢ κατ᾽ ἐπαναφορὰν ἢ κατὰ διάμετρον
34756ἢ ἐν μέρει τὸ ἕτερον ὁ ἕτερος ἢ ὁ μὲν ἕτερος δια-
34757μετρῶν ὁ δὲ ἕτερος ἐπαναφερόμενος,
34758καὶ οὕτως
34759»
34760“-
34761~
34762‘
34763axpova γίνεται, τοῦ πλήθους τῶν κακώσεων ἀφανί-
34764~
34765~
34766~
34767>
34768Covtos τὸ ἐκ τοῦ διαστήματος τῆς ἐπαναφορᾶς εἰς
347699.
34770A
34771~
34772~
34773/
34774͵7ὔ
34775A
34776ἐπιμονὴν
34777τῆς ζωῆς φιλάνθρωπον.
34778βλάπτει δὲ
34779ἐξαιρέτως κατὰ μὲν τὰς ἐπαναφορὰς ἥλιον μὲν ὁ
34780~
34781mM
34782’ὔ
34783\
34784¢
34785~
34786/
34787A
34788A
34789A
34790τοῦ “Apews, σελήνην δὲ ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου, κατὰ δὲ τὰς
34791διαμετρήσεις ἢ καθυπερτερήσεις ἀνάπαλιν ἥλιον
34792\
34793¢
34794~
34795’ὔ
347964
34797A
34798ε
34799a~
34800M
34801A
34802μὲν ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου, σελήνην δὲ 6 τοῦ “Apews, Kat
34803126 μάλιστα ἐὰν κατάσχωσι τοπικῶς ἤτοι 3 τὰ φῶτα
348041 δ᾽ om. NCam.
34805* τῆς ζωῆς om. NCam.
348063 τοι VD, cf. Proc. ; τῶν MNAECam. ; ς΄ L.
348071 κατ᾽
34808ἰσοσκελείαν,
34809literally,
34810“‘ by equality
34811of
34812leg.”
34813The anonymous commentator does not explain this ex-
34814pression.
34815Cardanus (pp. 264-265) understands it to mean
34816that the two are exactly in opposition not only in longitude
34817(‘in degrees ’’), but also in latitude (as when the moon is
34818in 10° of Aries, 3° north latitude, and Saturn or Mars in
3481910° of Libra, 3° south latitude).
348202The planet which governs
34821the sign in which
34822the
34823luminaries are found.
34824266
p. 591
34825TETRABIBLOS III. 9
34826opposition, both in degrees and with equality of
34827distance,! while no beneficent planet bears any aspect,
34828and if the lord of the luminaries” is found in the
34829places of the maleficent planets, the child that is
34830born will not be reared, but will at once come to its
34831end.
34832But if this comes about without the equality
34833of distance, but the shafts of the maleficent planets
34834succeed closely upon the places of the luminaries,
34835and there are two maleficent planets, and if they
34836afflict > either one or both of the luminaries either
34837by succeeding them or by opposition, or if one afflicts
34838one luminary and the other the other in turn, or if
34839one afflicts by opposition and the other by succeed-
34840ing the luminary, in this way too children are born
34841that do not live; for the number of afflictions dispels
34842all that is favourable to length of life because of the
34843distance of the maleficent planet through its succes-
34844sion.
34845Mars especially afflicts the sun by succeeding
34846it, and Saturn the moon ; but conversely in opposition
34847or in superior position Saturn afflicts the sun and Mars
34848the moon, most of all if they occupy as rulers the
348493 Affliction, which
34850in general
34851is damage done by a
34852maleficent planet to a beneficent one, is defined by the
34853astrologer Antiochus (CCAG,
34854viii. 3, p. 106, 34-38) as
34855existing ““when
34856(sc. a beneficent planet)
34857is smitten by
34858the rays of maleficent planets, or is surrounded, or is in
34859application with one of them, or in glutinatio (κόλλησις),
34860or is governed by one of them, when the maleficent planet
34861is in the
34862inactive
34863(non-signifying, ἀχρημάτιστοι) places.
34864These are the sixth, third, second, eighth, and twelfth
34865from
34866the horoscope.’
34867Ptolemy
34868says
34869little
34870about
34871the
34872“places ’’ (less correctly
34873‘‘ houses ’’) of a geniture;
34874they
34875are twelfth parts of the zodiacal circle marked off from the
34876horoscope, each with some special significance ; cf. Boll-
34877Bezold-Gundel, pp. 62-63.
34878267
p. 592
34879PTOLEMY
34880ἢ" τὸν ὡροσκόπον οἰκοδεσποτήσαντες.Σ
34881ἐὰν δὲ
34882δύο τυγχάνωσι διαμετρήσεις ἐπὶ κέντρων ὄντων
34883τῶν φωτῶν καὶ τῶν κακοποιῶν κατ᾽ ἰσοσκελείαν,
34884τότε καὶ νεκρὰ ἢ ἡμιθανῆ τίκτεται τὰ βρέφη.
34885τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἐὰν μὲν ἀπόρροιαν ἀπό
34886τινος τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν ἔχοντα τὰ φῶτα τυγχάνῃ 3
34887ἢ καὶ ἄλλως αὐτοῖς ἢ συνεσχηματισμένα, ἐν τοῖς
34888προηγουμένοις αὐτῶν ἃ μέρεσι μέντοιγε τὰς ἀκτῖνας
34889αὐτῶν ἐπιφερόντων, ἐπιζήσεται τὸ τεχθὲν ἄχρι
34890τοῦ μεταξὺ τῆς τε ἀφέσεως καὶ τῶν ἐγγυτέρων ὃ
34891τῶν κακοποιῶν ἀκτίνων ἀριθμοῦ, τῶν μοιρῶν τοὺς
34892ἴσους μῆνας 7) ἡμέρας ἢ καὶ ὥρας πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος
34893τῆς κακώσεως
34894καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῶν τὸ αἴτιον
34895ποιούντων.
34896ἐὰν δὲ at τῶν κακοποιῶν ἀκτῖνες εἰς
34897τὰ προηγούμενα φέρωνται τῶν φωτῶν, αἱ δὲ τῶν
34898ἀγαθοποιῶν εἰς τὰ ἑπόμενα, τὸ γεννώμενον ἐκτεθὲν
34899ἀναληφθήσεται καὶ ζήσεται.
34900καὶ πάλιν ἐὰν μὲν οἱ
34901συσχηματισθέντες
34902ἀγαθοποιοὶ
34903καθυπερτερηθῶσιν
34904ὑπὸ τῶν κακοποιῶν εἰς κάκωσιν καὶ ὑποταγήν, ἐὰν δὲ
34905καὶ καθυπερτερήσωσιν εἰς ὑποβολὴν ἁλλων γονέων.
34906εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν τις ὁ ἀνατολὴν ἢ τὴν
34907συναφὴν ποιοῖτο τῇ σελήνῃ, τῶν δὲ κακοποιῶν ὑπὸ
34908δύσιν τις εἴη, ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν τῶν γονέων ἀναληφθήσεται.
34909κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν τρόπον 7 καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πλειστο-
3491017 VLDProc.; καὶ MNAECam.
349115 οἰκοδεσποτήσαντες
34912VLD Proc., τῶν MNAECam.
349133 τυγχάνῃ libri, -o. Cam.
349144 ἑαυτῶν VLD.
349155 τῶν ἐγγυτέρων VLDProc. ; τοῦ ἐγγυτέρω MNACam. ; τῶν
34916γγυτέρ
34917y
34918ἐγγυτέρω E.
34919ὁ Post τις add. ἢ τήν MNECam.Proc.
349207 κατὰ δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν τρόπον Cam.
34921268
p. 593
34922TETRABIBLOS III. 9
34923places of the luminaries or of the horoscope.
34924But
34925if there chance to be two oppositions, when the
34926luminaries
34927are
34928at the angles and the maleficent
34929planets are in an isosceles configuration, then the
34930infants are born dead or half-dead.
34931And in such
34932circumstances, if the luminaries should chance to be
34933removing from conjunction with one of the benefi-
34934cent planets, or are in some other aspect to them,
34935but nevertheless cast their rays in the parts that
34936precede them, the child that is born will live a number
34937of months
34938or days, or even hours, equal to the
34939number of degrees between the prorogator ! and the
34940nearest rays of the maleficent planets, in proportion
34941to the greatness of the affliction and the power of
34942the planets ruling the cause.
34943But if the rays of the
34944maleficent planets fall before the luminaries, and
34945those of the beneficent behind them, the child that has
34946been exposed will be taken up and will live.
34947And
34948again, if the maleficent planets overcome ” the bene-
34949ficent ones that bear an aspect upon the geniture,
34950they will live to affliction and subjection ; but if the
34951beneficent pianets overcome, they will live but as sup
34952posititious children of other parents ; and if one of the
34953beneficent planets should either be rising or apply-
34954ing 3 to the moon, while one of the maleficent planets
34955is setting, they will be reared by their own parents.
34956And the same methods of judgement are to be used
34957ΤᾺ luminary, planet, or portion of the zodiac which
34958determines the length of life or the duration of some event.
34959The prorogators are discussed in the next chapter.
349602 See on iil. 4 above (p. 245, n. 1).
349618 See i. 24.
34962269
p. 594
34963PTOLEMY
34964127 γονούντων.
34965ἐὰν μὲν ὑπὸ δύσιν τις ἢ τῶν κατὰ
34966δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους συνεσχηματισμένων ἀστέρων,
34967ἡμιθανές τι! ἢ σάρκωμα καὶ ἀτελὲς τὸ γεννώμενον
34968ἀποτεχθήσεται.
34969ἐὰν δὲ ὑπὸ κακοποιῶν καθυπερ-
34970τερῆται, ἄτροφον ἢ ἄχρονον ἔσται τὸ ὑπὸ τῆς κατ᾽
34971αὐτὸν αἰτίας συγγεγενημένον.
34972<> Περὶ χρόνων ζωῆς
34973~
34974\
34975a
34976Τῶν δὲ peta τὴν γένεσιν συμπτωμάτων ἡγεῖται
34977μὲν ὁ περὶ χρόνων ζωῆς λόγος, ἐπειδήπερ κατὰ
34978τὸν ἀρχαῖον γέλοιόν ἐστι τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστα τῶν
34979>
34980/
34981>
34982/
34983“
34984>
34985-«
34986>
34987~
34988ἀποτελουμένων ἐφαρμόζειν τῷ μηδ᾽ ὅλως ἐκ τῆς
34989τῶν βιωσίμων ἐτῶν ὑποστάσεως ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀπο-
34990τελεστικοὺς αὐτῶν χρόνους ἥξοντι.
34991θεωρεῖται δὲ
34992-
349932
34994>
34995¢
34996AO
34997δ᾽
34998>
34999Ἂ λ
35000/
35001LAN’
35002>
35003‘
35004οὗτος 5 οὐχ ἁπλῶς
35005οὐδ᾽
35006ἀπολελυμένως,
35007ἀλλ᾽
35008ἀπὸ
35009τῆς τῶν κυριωτάτων τόπων ἐπικρατήσεως πολυ-
35010an
35011/
35012μερῶς λαμβανόμενος.
35013ἔστι δ᾽ 6 μάλιστά τε συμ-
35014φωνῶν ἡμῖν καὶ ἄλλως ἐχόμενος φύσεως τρόπος
35015τοιοῦτος.
35016ἤρτηται μὲν γὰρ τὸ πᾶν ἔκ τε τῆς τῶν
350173
35018~
35019/
350203
350217]
35022\
35023>
35024>
35025~
35026~
35027ἀφετικῶν toTwv?
35028διαλήψεως καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν
35029τῆς ἀφέσεως ἐπικρατούντων καὶ ἔτι ἐκ τῆς τῶν
35030ἀναιρετικῶν τόπων ἢ ἀστέρων.
35031διακρίνεται δὲ
35032τούτων ἕκαστον οὕτως.
35033τι VPLD; ἐστιν MNAECam.
350342 οὗτος ΜΝΑΕΡτοο. ; οὕτως VPLD, om. Cam.
350358 τόπων PLAEProc., om. VMNDCam.
350364 αὐτῶν τῶν τῆς VPLD; τῶν τῆς αὐτῆς MNAECam.
350371 Perhaps a reference to Petosiris.
35038The passage is in-
35039cluded by E. Riess among the fragments of Nechepso and
35040Petosiris, Philologus, Supplementband 6, p. 358.
350412 Aphetic is also used.
35042Hyleg is the Arabic term.
35043270
p. 595
35044TETRABIBLOS IIT. 9-10
35045also in cases of multiple births.
35046But if one of the
35047planets that two by two or in larger groups bear an
35048aspect to the geniture is at setting, the child will
35049be born half-dead, or a mere lump of flesh, and im-
35050perfect.
35051But if the maleficent
35052planets overcome
35053them, the infant born subject to this influence will
35054not be reared or will not survive.
3505510. Of Length of Life.
35056The consideration of the length of life takes the
35057leading place among inquiries about events following
35058birth, for, as the ancient! says, it is ridiculous to
35059attach particular predictions to one who, by the
35060constitution of the years of his life, will never attain
35061at all to the time of the predicted events.
35062This doc-
35063trine is no simple matter, nor unrelated to others, but
35064in complex fashion derived from the domination of
35065the places of greatest authority.
35066The method most
35067pleasing to us and, besides, in harmony with nature
35068is the following.
35069For it depends entirely upon the
35070determination of the prorogative”
35071places and the stars
35072that rule the prorogation, and upon the determination
35073of the destructive ® places or stars.4
35074Each of these is
35075determined in the following fashion :
350763 Or anaeretic.
350774 Bouché-Leclereq’s
35078(p. 411) summary
35079of Ptolemy’s
35080system of prorogations is helpful:
35081‘‘ His theory rests es-
35082sentially upon the likening of the zodiac to a wheel upon
35083which the life of the individuals is cast with a greater or
35084less force from a certain place of departure (τόπος ἀφετικός)
35085and finds itself arrested, or in danger of being arrested, by
35086barriers or destructive places (τόποι ἀναιρετικοί), without
35087being able in any case to go beyond a quarter of the circle.
35088The number of degrees traversed, converted into degrees
35089of right ascension, gives the number of the years of life.”
35090271
p. 596
35091PTOLEMY
35092Torous! μὲν πρῶτον ἡγητέον ἀφετικοὺς ἐν οἷς
35093εἶναι δεῖ πάντως τὸν μέλλοντα τὴν κυρίαν τῆς
35094ι98 ἀφέσεως λαμβάνειν, τό τε περὶ τὸν ὡροσκόπον
35095δωδεκατημόριον ἀπὸ πέντε μοιρῶν τῶν προανα-
35096φερομένων αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὁρίζοντος μέχρι τῶν λοιπῶν
35097καὶ ἐπαναφερομένων εἴκοσι πέντε μοιρῶν, καὶ τὰς
35098ταύταις ταῖς λ΄ μοίραις δεξιὰς ἐξαγώνους τε τοῦ
35099ἀγαθοῦ δαίμονος, καὶ τετραγώνους τοῦ ὑπὲρ γῆν
35100μεσουρανήματος,
35101καὶ τριγώνους τοῦ καλουμένου
35102θεοῦ, καὶ διαμέτρους τοῦ δύνοντος
35103- προκρινομένων
35104καὶ ἐν τούτοις εἰς δύναμιν ἐπικρατήσεως πρῶ-
351055. κατὰ
35106τὸ ὑπὲρ γῆν μεσουράνημα
35107ἑστώτων,3 εἶτα τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀνατολήν, εἶτα τῶν
35108\
35109A
35110TOV
35111μὲν
35112TWV
35113κατὰ τὴν ἐπαναφορὰν τοῦ μεσουρανήματος, εἶτα
35114τῶν κατὰ τὸ δύνον, εἶτα τῶν κατὰ τὸ προηγούμενον
35115τοῦ μεσουρανήματος.
35116τό τε γὰρ ὑπὸ γῆν πᾶν
35117εἰκότως ἀθετητέον πρὸς τὴν τηλικαύτην κυρίαν,
35118πλὴν μόνον τῶν παρ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ἀναφορὰν εἰς φῶς
35119ἐρχομένων, τοῦ τε ὑπὲρ γῆν οὔτε τὸ ἀσύνδετον
35120τῷ ἀνατέλλοντι δωδεκατημόριον
35121ἁρμόζει παρα-
351221 Hie titulum habent Περὶ τόπων ἀφετικῶν NCam. ; om.
35123VPLMADFEProe.
3512427@v AE, om. PL; τῆς NCam., τὸ VMD.
351253 ἑστώτων VPLD, om. MNAECam.
3512646 λέγεται τόπος ἀργός add. mg. N et Cam., om. libri omnes,
351271 Sc. degrees.
35128? Though
35129he pays little attention
35130to the system
35131of
35132“places ’’ or “ houses ’’? so much used by the astrologers in
35133272
p. 597
35134TETRABIBLOS ΠῚ. 10
35135In the first place we must consider those places
35136prorogative in which by all means the planet must be
35137~
35138that is to receive the lordship of the prorogation ;
35139namely, the twelfth part of the zodiac surrounding
35140the horoscope, from 5° above the actual horizon
35141up to the 25° that remains, which is rising in suc-
35142cession to the horizon;
35143the part sextile dexter to
35144these thirty degrees, called the House of the Good
35145Daemon;
35146the part in quartile, the mid-heaven ;
35147the part in trine, called the House of the God;
35148and the part opposite, the Occident.
35149Among these
35150there are to be preferred, with reference to power
35151of domination, first those! which are in the mid-
35152heaven, then those in the orient, then those in the
35153sign succedent to the mid-heaven, then those
35154in
35155the occident,” then those in the sign rising before
35156mid-heaven; for the whole region below the earth
35157must,
35158as
35159is reasonable,
35160be disregarded
35161when
35162a
35163domination of such importance is concerned, except
35164only those parts which in the ascendant sign itself
35165are coming into the light.
35166Of the part above the
35167earth it is not fitting to consider either the sign that
35168the actual casting of nativities, Ptolemy here deals with
35169four besides
35170the horoscope
35171itself.
35172Their usual names
35173are:
35174I, Horoscope,
35175wpooxdmos;
35176II,
35177Gate
35178of
35179Hades,
35180“Αιδου πύλη ; III, Goddess,
35181Θεά (i.e. moon);
35182IV, lower
35183mid-heaven,
35184ὑπογεῖον;
35185V, Good
35186Fortune,
35187ἀγαθὴ τύχη ;
35188VI, Bad
35189Fortune,
35190κακὴ
35191τύχη;
35192VII,
35193Occident,
35194δύσις ;
35195VIII, Beginning of Death, ἀρχὴ θανάτου ; IX, God, Θεός
35196(1.6. sun);
35197X, mid-heaven, μεσουράνημα;
35198XI, Good Dae-
35199mon,
35200ἀγαθὸς δαίμων;
35201XII, Bad Daemon,
35202κακὸς δαίμων.
35203Cf. P. Mich.
35204149, col. ix, 13-19, where slightly different
35205names are given.
35206In this passage Ptolemy has mentioned
35207numbers I, XI, X, IX, VII.
35208273
p. 598
35209PTOLEMY
35210/
35211”
35212‘
35213A
35214a
35215A
35216~
35217λαμβάνειν οὔτε τὸ προανατεῖλαν, 6 καὶ καλεῖται
35218κακοῦ δαίμονος, ἐπειδήπερ KaKkot! τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν
35219>
35220~
35221~
35222~
35223ἀπόρροιαν τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ἀστέρων μετὰ τοῦ Kal
352243
35225/
35226-
352272
35228\
35229σ
352303
35231͵
35232‘
35233ἀποκεκλικέναι * Godot τε
35234καὶ ὥσπερ ἀφανίζει τὸ
35235>
35236~
35237~
35238~
35239~
35240ἀναθυμιώμενον ἐκ τῶν τῆς γῆς ὑγρῶν παχὺ καὶ
35241ἀχλυῶδες παρ᾽ ὃ καὶ τοῖς χρώμασι καὶ τοῖς μεγέθεσιν
35242οὐ κατὰ φύσιν ἔχοντες φαίνονται.3
35243‘
35244\
35245~
35246/
35247>
35248/
35249΄
35250/
35251Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἀφέτας παραληπτέον τούς
35252τε κυριωτάτους δ΄ τόπους ἥλιον, σελήνην, ὧρο-
35253ς
35254΄,
35255“
35256/,
35257\
35258\
35259,
35260>
352612
35262129 σκόπον, κλῆρον τύχης και τους τούτων οἰκοδεσποτή-
35263σαντας."
35264Κλῆρον μέντοι τύχης τὸν συναγόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ
35265ἀριθμοῦ πάντοτε καὶ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας τοῦ τε ἀπὸ
35266«
35267,
35268>
35269\
35270Ἂ /
35271\
35272Aa,
35273‘
352745
35275>
35276A
35277~
35278ἡλίου ἐπὶ σελήνην, καὶ τὰ ἴσα φέροντος ὃ ἀπὸ τοῦ
35279ε
35280/
35281\
35282\
35283¢
35284,
35285~
35286bu
352876 σ
35288a“
35289ὡροσκόπου κατὰ τὰ ἑπόμενα TOV ζῳδίων,"
35290ἵνα ὃν
35291-“
35292A
35293ἔχει λόγον καὶ σχηματισμὸν ὁ ἥλιος πρὸς Tov
352941 xaxot V; κακοὶ D; cf. βλάπτει Proc.; ὑπερκακῆ (= ἐπει-
35295δήπερ Kaxot) P; 3 ὅπερ κἀκεῖ L; om. MNAECam.
35296ὅτε VD; μὲν PL; om. MNAECam.
352973 κατὰ es ἔχοντες φαίνονται libri; καταφαίνονται Cam.
352984Post hoc verbum inser. titulum Περὶ τοῦ κλήρου τῆς
35299τύχης NACam. ; om. libri alii.
35300" φέροντος VPLD ; “ἀφαιροῦντες MNAECam.;
35301καὶ τὰ ἴσα
35302ἔχοντος ἀπὸ τοῦ ιβ΄ κατὰ τὰ ἑπόμενα τῶν ζῳδίων. Proc.
353036 Hic add. NACam:
35304ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν ἐκπέσῃ ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἐκείνην
35305τὴν μοῖραν τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου
35306καὶ τὸν τόπον φαμὲν ἐπέχειν
35307τὸν κλῆρον τῆς τύχης.
353081The eighth house.
35309“Sign,” of course, in this passage
35310means not the fixed signs of the zodiac, but the places or
35311houses of the nativity.
35312One MS. adds here, ‘“‘ which is
35313274
p. 599
35314TETRABIBLOS IIT. 10
35315is disjunct from the ascendant,! nor that which rose
35316before
35317it, called the House of the Evil Daemon,?
35318because it injures the emanation from the stars in it
35319to the earth and is also declining, and the thick,
35320misty exhalation from the moisture of the earth
35321creates such a turbidity and, as it were, obscurity,
35322that the stars do not appear in either their true
35323colours or magnitudes.
35324After this again we must take as prorogatives the
35325four regions of greatest authority, sun, moon, horo-
35326scope, the Lot of Fortune, and the rulers of these
35327regions.
35328Take as the Lot of Fortune * always the amount
35329of the number of degrees, both by night and by day,
35330which is the distance from the sun to the moon,
35331and which extends to an equal distance from the
35332horoscope in the order of the following signs,* in
35333order that, whatever relation and aspect the sun
35334called the Inactive Place,” probably a scholion which has
35335entered the text.
35336See the critical note.
353372 The twelfth house.
353383 The directions given amount to this: Take the angular
35339distance from sun to moon in the order of the following
35340signs, ὅ.6. in the direction in which the zodiac is graduated ;
35341then lay out the same distance, in the same sense, from
35342the horoscope.
35343The point reached is the Lot of Fortune,
35344and it will be located with respect to the moon as the horo-
35345scope is with respect to the sun; hence it can be called
35346a “lunar horoscope.’’
35347With the older MSS. and Proclus
35348we read φέροντος instead of ἀφαιροῦντες in this passage.
35349On the various accounts of the Lot of Fortune see Bouché-
35350Leclercq, pp. 289-296 (who, however, read ἀφαιροῦντες here).
35351‘Here two MSS. and Camerarius (see the critical note)
35352add: “‘and wherever the number falls, we may say that
35353the Lot of Fortune falls upon that degree of the sign and
35354occupies that place.”
35355275
p. 600
35356PTOLEMY
35357€
35358,
353591
35360A
35361”
35362cy
35363ae?
35364΄
35365\
35366\
35367ὠροσκοπον
35368TOUTOV
35369€X) και
35370ἢ σελήνη
35371προς
35372TOV
35373κλῆρον τῆς τύχης καὶ ἢ ὥσπερ σεληνιακὸς ὥρο-
35374σκόπος."
353751380
35376Προκριτέον δὲ καὶ ἐκ ὃ τούτων ἡμέρας
35377μὲν
35378πρῶτον τὸν ἥλιον. ἐάνπερ ἢ ἐν τοῖς ἀφετικοῖς
35379τόποις - εἰ δὲ μὴ, «Nv σελήνην - εἰ δὲ μή, τὸν
35380πλείονας ἔχοντα λόγους οἰκοδεσποτίας πρός τε τὸν
35381ἥλιον καὶ τὴν προγενομένην σύνοδον καὶ πρὸς ὃ
35382τὸν ὡροσκόπον, τουτέστιν ὅταν τῶν" οἰκοδεσποτικῶν
35383τρόπων ε΄ ὄντων τρεῖς ἔχῃ πρὸς ἕνα ἢ καὶ πλείους
35384τῶν εἰρημένων - εἰ δὲ μή, τελευταῖον τὸν wpo-
35385σκόπον.
35386νυκτὸς δὲ πρῶτον τὴν σελήνην, εἶτα τὸν
353871 ὡροσκόπον VDProc.; ἀνατολικὸν ὁρίζοντα PLMNECam. ;
35388τὴν ὡροσκοποῦσαν μοῖραν τοῦ ἀνατέλλοντος ιβ΄ τημορίου A.
353892 Hic add. NACam.: πλὴν ὀφείλομεν ὁρᾶν ποῖον τῶν φωτῶν
35390ἐπὶ τὰ ἑπόμενα εὑρίσκεται τοῦ ἑτέρου.
35391εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἡ σελήνη ὡς πρὸς
35392τὰ ἑπόμενα μᾶλλον εὑρίσκεται τοῦ ἡλίου, τὸν ἐκβαλλόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ
35393ὡροσκόπου ἀριθμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν κλῆρον τῆς τύχης ὡς πρὸς τὰ ἑπόμενα
35394τῶν ζῳδίων δεῖ ἡμᾶς τοῦτον διεκβάλλειν: εἰ δὲ ὡς πρὸς τὰ προηγού-
35395μενα τοῦ ἡλίου μᾶλλον εὑρίσκεται ἡ σελήνη, τὸν αὐτὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς
35396πρὸς τὰ προηγούμενα τοῦ ὡροσκόπου διεκβάλλειν.
35397Om. VPLMDE
35398Proc.
35399Deinde pergunt VPLMNDCam. : tows δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο
35400θέλει, καὶ δύναται παρὰ τῷ συγγραφεῖ τὸ τοῖς νυκτὸς γεννωμένοις
35401ἀπὸ σελήνης
35402ἐ ἐπὶ ἥλιον ἀριθμεῖν καὶ ἀνάπαλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὡροσκόπου,
35403τουτέστιν εἰς τὰ προηγούμενα, διεκβάλλειν.
35404καὶ οὕτω γὰρ κἀκεῖνος
35405ὁ αὐτὸς τόπος τοῦ κλήρου καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς τοῦ συσχηματισμοῦ λόγος
35406ἐκβήσεται.
35407Om. ἴσως δὲ.
35408διεκβάλλειν A, ἴσως δὲ...
35409ἐκβήσεται E; in mg, N seriptum est σχόλιον; habent ἐστί
35410τε pro θέλει ‘MNCam. , εὑρεθήσεται pro ἐκβήσεται MNACam.
35411Titulum capitis Πόσοι ἀφέται post haee add. NCam., om,
35412VPLMADE.
354133 καὶ ἐκ VPLD, cf. Proc.; om. MNAECam.
3541447o0v VD; τὴν PL, ef. Proc. ; τοὺς MNAECam.
354155 πρὸς om. NDCam.
35416ὁ τῶν om. MNECam.
35417276
p. 601
35418TETRABIBLOS IIT. 10
35419bears to the horoscope, the moon also may bear to
35420the Lot of Fortune, and that it may be as it were a
35421lunar horoscope.!
35422Of these,” by day we must give first place to the
35423sun, if it is in the prorogative places; if not, to the
35424moon;
35425and if the moon is not so placed, to the
35426planet 35 that has most relations of domination to the
35427sun, to the preceding conjunction, and to the horo-
35428scope;
35429that is, when, of the five methods of domi-
35430nation 4 that exist, it has three to one, or even more;
35431but if this cannot be, then finally we give preference
35432to the horoscope.
35433By night prefer the moon first,
354341Camerarius and certain MSS. add here:
35435‘‘ We ought,
35436however, to observe which
35437of the luminaries
35438is found
35439following the other.
35440For if the moon is found following
35441the sun, we must lay out the number which intervenes
35442between the horoscope and the Lot of Fortune
35443in the
35444order of following signs; but if the moon is found preced-
35445ing the sun, we must set forth this same number from the
35446horoscope in the order of leading signs.
35447Perhaps this is
35448what he means, and the writer’s intention is to count from
35449moon to sun in the case of those born at night, and to
35450make the interval in the other direction from the horo-
35451scope, that is in the order of leading signs; for thus it will
35452turn out to be the same place for the Lot of Fortune and
35453the same relation of aspect which he mentions.’’
35454The
35455first part of this passage can hardly be genuine because it
35456is at variance with the general directions just given by
35457Ptolemy; the introductory phrase of the last part clearly
35458shows that it originated as a scholion.
3545953.7.6.
35460sun, moon, horoscope, Lot of Fortune, and the
35461rulers (see above),
35462$In
35463an
35464aphetic
35465(prorogative)
35466place,
35467says Cardanus
35468(p. 469).
354694 See iii. 2 (p. 233).
35470277
p. 602
35471PTOLEMY
35472SA
35473=
35474A
35475λ /
35476”
354771 Xr /
35478>
35479ἥλιον,
35480εἶτα
35481τὸν
35482πλείονας
35483ἔχοντα ' λόγους οἰκο-
35484δεσποτίας πρός τε τὴν σελήνην καὶ πρὸς τὴν προ-
35485γενομένην πανσέληνον καὶ τὸν κλῆρον τῆς τύχης ᾿ εἰ
35486δὲ μή, τελευταῖον, συνοδικῆς μὲν οὔσης τῆς προ-
35487γενομένης συζυγίας, τὸν ὡροσκόπον, πανσεληνιακῆς
35488ὃ \
35489\
35490An
35491tol
35492/
354932
35494> ὃ A
35495\
35496>
35497/
35498\
35499€ τὸν κλῆρον τῆς τύχης."
35500εἰ
35501δὲ Kal ἀμφότερα τὰ
35502φῶτα ἢ καὶ ὁ τῆς οἰκείας αἱρέσεως οἰκοδεσπότης
35503>
35504a
35505>
35506-
35507Ss
35508/,
35509‘
35510>
355113
35512ἐν τοῖς ἀφετικοῖς εἶεν τόποις, TOV EV
355134
35514~
35515/
35516τῷ κυριωτέρῳ
35517/
35518~
35519~
35520᾿ξ,
35521/
35522A
35523/
35524τόπῳ
35525τῶν φωτῶν παραληπτέον" τότε δὲ μόνον
35526t
355275
35528͵
35529\
35530τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην ἀμφοτέρων προκριτέον, ὅταν καὶ
35531>
35532/
35533\
35534\
35535>
35536/
35537κυριώτερον ἐπέχῃ τόπον Kal πρὸς ἀμφοτέρας τὰς
35538«
35539/
35540>
35541ὃ
35542/
35543λ /
35544”
355455
35546αἱρέσεις οἰκοδεσποτίας
35547λόγον ἔχῃ.
35548~
35549Leek
35550/
35551,ὔ
35552Μ
35553\
35554~
35555>
35556/
35557Τοῦ δὲ ἀφέτου διακριθέντος, ἔτι καὶ τῶν ἀφέσεων
35558/
35559131 δύο τρόπους παραληπτέον, τόν τε εἰς τὰ ἑπόμενα
35560τῶν ζῳδίων
35561μόνον ὑπὸ
35562τὴν
35563καλουμένην
35564a
35565βολί
35566i
35567μ
35568τὴν καλουμένην ἀκτινοβολίαν,
355691 τὸν ... €xovta VP (ἔχωντα) LD; cf. Proc.; ποὺς ...
35570ἔχοντας MNAECam.
355712Hic add. MNECam.:
35572εἰ δὲ μή, τελευταῖον
35573ὁ ὡροσκόπος
35574ἀφίησι τοὺς χρόνους ; om. VPLADProc.
355758 τὸν ἐν VMNDH, τὸν Ῥ, τῶν L, τῶν ἐν A, τὸ μὲν Cam.
355764 τόπῳ VMADEProc., om. PL, τρόπῳ NCam.
355775Post ἔχῃ add. capitis titulum, [Joao τρόποι ἀφέσεως
35578NCam.; om. VPLMADEProc.
35579“But otherwise finally the horoscope is the proro-
35580gator” is added here in certain MSS.
3558121...
35582a planet which may
35583be the prorogator.
35584The
35585“proper sect ”’ will be diurnal in diurnal genitures, noc-
35586turnal in nocturnal.
35587278
p. 603
35588TETRABIBLOS IIT. 10
35589next the sun, next the planets having the greater
35590number of relations of domination to the moon, to
35591the preceding full moon, and to the Lot of Fortune ;
35592otherwise, finally, if the preceding syzygy was a new
35593moon, the horoscope, but if it was a full moon the
35594Lot of Fortune.!
35595But if both the luminaries or the
35596ruler of the proper sect 5 should be in the prorogative
35597places, we must take the one of the luminaries that
35598is in the place of greatest
35599authority.
35600And we
35601should prefer the ruling planet to both of the
35602luminaries only when it both occupies a position of
35603greater authority and bears a relation of domination
35604to both the sects.
35605When the prorogator has been distinguished, we
35606must still further adopt two methods of prorogation.®
35607The one, that which follows the order of the following
35608signs, must be used only in the case of what is called
356093 Bouché-Leclereq’s
35610(pp. 418-419)
35611exposition
35612may be
35613quoted:
35614‘‘The
35615prorogator
35616once determined
35617...
35618it is
35619necessary to determine the sense in which it launches the
35620life from its prorogative place;
35621the direct sense, that is,
35622in accordance with the proper movement of the planets,
35623when it follows the series of [following] signs
35624.
35625.
35626.; retro-
35627grade
35628.
35629.
35630. when it follows the diurnal movement...
35631.
35632At all events there is in both cases unity of measurement,
35633the diurnal movement.
35634In the sense here called direct the
35635diurnal movement brings the anaeretic planet or ‘ following
35636place ’ to meet the * preceding place ’ where the prorogator
35637islodged.
35638In the contrary sense it is the prorogator which
35639is carried to the anaeretic place, which is always the oc-
35640cident.
35641By either manner the length of life was equal to
35642the number of degrees of right ascension between
35643the
35644prorogative place and the anaeretic place, at the rate of
35645one year to a degree.’’
35646He proceeds to point out that it
35647therefore becomes necessary to convert degrees of the zodiac
35648into degrees of right ascension measured on the equator.
35649279
p. 604
35650PTOLEMY
35651᾽
35652A
35653>
35654A
35655΄
35656ὅταν ἐν τοῖς ἀπηλιωτικοῖς τόποις, τουτέστι τοῖς
356573
35658~
35659,
35660>
35661ἀπὸ τοῦ μεσουρανήματος ἐπὶ τὸν ὡροσκόπον, ἢ ὁ
356625
35663/
35664\
35665\
35666>
35667vé
356684
35669AY
35670¢
35671/
35672>
35673\
35674\
35675ἀφέτης * Kal τὸν οὐ μόνον εἰς τὰ ἑπόμενα ἀλλὰ καὶ
35676tov! εἰς τὰ προηγούμενα κατὰ τὴν λεγομένην
35677ὡριμαίαν, ὅταν ἐν τοῖς ἀποκεκλικόσι τοῦ μεσου-
35678ρανήματος τόποις ἢ ὁ ἀφέτης.
35679Τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων ἀναιρετικαὶ γίνονται
35680μοῖραι κατὰ μὲν τὴν εἰς τὰ προηγούμενα τῶν
35681δί
35682A
35683Ἐ
35684~
35685ὃ
35686“
35687Chats
35688/
35689ὃ \
35690ζῳδίων ἄφεσιν ἡ τοῦ
35691δυτικοῦ ὁρίζοντος μόνη
35692διὰ
35693τὸ ἀφανίζειν τὸν κύριον τῆς ζωῆς - αἱ δὲ τῶν
356943
356953
35696οὕτως ὑπαντώντων ἢ μαρτυρούντων ἀστέρων ἀφαι-
35697ροῦσι μόνον καὶ προστιθέασιν ἔτη τοῖς " μέχρι τῆς
35698κατοδύσεως
35699τοῦ ἀφέτου συναγομένοις καὶ οὐκ
35700ἀναιροῦσι
35701διὰ
35702τὸ μὴ αὐτοὺς
35703ἐπιφέρεσθαι
35704τῷ
35705~
35706>
35707a
35708A
35709A
35710ἀφετικῷ τόπῳ GAN
35711ἐκεῖνον
35712τοῖς
35713αὐτῶν:
35714Kat
35715/
35716A
35717€
35718>
35719Ψ
357203
35721~
35722\
35723ε
35724προστιθέασι μὲν οἱ ἀγαθοποιοί, ἀφαιροῦσι δὲ ot
35725κακοποιοί, τοῦ ᾿ Ἑρμοῦ 3 πάλιν ὁποτέροις ἂν αὐτῶν
35726΄-
35727>
35728A
35729~
35730συσχηματισθῇ προστιθεμένου.
35731ὁ δὲ ἀριθμὸς τῆς
357327
35733a
35734a
35735>
35736προσθέσεως ἢ ἀφαιρέσεως θεωρεῖται dia τῆς καθ
35737ἕκαστον μοιροθεσίας -
35738ὅσοι γὰρ ἂν ὦσιν ὡριαῖοι
35739a“
35740,
35741«
35742χρόνοι τῆς ἑκάστου μοίρας, ἡμέρας μὲν οὔσης οἱ
357431 τὸν VAD, om. PLMNECam.
357442 Post τοῖς add. ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀφέτου συναγομένοις MNAE;
35745haec
35746See et συναγομένοις post ἀφέτου inser.
35747VPLD.
357483 τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ VD; τοῦ δὲ ‘E. PL; τούτου ‘E. A; ὁ δὲ τοῦ ‘E.
35749MNECam.
357504 προστιθεμένου VP (-τηθ-) LMADE, -os NCam.
357511On
35752projection
35753of
35754rays
35755(ἀκτινοβολία),
35756see
35757Bouché-
35758Leclereq, pp.
35759247-250.
35760The planets, by their rotation
35761in their orbits moving, as the astrologers said,
35762‘“ from
35763230
p. 605
35764TETRABIBLOS III. 10
35765the projection of rays,! when the prorogator is in the
35766orient, that is, between mid-heaven and the horo-
35767scope.
35768We must use not only the method that
35769follows the order of following signs, but also that
35770which follows the order of leading signs, in the so-
35771called Jorimaea, when the prorogator is in places
35772that decline from mid-heaven.*
35773This being the case, the destructive degrees in the
35774prorogation that follows the order of leading signs
35775are only the degree of the western horizon, because it
35776causes the lord of life 3 to vanish; and the degrees
35777of the planets that thus approach or bear witness ἢ
35778merely take away and add years to the sum of those
35779as far as the setting of the prorogator, and they do
35780not destroy because they do not move toward the
35781prorogative place, but it moves toward them.®
35782The
35783beneficent stars add and the maleficent subtract.
35784Mercury, again, is reckoned with the group to which
35785he bears an aspect.
35786The number of the addition or
35787subtraction is calculated by means of the location in
35788degrees in each case.
35789For the entire number of years
35790is the same as the number of hourly periods of each
357913)
35792(ὡς
35793right to left,’’ “‘ in the order of the following signs,
35794re-
35795gard’’ those that precede them and “cast rays,’ like
35796tnissiles, at those that follow them;
35797always, however,
35798if
35799the action is to be effective, at the angle of one of the
35800recognized aspects (opposition, quartile, etc.,
35801these two
35802having the greatest offensive force).
35803* That is, in such cases either method may be used.
35804’ The prorogator, which in this case moves toward the
35805anaeretic place.
35806‘Planets in aspect to one another are said to “ bear
35807witness.”
358085 In this case the rays of the planets are cast away from
35809the prorogator ; Bouché-Leclercq, p. 420.
35810281
p. 606
35811PTOLEMY
35812~
35813«
35814΄
35815\
35816ς
35817a
35818~
35819τῆς ἡμέρας, νυκτὸς δὲ οἱ τῆς νυκτός, τοσοῦτον
35820~
35821~
35822,
35823“-“
35824πλῆθος ἐτῶν ἔσται
35825τὸ τέλειον, ὅπερ' ἐπὶ" τῆς
35826>
35827~
35828~
35829ἀνατολῆς αὐτῶν ὄντων ὃ λογιστέον, εἶτα κατὰ TO
35830>
35831/
35832~
35833>
35834/
35835«
35836΄
35837a
35838n
35839132 ἀνάλογον τῆς ἀποχωρήσεως
35840ὑφαιρετέον, ἕως
35841av
35842πρὸς τὰς δυσμὰς εἰς τὸ μηδὲν καταντήσῃ.
35843\
35844\
35845\
35846>
35847‘
35848¢
35849/
35850~
35851,
35852»
35853Κατὰ δὲ τὴν εἰς τὰ ἑπόμενα τῶν ζῳδίων ἄφεσιν
35854ἀναιροῦσιν οἵ Te τῶν κακοποιῶν τόποι: Κρόνου καὶ
35855"Ἄρεως ἤτοι σωματικῶς ὑπαντώντων ἢ ἀκτῖνα
35856ἐπιφερόντων ὁθενδήποτε τετράγωνον ἢ διάμετρον,
35857?
35858~
35859ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ, τῶν ἀκουόντων ἢ βλεπόντων
35860>
35861>
35862ὃ
35863,
35864«
35865/
358665
35867\
35868᾽
35869\
35870δὲ
35871ε
35872~
35873κατ᾽
35874ἰσοδυναμίαν eEaydvwr,>
35875Kai αὐτὸς
35876δὲ ὁ τῷ
35877a
35878~
35879¢
35880ἀφετικῷ τόπῳ τετράγωνος ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπομένων"
35881>
35882\
35883?
35884~
35885ἐνίοτε
35886δὲ Kal ἐπὶ τῶν πολυχρονιούντων δωδε-
35887‘
35888>
35889~
35890κατημορίων κακωθεὶς ὁ é€dywvos,’ ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν
358915A
35892U
358938
35894«ς
35895,
35896λή
35897δὲ
358983
35899,
35900ὀλιγοχρονίων ὃ ὁ tplywvos:
35901σελήνης
35902δὲ ἀφιείσης
35903καὶ 6 τοῦ ἡλίου τόπος.
35904ἰσχύουσι yap αἱ κατὰ
35905τὴν τοιαύτην ἄφεσιν ἀπαντήσεις καὶ ἀναιρεῖν καὶ
35906σῴζειν, ἐπειδὴ αὗται τῷ τοῦ ἀφέτου τόπῳ ἐπι-
35907φέρονται.
35908οὐ πάντοτε μέντοι τούτους τοὺς τόπους 19
359091 ὅπερ VPLADE; ὅπως MNCam.
359102 ἐπὶ VPLMADEProc. ; ἐκ NCam.
359118 ὅλον post ὄντων add. MNAECam., om. VPLD.
359124 ἐπὶ VPLADProc.; ἀπὸ MNECam.
359135 ἑἐξαγώνων VPDProc., -ον MUNAECam.
359148 ἐπὶ VADEProc. ; ἐπὶ μὲν PL; ἀπὸ MNCam.
35915? Post ἐξάγωνος ins. ἀναιρεῖ NACam. ; om. VPLMDEProc.
359168 dAvyoxpoviww
35917WPLDProc.,
35918-χρονιούυτων
35919MNAECam.
35920πάλιν
35921κακωθεὶς
35922ins.
35923post
35924ὀλιγοχρονων NAECam.;
35925om.
35926VPLMDProe.
35927® Post τόπος ins. ἀναιρεῖ MNAECam. ; om. VPLDProc.
3592810 τούτους τοὺς τόπους VPLDA (add. καὶ A); τοιούτους τοὺς
35929τόπους καὶ Μ (ε΄. Proc.); τοιούτοις τοῖς τόποις καὶ ΕἸ, τοὺς
35930τοιούτους καὶ Cam.
35931282
p. 607
35932TETRABIBLOS III. 10
35933degree, hours of the day! when it is day and hours
35934of the night when it is night; this must be our
35935reckoning when they are in the orient, and subtrac-
35936tion must be made in proportion to their departure
35937therefrom, until at their setting it becomes zero.
35938In the prorogation which follows the order of
35939following signs, the places of the maleficent planets,
35940Saturn and Mars, destroy, whether they are
35941ap-
35942proaching bodily, or project their rays from any
35943place whatever in quartile or in opposition, and
35944sometimes
35945too
35946in sextile, upon the
35947signs
35948called
35949“‘ hearing ” or “ seeing ” * on grounds of equality of
35950power;
35951and the sign that is quartile to the pro-
35952rogative sign in the order of following signs likewise
35953destroys.
35954And sometimes,
35955also, among the signs
35956that ascend slowly the sextile aspect destroys, when
35957it is afflicted,® and again among the signs that ascend
35958rapidly the trine.
35959When the moon is the proro-
35960gator, the place of the sun also destroys.
35961For in
35962a prorogation of this kind the approaches of planets
35963avail both to destroy and to preserve, since these are
359641“ Hours’ were merely twelfth parts of the day (sun-
35965rise to sunset) or of the night, and hence
35966‘‘ hours of the
35967day ”’ are not of the same length as “ hours of the night ”’
35968except when day and night are equal.
35969Of nis 1δὲ
359703 See above,
35971p. 267, concerning
35972“affliction.”
35973Aries,
35974Taurus, Gemini, Pisces, Aquarius, and Capricorn were
35975classed as rapidly ascending signs; the others, as slowly
35976ascending signs.
35977283
p. 608
35978PTOLEMY
35979,
359803
35981ἘΞ
35982ε
35983΄
35984>
35985\
35986,
35987“
35988>
35989πάντως ἀναιρεῖν ἡγητέον, ἀλλὰ μόνον ὅταν ὦσι
35990κεκακωμένοι.
35991παραποδίζονται
35992γὰρ ἐάν τε
35993εἰς
35994ἀγαθοποιοῦ ὅριον ἐμπέσωσιν, ἐάν τέ τις τῶν ἀγαθο-
35995ποιῶν ἀκτῖνα συνεπιφέρῃ ᾿ τετράγωνον ἢ τρίγωνον
35996ΜΝ
35997al
35998ἢ διάμετρον ἤτοι πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν ἀναιρετικὴν μοῖραν
35999\
36000>
36001~
36002τὶ
36003ἢ εἰς τὰ ἑπόμενα αὐτῆς, ἐπὶ μὲν Διὸς μὴ ὑπὲρ τὰς
36004/
36005/
36006ee
36007\
36008>
36009/
36010\
36011ς
36012\
36013A
36014I,
36015ιβ΄ μοίρας, ἐπὶ
36016δὲ ᾿Αφροδίτης μὴ ὑπὲρ tas η΄"
36017ἐάν τε σωμάτων ὄντων ἀμφοτέρων τοῦ τε ἀφιέντος
36018καὶ τοῦ ὑπαντῶντος, μὴ ταὐτὸ πλάτος ἢ ἀμφοτέ-
360192
36020σ΄
36021ΟΝ
36022ὃ /
36023n“
36024\
36025λ /
36026Ss
36027«
36028/
360299
36030133 ρων.
36031οταν οὖν
36032Ovo ἢ και πλείονα Ἢ EKAaTEPWUEV
36033τά τε βοηθοῦντα καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον ἀναι-
36034~
36035/
36036\
36037>
36038~
36039ροῦντα, σκεπτέον τὴν ἐπικράτησιν ὁποτέρου τῶν
36040>
36041lo
36042/
36043\
36044~
36045~
360467
36047εἰδῶν͵ κατά τε TO πλῆθος τῶν συλλαμβανομένων
36048αὐτοῖς καὶ κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν - κατὰ μὲν τὸ πλῆθος,
36049ὅταν αἰσθητῶς πλείονα ἢ τὰ ἕτερα τῶν ἑτέρων,
36050\
36051/
36052/
36053a
36054~
360554
36056Ἃ
360573
36058κατὰ δύναμιν δέ, ὅταν τῶν βοηθούντων ἢ ἀναι-
36059ρούντων ἀστέρων οἱ μὲν ἐν οἰκείοις ὦσι τόποις, οἱ
36060\
36061/
36062ΖᾺ
36063δ᾽ “
36064«
36065\
36066>
36067>
36068λ
36069,
36070«
36071δὲ μή
36072μάλιστα δ᾽ ὅταν ot μὲν ὦσιν ἀνατολικοΐί, οἱ
36073\
36074/
36075θ᾽
36076a
36077\
36078~
36079«
36080\
36081\
36082>
36083A
36084δὲ δυτικοί.
36085καθ᾽
36086ὅλου yap τῶν ὑπὸ Tas αὐγὰς
36087ὄντων οὐδένα παραληπτέον οὔτε πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν
36088,,
36089\
36090/
36091\
36092>
36093\
36094/
36095>
36096/
36097οὔτε πρὸς βοήθειαν, πλὴν εἰ μὴ σελήνης ἀφετίδος
36098οὔσης αὐτὸς ὁ τοῦ ἡλίου τόπος ἀνέλῃ, συντετραμ-
360991 συνεπιφέρηται ECam.
361005 ἀμφοτέρων libri omnes ; cf. Proc. ; ἑκατέρων Cam.
361013 ἀνέλῃ VMDE, -εἰ PL, -οἱ NCam., ἀναιρεῖ A.
36102———
361031 Τὴ this type of prorogation the diurnal movement of
36104the heavens is carrying the planets toward the prorogative
36105284
p. 609
36106TETRABIBLOS III. 10
36107in the direction of the prorogative place.!
36108However,
36109it must not be thought that these places always in-
36110evitably destroy, but only when they are afflicted.
36111For they are prevented both if they fall within the
36112term ° of a beneficent planet and if one of the bene-
36113ficent planets projects its ray from quartile, trine,
36114or opposition either upon the destructive degree
36115itself or upon the parts that follow it, in the case of
36116Jupiter not more than 12°, and in that of Venus not
36117over 8°; also if, when both the prorogator and the
36118approaching planet are present bodily, the latitude
36119of both is not the same.*
36120Thus when there are two
36121or more on each side, assisting and, vice versa, de-
36122stroying, we must consider which of them prevails,
36123both by the number of those that co-operate and
36124by power; by number when one group is perceptibly
36125more numerous than the other, and with regard to
36126power when some of the assisting or of the de-
36127stroying planets are in their own proper
36128places,
36129and some are not, and particularly when some are
36130rising and others setting.
36131For in general we must
36132not admit any planet, either to destroy or to aid,
36133that is under the rays of the sun, except that when
36134the moon is prorogator the place of the sun itself is
36135destructive, when it is changed about by the presence
36136place; cf. Bouché-Leclereq, pp. 420-421 (esp. 421).
36137He
36138points out the complexity of the calculation and the
36139multitude of choices that lay open to an astrologer in his
36140interpretation of a geniture.
361412 See i. 20-21.
361423 This would be true only in cases of the bodily aprroach
36143of planets, not in aspect.
36144The notion is that the ray will
36145not hit its mark if the two bodies are not in the same
36146latitude.
36147285
p. 610
36148PTOLEMY
36149~
36150~
36151\
36152A
36153μένος μὲν ὑπὸ TOD συνόντος κακοποιοῦ, ὑπὸ μηδενὸς
36154δὲ τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν ἀναλελυμένος ."
36155΄-
36156~
36157~
36158«
36159~
36160Ὃ μέντοι τῶν ἐτῶν ἀριθμὸς ὃν ποιοῦσιν ot τῶν
36161~
36162>
36163~
36164/
36165\
36166~
36167μεταξὺ διαστάσεων τοῦ τε ἀφετικοῦ τόπου Kal τοῦ
361685
36169-
36170᾿
36171c
36172~
361730.»
36174e
36175”
36176>
36177/
36178ἀναιροῦντος οὐχ ἁπλῶς
36179οὐδ᾽
36180ὡς ἔτυχεν
36181ὀφείλει
36182~
36183~
36184/
36185>?
36186λαμβάνεσθαι κατὰ τὰς τῶν πολλῶν παραδόσεις ἐκ
36187~
36188~
36189/
36190¢
36191/
36192τῶν ἀναφορικῶν πάντοτε χρόνων " ἑκάστης μοίρας,"
361933
36194/
36195εἰ μὴ μόνον ὅταν ἤτοι αὐτὸς ὁ ἀνατολικὸς ὁρίζων
36196>
36197~
36198>
36199τὴν ἄφεσιν ἢ εἰληφὼς ἤ τις τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτὸν ποιου-
36200/
36201?
36202/
36203~
36204μένων ἀνατολήν.
36205ἑνὸς yap ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου τῷ
36206φυσικῶς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἐπισκεπτομένῳ προκει-
36207\ βοηθούμενος
36208καὶ ἀναλελυμένος MACam.,
36209Bo. ἢ ἀν. NE;
36210βοηθούμενος καὶ om. VPLDProc.
362112 καὶ post χρόνων add. MCam. ; om. alii.
362128 ἑκάστης μοίρας Proc.;
36213ἑκάστη μοῖρα VD; ἑκάστας μοίρας
36214PLMNAECam.
362151 As the anonymous commentator says (p. 120, ed. Wolf),
36216the sun is of a ‘“‘middle temperature ” (κρᾶσις), and takes
36217the character, good or bad, of the planet associated with it;
36218cf. i. 5 above.
362192 Some of the MSS. have βοηθούμενος καὶ (or ἢ) ἀναλελυμένος,
36220“assisted or released”;
36221probably an explanatory gloss
36222which worked its way into the text.
36223The anonymous
36224commentator explains the word to mean that a beneficent
36225planet does not permit the sun to retain the “affliction”
36226attached by the evil planet, but “‘ releases ”’ it.
362273 The following general description is intended to apply
36228to Ptolemy’s lengthy account of this method.
36229In each
36230prorogation, two points on the ecliptic are concerned, the
36231prorogator or precedent and the subsequent or anaeretic
36232place, which we may call P and S respectively.
36233S may or
36234may not be occupied by a planet, but in this type of pro-
36235rogation it always follows P, that is, lies east of it and comes
36236to the horizon later.
36237P, as a point on the ecliptic, may
36238(a) lie at the intersection of the ecliptic and the equator or
36239286
p. 611
36240TETRABIBLOS III. 10
36241of a maleficent planet! and is not released * by any
36242of the beneficent ones.
36243However, the number of years, determined by the
36244distances between the prorogative place and the de-
36245structive planet, ought not to be taken simply or off-
36246hand, in accordance with the usual traditions, from
36247the times of ascension of each degree,except only when
36248the eastern horizon itself is the prorogator, or some
36249one of the planets that are rising in that region.
36250For
36251one method alone® is available
36252for him who is
36253be (6) north of the equator or (c) south of it.
36254The vernal
36255and autumnal equinoxes, the beginnings of Aries and
36256Libra, are the only points of the ecliptic which can occupy
36257position (a);
36258if, however, P is one of these, since it is
36259also a point on the equator, it will pass, like all points on the
36260equator, from horizon to meridian in 6 hours, at the rate of
3626115° in 1 hour (this is the hour called
36262‘‘ equinoctial hour ”’
36263by the Greeks).
36264If P is to the north of the equator, in
36265a north latitude, its ascension from horizon to meridian
36266will be along a path parallel to the equator and longer than
36267the distance from horizon to meridian on the equator ;
36268hence it takes longer than 6 equinoctial hours.
36269Conversely,
36270points south of the equator take a shorter course and ascend
36271in times correspondingly shorter than 6 equinoctial hours.
36272Nevertheless, since the Greeks defined “ day ᾿ as the period
36273from sunrise to sunset and divided it into 12 hours, similarly
36274dividing the night, the ascension of P from rising to cul-
36275mination, wherever it is situated on the ecliptic and what-
36276ever the latitude, takes place in 6 hours of the day, that is,
36277ordinary or civil (καιρικαί) hours, which may be longer
36278or shorter than equinoctial
36279hours, and equal to them
36280only when
36281P occupies
36282position
36283(a), described
36284above.
36285The ‘‘ horary magnitude ”’ or ‘‘ period’ of a point on the
36286ecliptic is the expression in terms of equinoctial times (see
36287p. 95, n. 2) of the length of the civil hour when the sun is
36288at that point;
36289in north latitudes, horary magnitudes are
36290greater than 15 for points north of the equator and less
36291[for continuation of footnote, see pages 288 and 289.
36292287
p. 612
36293PTOLEMY
36294μένου, oxotreiv! μετὰ πόσους ἰσημερινοὺς χρόνους
362951346 τοῦ ἑπομένου σώματος ἢ σχήματος τόπος ἐπὶ
36296Tov? τοῦ προηγουμένου Kat αὐτὴν τὴν γένεσιν
36297παραγίνεται,διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἰσημερινοὺς χρόνους ὁμαλῶς
36298διέρχεσθαι καὶ τὸν ὁρίζοντα καὶ τὸν μεσημβρινόν,
36299πρὸς οὗς ἀμφοτέρους at τῶν τοπικῶν ἀποστάσεων 3
36300ὁμοιότητες λαμβάνονται, καὶ ἰσχύειν δὲ ἕκαστον
36301τῶν χρόνων ἐνιαυτὸν ἕνα ἡλιακὸν εἰκότως - ὅταν
36302μὲν ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ
36303τοῦ ἀνατολικοῦ
36304ὁρίζοντος ἢ 6
36305ἀφετικὸς καὶ προηγούμενος τόπος, τοὺς ἀναφορι-
36306κοὺς χρόνους τῶν μέχρι τῆς ὑπαντήσεως μοιρῶν
36307προσήκει λαμβάνειν:
36308μετὰ τοσούτους γὰρ ἰση-
36309μερινοὺς χρόνους ὁ ἀναιρέτης ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ ἀφέτου
36310τόπον, τουτέστιν
36311ἐπὶ τὸν ἀνατολικὸν
36312ὁρίζοντα,
36313παραγίνεται: ὅταν δὲ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ μεσημβρινοῦ,
36314τὰς ἐπ᾽ ὀρθῆς τῆς σφαίρας ἀναφοράς, ἐν ὅσαις
36315ἕκαστον τμῆμα διέρχεται τὸν μεσημβρινον - ὅταν
363161 σκοπεῖν VPLD, τοῦ σκοπεῖν MNAECam.
363175 τὸν ΝὭΡτοο. ; τὴν alii Cam.
363188 ἀποστάσεων VPMADEProc., ὑποστάσεων L, om. NCam.
363194 ἰσχύειν VPND, cf. Proc. ; ἰσχύει LMAECam.
36320for points south, 15 being the horary magnitude of the
36321two equinoctial points.
36322All that has been said about P
36323applies of course
36324to §, which is another point on the
36325ecliptic.
36326The problem of prorogation is simply to dis-
36327cover after how many equinoctial periods or times
36328αὶ
36329comes to the position originally oceupied by P with re-
36330lation to the meridian (or other centre, such as the western
36331horizon).
36332This position is defined as the one in which §
36333is just as many civil hours removed from the meridian
36334(or the point of reference) as was P in its original position.
36335288
p. 613
36336TETRABIBLOS IIT. 10
36337considering this subject in a natural manner—to cal-
36338culate after how many equinoctial periods ! the place
36339of the following body or aspect comes to the place of
36340the one preceding at the actual time of birth, because
36341the equinoctial periods pass evenly * through both
36342the horizon and the mid-heaven, to both of which
36343are referred the proportions of spatial distances,
36344and, as is reasonable, each one of the periods has
36345the value of one solar year.*
36346Whenever the pro-
36347rogative and preceding place is actually on the
36348eastern horizon, we should take the times of ascen-
36349sion of the degrees up to the meeting-place ; for
36350after this number of equinoctial periods the de-
36351structive planet comes to the place of the prorogator,
36352that is, to the eastern horizon.
36353But when it? is
36354actually at the mid-heaven, we should take the
36355ascensions on the right sphere in which the segment ὃ
36356in each case passes mid-heaven;
36357and when it is on
36358One therefore determines how far S was originally removed,
36359how far it is removed when it comes to the position of P,
36360and takes the difference,
36361in equinoctial
36362times,
36363as the
36364answer.
363651 An “ equinoctial period’ or
36366‘“‘ time’
36367is the length of
36368time which it takes one degree on the equator to pass a
36369fixed point, 7.e. 1/360 of 24 hours.
36370An “ὁ equinoctial hour ”’
36371is 15 “‘ equinoctial times.’’
36372For the definition cf. Helio-
36373dorus (?) in CCAG, vii. 122, 20 ff.
36374* At the rate of 15 per hour, in contrast to the varying
36375horary periods of degrees on the ecliptic.
363763 In predicting the life of the subject of the horoscope.
36377Cf. P. Mich. 149, col. xii. ll. 10-11.
363784'The prorogator.
363795 The “‘ segment ”’ is the are (of the ecliptic) between the
36380two places, but the ascension of the following body is to
36381be measured on the right sphere; that is, it is right as-
36382cension, which is measured on the equator.
36383,
36384289
p. 614
36385PTOLEMY
36386δὲ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ δυτικοῦ
36387ὁρίζοντος,
36388ἐν ὅσαις
36389ἑκάστη τῶν τῆς διαστάσεως μοιρῶν καταφέρεται,
36390τουτέστιν ἐν ὅσαις at διαμετροῦσαι ταύτας ' ἀνα-
36391φέρονται - τοῦ δὲ προηγουμένου τόπου μηκέτ᾽ ὄντος
36392ἐν τοῖς τρισὶ τούτοις ὅροις ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ταῖς μεταξὺ
36393διαστάσεσιν, οὐκ ἔτι τῶν προκειμένων ἀναφορῶν
36394ἢ καταφορῶν ἢ μεσουρανήσεων 5 οἱ χρόνοι τοὺς
36395ἑπομένους τόπους οἴσουσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τοῖς
36396προηγουμένοις, ἀλλὰ διάφοροι.
36397ὅμοιος μὲν γὰρ
36398καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς τόπος ἐστὶν ὁ τὴν ὁμοίαν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ
36399135 αὐτὰ μέρη θέσιν ἔχων ἅμα πρός τε τὸν ὁρίζοντα
36400καὶ τὸν μεσημβρινόν.
36401τοῦτο δὲ ἔγγιστα συμβέβηκε
36402τοῖς ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς κειμένοις ἡμικυκλίου τῶν γραφομένων
36403διὰ τῶν τομῶν τοῦ τε μεσημβρινοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὁρί-
36404ζοντος, ὧν ἕκαστον κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν θέσιν τὴν ἴσην
36405ἔγγιστα καιρικὴν ὥραν ποιεῖ.
36406ὥσπερ δ᾽, ἂν
36407περιάγηται περὶ τὰς εἰρημένας τομάς, ἔρχεται μὲν
36408ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν θέσιν καὶ τῷ ὁρίζοντι καὶ τῷ μεσημ-
36409βρινῷ,
36410τοὺς
36411δὲ τῆς διελεύσεως
36412τοῦ
36413ζωδιακοῦ
36414χρόνους ἀνίσους ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερον ὃ ποιεῖ. τὸν αὐτὸν
36415τρόπον
36416καὶ κατὰ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἀποστάσεων
364171 ταύτας VDMLE;; cf. Proc. ; ταύταις PNACam.
364182 συμμεσουρανήσεων NCam.
364193 καιρικὴν om. MNCam.
364204 δ(ἐ) om. MNCam.
364215 ἑκάτερον VD; -ov cett. Cam.; om. Proc.
364221Comes to the meridian in the same time, and is on
36423the same side of the equator (‘‘ in the same direction ”’).
36424Ptolemy introduces this characterization of “same and
36425290
p. 615
36426TETRABIBLOS III. 10
36427the western horizon, the number in which each of
36428the degrees of the interval descends, that is, the
36429number in which those directly opposite them ascend.
36430But if the precedent place is not on these three limits
36431but in the intervals between them, in that case the
36432times of the aforesaid ascensions, descensions,
36433or
36434culminations will not carry the following places to
36435the places of the preceding, but the periods will be
36436different.
36437For a place is similar and the same if it
36438has the same position! in the same direction with
36439reference both to the horizon and to the meridian.
36440This is most nearly true of those which lie upon one
36441of those semicircles” which are described through
36442the sections of the meridian and the horizon, each of
36443which at the same position makes nearly the same
36444temporal hour.
36445Even as, if the revolution is upon
36446the aforesaid
36447arcs,
36448it reaches
36449the same
36450position
36451with reference to both the meridian and horizon,
36452but makes the periods of the passage of the zodiac
36453unequal with respect to either, in the same way also
36454at the positions of the other distances it makes their
36455similar places’ because the whole system of prorogation
36456depends on determining the period after which a sub-
36457sequent body will come to the same place as, or a similar
36458place to, that occupied by a precedent body.
36459It cannot
36460come to exactly the same place, because both bodies are
36461on the ecliptic, oblique to the equator.
36462Hence it is neces-
36463sary to define “ similar places.”
364642 He refers to the arcs of circles, parallel to the equator,
36465passing through the degree of the ecliptic in question, and
36466cutting both horizon and meridian, which are intercepted
36467between the horizon and the meridian,
36468291
p. 616
36469PTOLEMY
36470θέσεις δι’ ἀνίσων ἐκείνοις χρόνων τὰς παρόδους
36471ἀπεργάζεται.
36472μία δέ τις
36473ἡμῖν ἔφοδος ἔστω"
36474τοιαύτη, dv ἧς, ἐάν τε ἀνατολικὴν ἐάν τε μεσὴμ-
36475βρινὴν ἢ δυτικήν, ἐάν τε ἄλλην τινὰ ἔχῃ θέσιν ὁ
36476προηγούμενος τόπος, τὸ ἀνάλογον τῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν
36477φερόντων χρόνων τὸν ἑπόμενον τόπον ληφθήσεται.
36478προδιαλαβόντες
36479γὰρ τὴν μεσουρανοῦσαν
36480τοῦ
36481ζωδιακοῦ μοῖραν καὶ ἔτι τήν τε προηγουμένην καὶ
36482τὴν ἐπερχομένην,
36483πρῶτον σκεψόμεθα τὴν τῆς
36484προηγουμένης θέσιν, πόσας καιρικὰς ὥρας ἀπέχει
36485τοῦ μεσημβρινοῦ, ἀριθμήσαντες τὰς μεταξὺ αὐτῆς
36486Kal? τῆς μεσουρανούσης οἰκείως ἤτοι ὑπὲρ γῆν ἢ
36487ὑπὸ γῆν μοίρας ὃ ἐπ᾽ ὀρθῆς τῆς σφαίρας ἀναφορὰς
36488καὶ μερίσαντες
36489εἰς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν αὐτῆς
36490τῆς
36491136 προηγουμένης μοίρας ὡριαίων χρόνων, εἰ μὲν ὑπὲρ
364921 ἔστω VDProc. ; ἔσται PLMNAECam.
36493sec om. LCam.
364943 μοίρας MAE, μοῖραν VPD, p° “N, μεσουρανοῖ Cam.
364951This obscure sentence is thus explained by the anony-
36496mous commentator:
36497‘‘ If you imagine a star moving either
36498from the horoscope (sc. to mid-heaven), or from mid-heaven
36499to the horoscope, you will discover the temporal periods
36500of the distance ; in the same way also when they are not
36501upon the degrees of the angles.”
365025. ὡριαῖοι χρόνοι ; ; the expression ὡριαῖον μέγεθος, “* horary
36503magnitude,’
36504is used further
36505on, when Ptolemy gives
36506examples.
36507In the Almagest, ii. 8, there is a table which
36508gives the time, in degrees and minutes of the equator
36509(i.e. equinoctial times), in which each are of 10° of the
36510ecliptic rises above the horizon in each of eleven latitudes
36511beginning with the equator (right sphere) ; the table also
36512gives the cumulative sums of these ascensions for each
36513arc from the beginning of Aries.
36514In the following chapter
36515Ptolemy tells how the horary magnitude may be determined
36516292
p. 617
36517TETRABIBLOS IIT. 10
36518passages in times unequal to the former.!
36519We shall
36520therefore adopt one method only, as follows, whereby,
36521whether the preceding place occupies
36522the orient,
36523the mid-heaven, the occident, or any other position,
36524the proportionate number of equinoctial times that
36525bring the following place to it will be apprehended.
36526For after we have first determined the culminating
36527degree of the zodiac and furthermore the degree of
36528the precedent and that of the subsequent, in the
36529first place we shall investigate the position of the
36530precedent, how many ordinary hours it is removed
36531from the meridian, counting the ascensions that pro-
36532perly intervene up to the very degree of mid-heaven,
36533whether over or under the earth, on the right sphere,
36534and dividing them by the amount of the horary
36535periods? of the precedent degree, diurnal if it is
36536by the use of this table.
36537His directions are, in brief, to
36538take the sum of the ascensions for the degree of the sun
36539by day (or the opposite degree by night) both in the right
36540sphere and in the given latitude ; to ascertain the differ-
36541ence between the two and take 3 of it; and then, if the
36542degree was in the northern hemisphere, to add this fraction
36543to the 15 “ times ” of one equinoctial hour, or, for a southern
36544position, to subtract it.
36545This will give the length of the
36546ordinary or civil hour for the latitude and time of the
36547year in question, in terms of the ascension of degrees of
36548the equator, or “‘ equinoctial times,’ or as Ptolemy puts
36549it, “‘the number of (equinoctial) times of the civil hour
36550under consideration.’
36551The civil day-time hour was τ of
36552the period from sunrise to sunset, or, of course, ᾧ of the
36553time from sunrise to noon.
36554In Almagest,
36555ii. 9, Ptolemy
36556gives the same directions for reducing periods expressed
36557in equinoctial times to ordinary or civil hours; multiply
36558the given equinoctial hours by 15 (in order to express
36559them in “ equinoctial times,’ as are the ascensions dealt
36560with in the present passage) and divide by the horary
36561period,
36562293
p. 618
36563PTOLEMY
36564γῆν εἴη TOV ἡμερησίων, εἰ δὲ ὑπὸ γῆν τῶν τῆς
36565νυκτός.
36566ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ τὰς αὐτὰς
36567καιρικὰς ὥρας
36568ἀπέχοντα τοῦ μεσημβρινοῦ τμήματα τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ
36569καθ᾽ ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ γίνεται τῶν προειρημένων
36570ἡμικυκλίων, Kai! δεήσει λαβεῖν μετὰ πόσους ἰση-
36571μερινοὺς χρόνους 5 καὶ τὸ ἑπόμενον τμῆμα τὰς
36572ἴσας καιρικὰς ὥρας ἀφέξει τοῦ αὐτοῦ μεσημβρινοῦ
36573τῇ προηγουμένῃ.
36574ταύτας
36575δὲ διειληφότες
36576ἐπι-
36577σκεψόμεθα πόσους τε κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς θέσιν ἀπ-
36578εἴχεν ἰσημερινοὺς χρόνους καὶ ἡ ἑπομένη μοῖρα τῆς
36579κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ μεσουράνημα
36580διὰ τῶν ἐπ᾽ ὀρθῆς
36581πάλιν τῆς σφαίρας ἀναφορῶν, καὶ πόσους ὅτε τὰς
36582ἴσας καιρικὰς ὥρας ἐποίει τῇ προηγουμένῃ
36583* πολυ-
36584πλασιάσαντές τε καὶ ταύτας ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν τῆς
36585ἑπομένης μοίρας ὡριαίων χρόνων, εἰ μὲν πρὸς τὸ
36586ὑπὲρ γῆν εἴη μεσουράνημα πάλιν ἡ σύγκρισις τῶν
36587καιρικῶν ὡρῶν, τὸ 35 τῶν ἡμερησίων, εἰ δὲ πρὸς τὸ
36588ὑπὸ γῆν τὸ τῶν τῆς νυκτός, καὶ τοὺς γινομένους ἐκ
36589τῆς ὑπεροχῆς ἀμφοτέρων τῶν διαστάσεων λαβόντες
36590ἕξομεν τὸ τῶν ζητουμένων ἐτῶν πλῆθος."
36591Ἵνα δὲ φανερώτερον γένηται τὸ λεγόμενον, ὕπο-
36592κείσθω προηγούμενος μὲν τόπος ἡ ἀρχὴ
36593τοῦ
36594Κριοῦ λόγου ἕνεκεν, ἑπόμενος δὲ ὁ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν
36595Διδύμων, κλίμα δὲ ὅπου ἡ μὲν μεγίστη ἡμέρα
36596137 ὡρῶν ἐστι ιδ΄, τὸ δ᾽ ὡριαῖον μέγεθος τῆς ἀρχῆς
36597ταὶ VPLD, om. MNAECam.
36598τχρόνηυς PLAProc., om. VMNDECam.
365993 τὸ (post ὡρῶν)... τὸ (post γῆν) VPLD, om. MNAECam.
366004 Post πλῆθος ins. cap. ᾿γπόδειγμα NCam., om. libri alii.
36601δὴ ἀρχὴ VDProc., ὁ τῆς ἀρχῆς alii Cam.
36602294
p. 619
36603TETRABIBLOS III. 10
36604above the earth and nocturnal if it is below.
36605But
36606since the sections of the zodiac which are an equal
36607number of ordinary hours removed from the meridian
36608lie upon one and the same of the aforesaid semi-
36609circles, it will also be necessary to find after how
36610many equinoctial periods the subsequent section will
36611be removed from the same meridian by the same
36612number
36613of ordinary
36614hours
36615as
36616the _ precedent.!
36617When we have determined these, we shall inquire
36618how many equinoctial hours at its original position
36619the degree of the subsequent was removed from the
36620degree at mid-heaven, again by means of ascensions
36621in the right sphere, and how many when it made the
36622same number of ordinary hours as the precedent,
36623multiplying these into the number of the horary
36624periods” of the degree of the subsequent;
36625if again
36626the comparison of the ordinary hours relates to the
36627mid-heaven above the earth, multiplying into the
36628number of diurnal hours, but if it relates to that
36629below the earth, the number of nocturnal hours.
36630And taking the results from the difference of the two
36631distances, we shall have the number of years for
36632which the inquiry was made.
36633To make this clearer, suppose that the precedent
36634place is the beginning of Aries, for example, and the
36635subsequent the beginning of Gemini, and the latitude
36636that where the longest day is fourteen hours long,?
36637and the horary magnitude of the beginning of Gemini
366381 For it will then have
36639‘“‘ come to the same place ”’ that
36640the precedent originally occupied.
366412 Or, horary magnitude.
366423 This is the latitude of lower Egypt ; ef. Almagest, ii. 6,
36643Ρ. 108, 15 ff. (Heiberg), and the table in ii. 8, pp. 134-141.
36644295
p. 620
36645PTOLEMY
36646τῶν Διδύμων «
36647ἔγγιστα. χρόνων ἰσημερινῶν ιζ΄, καὶ
36648ἀνατελλέτω πρῶτον ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ Κριοῦ, ἵνα μεσουρανῇ
36649ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ Αἰγοκέρωτος, καὶ ἀπεχέτω 2 σοῦ ὑπὲρ
36650γῆν μεσουρανήματος ἡ ἀρχὴ τῶν ΖΔιδύμων χρόνους
36651ἰσημερινοὺς pun’. ἐπεὶ οὖν ἡ τοῦ Κριοῦ ἀρχὴ ἀπέχει
36652τοῦ μεσημβρινοῦ μεσουρανήματος καιρικὰς ὥρας
36653ἕξ, ταύτας πολλαπλασιάσαντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ιζ΄ χρόνους,
36654οἵπερ εἰσὶ τοῦ ὡριαίου μεγέθους τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν
36655Διδύμων, ἐπειδήπερ πρὸς τὸ ὑπὲρ γῆν μεσουράνημά
36656ἐστιν ἡ τῶν ρμη΄ χρόνων ἀποχή, ἕξομεν καὶ ταύτης
36657τῆς διαστάσεως χρόνους ρβ΄
36658μετὰ τοὺς τῆς
36659ὑπεροχῆς ἄρα χρόνους μς΄ ὃ ὃ ἑπόμενος τόπος ἐπὶ
36660τὸν τοῦ προηγουμένου μεταβήσεται.
36661τοσοῦτοι δ᾽
36662εἰσὶν ἔγγιστα χρόνοι καὶ τῆς ἀναφορᾶς τοῦ τε
36663Κριοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ταύρου, ἐπειδὴ ὁ ἀφετικὸς τόπος
36664ὑποκεῖται ὡροσκοπῶν.
36665M
36666/
36667ὃ \
36668«
36669Ψ'
36670¢
36671>
36672A
36673~
36674K,
36675~
36676σ
36677εσουρανείτω
36678δὲ ὁμοίως ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ
36679Κριοῦ, ἵνα
36680ἀπέχῃ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην θέσιν ἡ ἀρχὴ τῶν διδύμων
36681τοῦ ὑπὲρ γῆν μεσουρανήματος χρόνους ἰσημερινοὺς
36682/
36683>
36684A
36685>
36686\
36687\
36688/
36689/
36690>
36691/
36692vy.
36693ἐπειδὴ οὖν κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν θέσιν ὀφείλει
36694μεσουρανεῖν ἡ ἀρχὴ τῶν Διδύμων," ἕξομεν τὴν τῶν
36695διαστάσεων ὑπεροχὴν 1 αὐτῶν τῶνϑ νη΄ " χρόνων, ἐν
366961 ζ΄ VPLMDEProc., ιζ΄ n’ NACam.
36697Sic et infra.
366982 ἀπεχέτω VAD, ἔστω ἀπέχουσα Proc., ἀπέχει PL, ἀπέχῃ
36699MNECam.
367003 pun’ VPLMDEProc., pun’ μζ΄ NACam.?, pun’ μη΄ Cam.?
367014 pB’ VPLMDEProc., pf’ μη΄ NACam.
367025 us’ libri omnes Proc. Cam.!, με΄ Cam.?
367038 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῶν Διδύμων Proce. ; Διδύμων om. VD ; om. PLME;
36704ὃ ἀφετικὸς τόπος NACam.
367057 τὴν τῶν διαστάσεων ὑπεροχὴν VPLD ; ἡ ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δια-
36706στάσεως Proc., τὴν τῆς προτέρας διαστάσεως ὑπεροχὴν MNECam.,
36707τὴν τῆς τοιαύτης διαστ. ὑπ. A.
36708290
36709OI
36710POS
36711Ὅ55
367128
36713νας
36714"ἂν
p. 621
36715TETRABIBLOS ITI. 10
36716is approximately 17 equinoctial times.!_
36717Assume first
36718that the beginning of Aries is rising, so that the
36719beginning of Capricorn is at mid-heaven, and let the
36720beginning of Gemini be removed from the mid-heaven
36721above the earth 148 equinoctial times.2_
36722Now since
36723the beginning of Aries is six ordinary hours* removed
36724from the diurnal mid-heaven, multiplying these into
36725the 17 equinoctial times, which are the times of the
36726horary magnitude of the beginning of Gemini, since
36727the distance of 148 times relates to the mid-heaven
36728above the earth, we shall have for this interval also
36729102 times.
36730Hence, after 46 times, which is the differ-
36731ence, the subsequent place will pass to the position
36732of the precedent.
36733These are very nearly the equi-
36734noctial times of the ascension of Aries and Taurus,
36735since it is assumed that the prorogative sign is the
36736horoscope.
36737Similarly, let the beginning of Aries be at mid-
36738heaven, so that at its original position the beginning
36739of Gemini may be 58 equinoctial times * removed from
36740the mid-heaven above the earth.
36741Therefore, since
36742at its second position the beginning of Gemini should
36743be at mid-heaven, we shall have for the difference
36744of the distances precisely this amount of 58 times,
367451The method described in Almagest, ii. 9, cited above,
36746applied to data from the table in Almagest, ii. 8, gives 17
36747times 6 min. 30 sec.
367482 This is reckoned on the right sphere.
36749The data from
36750the table in the Almagest will give 147 times 44 min.
367513 Likewise 6 equinoctial hours, since it is an equinoctial
36752point.
367534 T.e. 148 minus 90.
367548 αὐτῶν τῶν Pit, τῶν τῶν VD, τῶν LProe., αὐτὴν τὴν τῶν
36755MNACam.
367569 νζ΄ pd’ A.
36757U
36758297
p. 622
36759PTOLEMY
36760a
36761/
36762A
36763‘
36764A
36765A
36766>
36767A
36768/
36769ὅσοις πάλιν διὰ TO μεσουρανεῖν τὸν ἀφετικὸν τόπον
36770διέρχεται τὸν μεσημβρινὸν 6 τε ΚΚριὸς καὶ ὁ Ταῦρος.
36771Δυνέτω δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ Κριοῦ,
36772ἵνα μεσουρανῇ μὲν ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ Καρκίνου, ἀπέχῃ δὲ
36773τοῦ ὑπερ γῆν μεσουρανήματος ἡ ἀρχὴ τῶν Διδύμων
36774εἰς τὰ προηγούμενα χρόνους ἰσημερινοὺς λβ΄.
36775ἐπεὶ
36776οὖν πάλιν ἕξ ὥρας καιρικὰς ἀπέχει τοῦ μεσημβρινοῦ
36777ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ Κριοῦ πρὸς δυσμάς, ἐὰν ἑπτακαιδεκάκις
36778ταύτας ποιήσωμεν, ἕξομεν pf’? χρόνους, οὗς ἀφέξει
36779τοῦ μεσημβρινοῦ καὶ ἡ ἀρχὴ τῶν 4Διδύμων ὅταν
36780δύνῃ.
36781ἀπεῖχε δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην θέσιν ἐπὶ
36782τὰ αὐτὰ χρόνους λβ΄ .3 ἐν τοῖς τῆς ὑπεροχῆς apa
36783/
36784ες
36785/
367864
36787EMR
36788|
36789A
36790fs
36791>
36792/
36793>
36794\
36795χρόνοις ἑβδομήκοντα ἐπὶ τὸ δύνον ἠνέχθη, ἐν οἷς Kat
36796/
36797\
36798«
36799\
36800Je?
36801~
36802>
36803/
36804καταφέρεται μὲν 6 τε Κριὸς καὶ 6 Ταῦρος, ἀναφέρε-
36805ται δὲ τὰ διαμετροῦντα δωδεκατημόρια τό τε τῶν
36806Χηλῶν καὶ τὸ τοῦ Σκορπίου.
36807«
36808/
36809/
36810>
36811vi 5
36812‘
368136
36814A
36815>
36816~
36817Υποκείσθω τοίνυν ἐπὶ
36818μηδενὸς
36819μὲν οὖσα τῶν
36820κέντρων ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ Κριοῦ, ἀπέχουσα δὲ λόγου
36821ἕνεκεν εἰς τὰ προηγούμενα τῆς μεσημβρίας καιρικὰς
36822ὥρας τρεῖς, ἵνα μεσουρανῇ μὲν ἡ τοῦ Ταύρου μοῖρα
36823ὀκτωκαιδεκάτη, ἀπέχῃ δὲ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην θέσιν ἡ
36824τῶν διδύμων ἀρχὴ τοῦ ὑπὲρ γῆν μεσουρανήματος
36825εἰς τὰ ἑπόμενα χρόνους ἰσημερινοὺς δεκατρεῖς.
36826ἐὰν
368271. λβ΄ VPMDEProc., λη΄ L, Ap’ ιζ΄ NACam.!, AB’ ιβ΄ Cam.*
368282 pB’ VPLMDEProc., pp’ μη΄ NACam.
368295λβ΄ VPLMDEProc., Ap’ ις΄ NACam.1, λβ΄ (β' Cam.t
368304 ἐν τοῖς τῆς ὑπεροχῆς ἄρα χρόνοις ἑβδομήκοντα VD, Cj. Proc. :
36831ἐν τοῖς τῆς ἄρα ὑπ. ὁ χρόν. P, e& ᾿ ταύτης ἄρα ὑπ. ὁ χρόνος L, ἐν roe
36832(add. τῆς E) ὑπὲρ γῆν (γῆς E) ἄρα χρόν. ο΄ MNAECam., ο΄ Ap’ A.
368335 ἐπὶ VPLDE, ὑπὸ MNACam., ev Proc.
36834ὃ μηδενὸς VPLMDE, μηδὲν NACam.
36835298
p. 623
36836TETRABIBLOS III. 10
36837in which again, because the prorogative sign is at
36838mid-heaven, Aries and Taurus! pass through the
36839meridian.
36840In the same way let the beginning of Aries be
36841setting, so that the beginning of Cancer may be at
36842mid-heaven and the beginning of Gemini may be
36843removed from the mid-heaven above the earth in the
36844direction of the leading signs* by 32 equinoctial
36845periods.
36846Since, then, again the beginning of Aries
36847is six ordinary hours removed from the meridian
36848in the direction of the occident,
36849if we
36850multiply
36851this by 17 we shall have 102 times, which will be
36852the distance of the beginning of Gemini from the
36853meridian when it sets.
36854At its first position also it
36855was distant from the same point 32 times;
36856hence
36857it moved to the occident
36858in the 70 times of the
36859difference, in which period also Aries and Taurus
36860descend and the opposite signs Libra and Scorpio
36861ascend.®
36862Now let it be assumed that the beginning of Aries
36863is not on any of the angles, but removed, for example,
36864three ordinary hours from the meridian in the direc-
36865tion of the leading signs, so that the 18th degree of
36866Taurus is at mid-heaven, and in its first position the
36867beginning of Gemini is 13 equinoctial times removed
36868from the mid-heaven above the earth in the order of
368691The table of the Almagest gives 45 times 5 min. for
36870the combined ascensions of these two signs in the latitude
36871of lower Egypt.
368722 I.e. beyond the meridian and toward Aries.
368733 The table of the Almagest gives 70 times 23 min.
36874299
p. 624
36875PTOLEMY
36876>
36877,
36878οὖν πάλιν τοὺς ιζ΄ χρόνους ἐπὶ τὰς γ΄ ὥρας πολ-
36879λαπλασιάσωμεν, ἀφέξει μὲν καὶ κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν
36880/
36881a
36882lod
36883θέσιν ἡ τῶν Διδύμων ἀρχὴ τῆς μεσημβρίας εἰς τὰ
36884139 προηγούμενα χρόνους να΄," τοὺς δὲ πάντας ποιήσει
36885/
36886δ΄ 3
36887>?
36888/
36889A ὃ \
36890~
368917
36892A
36893>
36894~
36895Ὁ
36896χρόνους ξδ΄.
36897ἐποίει δὲ
36898διὰ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀγωγῆς, ὅτε
36899\
36900>
36901/
36902λλ
36903»
369043
36905\
36906/
36907,
36908/ 4
369094
36910μὲν ἀνέτελλεν ὁ ἀφετικὸς τόπος, χρόνους μς΄,} ὅτε
36911>?
36912δὲ ἐμεσουράνει χρόνους νη΄, ὅτε δὲ ἔδυνε χρόνους
369131.5
36914ὃ 3
36915\
36916ΝΜ
36917Δ
36918ihe
36919\
36920\
36921\ θέ.
36922ο
36923ιήνεγκε μὲν ἄρα καὶ ὁ κατὰ τὴν μεταξὺ
36924θέσιν
36925τῆς τε μεσουρανήσεως καὶ τῆς δύσεως τῶν χρόνων
36926ἀριθμὸς ἑκάστου τῶν ἄλλων.
36927γέγονε γὰρ χρόνων
36928£5’, διήνεγκε δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἀνάλογον τῆς τῶν γ΄ ὡρῶν
36929ς
36930΄-
36931>
36932ὃ /
36933a
369346
36935>
36936‘
36937\
36938~
36939ΜΝ
369407
36941ὑπεροχῆς, ἐπειδήπερ αὕτη ὃ ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων
36942κατὰ τὰ κέντρα τεταρτημορίων LB’ χρόνων ἦν, ἐπὶ
36943δὲ τῆς τῶν τριῶν ὡρῶν ἀποστάσεως ἕξ χρόνων.
36944>
36945\
36946\
36947\
36948>
36949\
36950/
36951ε
36952᾿]
36953\
36954\
36955>
36956/
36957ἐπεὶ δὲ Kal ἐπὶ πάντων ἡ αὐτὴ σχεδὸν ἀναλογία
36958συντηρεῖται, δυνατὸν ἔσται καὶ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν
36959/
36960<
36961λ 4,
36962~
36963A6
36964~
36965aA
36966τρόπον ἁπλούστερον τῇ μεθόδῳ χρῆσθαι.
36967πάλιν
36968“
36969/
36970yap ἀνατελλούσης μὲν τῆς προηγουμένης μοίρας
36971aA
36972~
36973ς
36974>
36975A
36976/
36977ταῖς μέχρι τῆς ἑπομένης avadopais χρησόμεθα,
36978μεσουρανούσης δὲ ταῖς ἐπ᾽ ὀρθῆς τῆς σφαίρας,
36979δυνούσης δὲ ταῖς καταφοραῖς.
36980ὅταν δὲ μεταξὺ
36981τούτων ἢ, οἷον λόγου ἕνεκεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκειμένης
36982διαστάσεως
36983τοῦ Κριοῦ, ληψόμεθα πρῶτον
36984τοὺς
369851 ,ζ VPLMDEProe. ; ιζ΄ η΄ NACam.
369862 να΄ VPLMDEProe. ; να΄ κδ΄ ACam.;
36987va’ δ΄ Ν.
369883 ἐδ΄ VPLMDE;
36989ἐδ΄ κδ΄ NACam.?, ἐδ΄ κζ΄ Cam.?
369904 μς΄ libri Proc. Cam.1; με΄ Cam.?
369915o’ VPLMDEProc. ; ο΄ λβ΄ NACam.', As’ Cam.?
369928 αὕτη VAD, αὐτὴ PL, αὐτὸς MNECam.
369937 @\Awy VPLADProc., ὅλων MNECam.
36994300
p. 625
36995TETRABIBLOS III. 10
36996the following signs.’
36997If, then, again we multiply 17
36998equinoctial times into the three hours, the beginning
36999of Gemini will at its second position be distant from
37000mid-heaven in the direction of the leading signs 51
37001equinoctial times, and it will make in all 64 times.*
37002But it made 46 times by the same procedure when
37003the prorogative place was rising, 58 when it was in
37004mid-heaven, and 70 when it was setting.
37005Hence the
37006number of equinoctial times at the position between
37007mid-heaven and the occident differs from each of the
37008others.
37009For it is 64, and the difference is propor-
37010tional to the excess of three hours,? since this was
3701112 equinoctial times in the case of the other quad-
37012rants at the centres, but 6 equinoctial times in the
37013ease of the distance of three hours.
37014And inasmuch
37015as in all cases approximately the same proportion is
37016observed, it will be possible to use the method in this
37017simpler way.
37018For again, when the precedent degree
37019is at rising, we shall employ the ascensions up to the
37020subsequent ; if it is at mid-heaven, the degrees on
37021the right sphere ; and if it is setting, the descensions.
37022But when it is between these points, for example,
37023at the aforesaid interval from Aries, we shall take
37024' Thus, the first of Aries is west of the meridian and the
37025first of Gemini east of it.
3702651...
3702713 times to reach the meridian,
37028plus 51 times
37029beyond it.
370303.7.6. the centres are 6 hours removed from one another,
37031and a difference of 12 times is observed when the move-
37032ment of the subsequent place up to one of the centres is
37033compared with its movement to the next centre in order.
37034Hence when the prorogative place does not move between
37035centre and centre, 6 hours, but only half of that time, this
37036differential also will be only 4 of its full amount, 6 times
37037instead of 12 times.
37038301
p. 626
37039PTOLEMY
37040ἐπιβάλλοντας χρόνους ἑκατέρῳ ' τῶν “περιεχόντων τ
37041κέντρων͵ εὑρήσομεν δέ, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ τὸ μεσουράνημα
37042τὸ ὑπὲρ γῆν ὑπέκειτο ἡ
37043ὦ ἀρχὴ τοῦ Κριοῦ μεταξὺ τοῦ
37044τε μεσουρανοῦντος κέντρου καὶ τοῦ δύνοντος, τοὺς
37045ἐπιβάλλοντας χρόνους ἃ μέχρι τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν 4ι-
37046140 δύμων, τῶν μὲν συμμεσουρανήσεων
37047νη΄, τῶν δὲ
37048συγκαταδύσεων
37049ο΄.
37050ἔπειτα μαθόντες, ὡς προ-
37051κεῖται,
37052πόσας
37053καιρικὰς
37054ὥρας ἀπέχει
37055τὸ προ-
37056ἡγούμενον τμῆμα ὁποτέρου τῶν κέντρων, ὅσον ϑ
37057ἂν ὦσι μέρος αὗται τῶν τοῦ τε τεταρτημορίου
37058καιρικῶν ὡρῶν ἕξ, τοσοῦτον μέρος τῆς ἀμφοτέρων
37059τῶν συναγωγῶν ὑπεροχῆς προσθήσομεν ἢ ἀφελοῦμεν
37060τῶν συγκρινομένων κέντρων
37061"ὃ οἷον ἐπεὶ τῶν προ-
37062κειμένων ο΄ καὶ vn’? ἡ ὑπεροχή ἐστι χρόνων ιβ΄, ὑπ-
37063έκειτο δὲ τὰς ἴσας καιρικὰς ὥρας γ΄ ὁ προηγούμενος
37064τόπος ἑκατέρου τῶν κέντρων ἀπέχων, αἵ εἰσι τῶν ἕξ
37065ὡρῶν ἥμισυ μέρος, λαβόντες ὃ καὶ τῶν ιβ΄ τὸ ἥμισυ
37066καὶ ἤτοι τοῖς νη΄ προσθέντες ἢ τῶν ο΄ ἀφελόντες,
37067εὑρήσομεν τὴν ἐπιβολὴν χρόνων ξδ΄.
37068εἰ δέ γε δύο
37069καιρικὰς ὥρας ἀπεῖχεν ὁπότερον τῶν κέντρων, αἵ
37070εἰσι τῶν ς΄ ὡρῶν τρίτον μέρος," τὸ τρίτον πάλιν τῶν
37071τῆς ὑπεροχῆς ιβ΄ χρόνων͵ τουτέστι τοὺς δ΄, εἰ μὲν ἡ
37072τῶν δύο ὡρῶν ἀποχὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ μεσουρανήματος
37073᾿ ἑκατέρῳ VMADE, -ων PLNCam.
370742 περιεχόντων VP (-εχώντων) LD, -ομένων NMAECam.
370753Post
37076χρόνους
37077add.
37078£5
37079ἔγγιστα
37080NACam.;
37081om.
37082VPLMDEProc.
370834 μαθόντες VPLMADEProc. ; -ωμεν NCam.
370845 Post ὅσον add. δ᾽ Cam.; om. libri.
37085ὁ τῶν συγκρινομένων κέντρων VLDProc., τῷ συγκρινομένῳ
37086κέντρῳ PMNAECam.
3708770’ καὶ νη΄
37088VPLDProce.; ἐτῶν add. VD. ; ὡρῶν MNAECam.
37089902
p. 627
37090TETRABIBLOS III. 10
37091first the equinoctial times corresponding to each of
37092the surrounding angles, and we shail find, since the
37093beginning of Aries was assumed to be beyond the
37094mid-heaven above the earth, between mid-heaven
37095and the occident, that the corresponding equinoctial
37096times up to the first of Gemini from mid-heaven
37097are
3709858 and from the occident
3709970.
37100Next
37101let us
37102ascertain, as was set forth above,! how many ordinary
37103hours the precedent section is removed from either
37104of the angles, and whatever fraction they may be
37105of the six ordinary hours of the quadrant, that
37106fraction of the difference between both sums we
37107shall add to or subtract from the angle with which
37108comparison is made.
37109For example, since the differ-
37110ence between the above mentioned 70 and 58 is 12
37111times, and it was assumed that the precedent place
37112was removed by an equal number of ordinary hours,
37113three, from each of the angles, which are one half
37114of the six hours, then taking also one-half of the 12
37115equinoctial times and either adding them to the 58
37116or subtracting them from the 70, we shall find the
37117result to be 64 times.
37118But if it was removed two
37119ordinary hours from either one of the angles, which
37120are one-third of the six hours, again we shall take
37121one-third of the 12 times of the excess, that is, 4,
37122and if the removal by two hours had been assumed
37123to be from the mid-heaven, we would have added
37124'See p. 297.
371258 δὲ post λαβόντες add. MNCam.
37126® £a’ NMCam.!
3712710 τρίτον μέρος om. MCam
37128303
p. 628
37129141
37130PTOLEMY
37131Θ᾽
371321
37133θ /
37134an“
37135~
37136,
37137/
37138>
37139>
37140ὑπέκειτο, προσεθήκαμεν av τοῖς νη΄ χρόνοις - εἰ ὃ
37141ἀπὸ τοῦ δύνοντος, ἀφείλομεν ἂν ἀπὸ τῶν οἵ.
37142Ὃ μὲν οὖν τρόπος τῆς τῶν χρονικῶν διαστάσεων 5
37143/
37144Ld
37145€
37146A
37147\
37148\
37149>
371505A.
37151>
37152,
37153ποσότητος οὕτως ἡμῖν κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ὀφείλει
37154r
37155/
37156~
37157\ Ἂ
37158‘
3715924?
37160ε
37161,
37162αμβάνεσθαι.
37163διακρινοῦμεν δὲ λοιπὸν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης
37164“-
37165\
37166TOV προειρημένων ὑπαντήσεων ἢ καταδύσεων, κατὰ
37167τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀλιγοχρονιωτέρων τάξιν, τάς τε ἀναιρε-
37168\
37169τικὰς καὶ τὰς κλιμακτηρικὰς καὶ τὰς ἄλλως παροδι-
37170“-
37171-
37172\
37173Kds, διά τε τοῦ ἢ κεκακῶσθαι τὴν ὑπάντησιν ἢ
37174a
37175/
37176¢
37177aA
37178βοηθεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν προειρημένον ἡμῖν τρόπον, καὶ
37179~
37180~
37181>
37182“-“
37183διὰ τῶν καθ᾽ ἕκαστον τῶν διασημαινομένων ἐκ τῆς
37184ὑπαντήσεως χρονικῶν ἐπεμβάσεων.
37185κεκακωμένων
37186~
37187~
37188>
37189τε yap ἅμα τῶν τόπων Kal τῆς πρὸς THY ἐπέμβασιν
37190τῶν ἐτῶν παρόδου τῶν ἀστέρων κακοποιούσης τοὺς
37191κυριωτάτους τόπους, ἄντικρυς θανάτους ὑπονοητέον *
37192τοῦ δ᾽ ἑτέρου τούτων φιλανθρωποῦντος κλιμακτῆρας
371931A
37194\
371952
37196λ (ae
37197>
37198/
37199de 3
37200θ ,
37201μεγάλους καὶ ἐπισφαλεῖς - ἀμφοτέρων
37202δὲ 8 νωθρίας
372037
37204a
37205μόνον ἢ βλαβὰς καὶ καθαιρέσεις παροδικάς, τῆς καὶ
372063
37207~
37208~
37209ev τούτοις ἰδιότητος λαμβανομένης ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν
37210ὑπαντικῶν 4 τόπων πρὸς τὰ τῆς γενέσεως πράγματα
37211συνοικειώσεως.
37212οὐδὲν δὲ ἐνίοτε κωλύει, δισταζο-
37213μένων τῶν τὴν ἀναιρετικὴν κυρίαν λαμβάνειν ὀφει-
37214λόντων, τὰς καθ᾽ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ὑπαντήσεις ἐπιλογι-
372151 ἡ... ἀποχὴ ... ὑπέκειτο VPLDProe. ; αἱ... ἀποχαὶ....
37216ὑπέκειντο MNAECam.
372172 διαστάσεων PLA, -ews VMNDECam.
372188 δὲ om. ECam.
372194 ὑπαντητικῶν MNECam.
372201The prorogations, which are determined by the ap-
37221proach of the anaeretic place to that of the prorogator,
37222or the setting of the prorogator.
37223304
p. 629
37224TETRABIBLOS IIT. 10
37225them to the 58 times, but if it was measured from
37226the occident we would have subtracted them from 70.
37227The method of ascertaining the amount of the
37228temporal intervals ought in this way consistently to
37229be followed.
37230For the rest, we shail determine in
37231each of the aforesaid cases of approach or setting,}
37232in the order of those that ascend more rapidly,
37233those which are destructive, climacteric, or otherwise
37234transitional,” according as the meeting is afflicted or
37235assisted in the way we have already explained,
37236and by means of the particular significance of the
37237predictions made from the temporal ingresses of the
37238meeting.4
37239For when at the same time the places
37240are afflicted and the transit of the stars relative to
37241the ingress of the years of life afflicts the governing
37242places, we must understand that death is definitely
37243signified ; if one of them is benignant, great and
37244dangerous
37245crises;
37246if both
37247are
37248benignant,
37249only
37250sluggishness,
37251injuries,
37252or transitory
37253disasters.
37254In
37255these matters the special quality is ascertained from
37256the familiarity of the occurrent places with the cir-
37257cumstances of the nativity.
37258Sometimes, when it is
37259doubtful which ought to take over the destroying
372602.1.6. we shall discover whether the periods determined
37261by such prorogations as have been described are terminated
37262by actual death, some important crisis, or an event of
37263less importance.
37264Cf. Hephaestion ap. CCAG, viii. 2, p. 81,
37265- + The reference is to what was said earlier in the chapter
37266about the influence of the various planets; see pp. 281 ff.
372674 Cf. what is said about the chronocrators in the latter
37268part of iv. 10.
37269305
p. 630
37270PTOLEMY
37271ζομένους ἤτοι ταῖς μάλιστα πρὸς τὰ ἐκβάντα ἤδη τῶν
37272συμπτωμάτων συμφωνούσαις καὶ πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα
37273κατακολουθεῖν, ἢ πρὸς ἁπάσας ὡς κατ᾽ ἰσότητα τῆς
37274δυνάμεως ἰ
37275ἰσχυούσας παρατηρητικῶς ἔχειν, τὸ μᾶλλον
37276καὶ ἧττον αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐπισκεπτο-
37277μένους.
37278<a> Περὶ
37279μορφῆς
37280καὶ
37281κράσεως
37282σωματικῆς
37283᾿Εφοδευομένης δὲ καὶ τῆς τοῦ περὶ χρόνων ζωῆς
37284142 λόγου πραγματείας, λέγομεν
37285a ἀρχὴν τὴν κατὰ μέρος
37286λαβόντες κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν τάξιν περί τε τῆς μορφῆς
37287καὶ τῆς σωματικῆς διατυπώσεως, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὰ τοῦ
37288σώματος τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ' προτυποῦται κατὰ φύσιν,
37289τοῦ μὲν σώματος διὰ τὸ ὑλικώτερον συγγεννω-
37290μένας ἔχοντος σχεδὸν τὰς τῶν ἰδιοσυγκράσεων
37291φαντασίας, τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ κατὰ
37292μικρὸν τὰς ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης αἰτίας ἐπιτηδειότητας
37293ἀναδεικνυούσης, τῶν δ᾽ ἐκτὸς ἔτι μᾶλλον ὕστερον 3
37294κατὰ τὸν ἐφεξῆς χρόνον ἐπισυμπιπτόντων.
37295ΠΙαρατηρητέον οὖν καθ᾽ ὅλου μὲν τὸν ἀνατολικὸν
37296ὁρίζοντα καὶ τοὺς ἐπόντας ἢ τοὺς τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν
37297αὐτοῦ λαμβάνοντας τῶν πλανωμένων καθ᾽ ὃν εἰρή-
37298καμεν τρόπον, ἐπὶ μέρους δὲ καὶ τὴν σελήνην ὥσαύ-
37299τως.
37300διὰ γὰρ τῆς τῶν τόπων τούτων ἀμφοτέρων
37301καὶ τῆς τῶν οἰκοδεσποτησάντων διαμορφωτικῆς
37302φύσεως καὶ τῆς καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον εἶδος συγκράσεως
373031 τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς VPL (τὸν... .) D, πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν MNAEProe,
37304Cam.
373052 ὕστερον VP (εἵστ-) LDProc. ; om. MNAECam,
37306306
p. 631
37307TETRABIBLOS III. 10-11
37308power, there is nothing to prevent our calculating
37309the occourses of each and then either following, in
37310predicting the future, the occourses which most agree
37311with past events, or observing them all, as having
37312equal power, determining as before the question of
37313their degree.
3731411. Of Bodily Form and Temperament.
37315Now that the procedure in the matter of the length
37316of life has been explained, we speak about the form
37317and character of the body, beginning the detailed
37318discussion in the proper order, inasmuch as naturally,
37319too, the bodily parts are formed prior to the soul ;
37320for the body, because it is more material, carries
37321almost from birth the outward appearances of its
37322idiosyncrasies, while the soul shows forth the char-
37323acters conferred upon it by the first cause only after-
37324wards and little by little, and external accidental
37325qualities come about still later in time.
37326We must, then, in general observe the eastern
37327horizon and the planets that are upon it or assume
37328its rulership in the way already explained ;! and
37329in particular also the moon as well; for it is through
37330the formative power of these two places 2 and of their
37331rulers and through the mixture of the two kinds,®
373321 See iii. 2 (p. 233).
373332The eastern horizon and the place where the moon is
37334found.
373353 Apparently, the influence of the places and that of
37336their rulers are the two
37337‘‘ kinds’’ to which reference
37338is
37339made.
37340307
p. 632
37341PTOLEMY
37342”
37343“
37344~
37345a
37346~
37347καὶ ἔτι τῆς τῶν συνανατελλόντων αὐτοῖς ἀπλανῶν
37348ἀστέρων σχηματογραφίας τὰ περὶ τὰς διατυπώσεις
37349τῶν σωμάτων
37350θεωρεῖται, πρωτευόντων μὲν τῇ
37351δυνάμει τῶν τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν ἐχόντων ἀστέρων,
37352>?
37353~
37354~
37355~
37356ἐπισυνεργούσης
37357δὲ Kal τῆς τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν
37358ἰδιοτροπίας.
37359\
37360/
37361>
37362“
37363\
37364e
37365wy
37366ε
37367~
37368To μέντοι καθ᾽
37369ἕκαστον, καὶ ws av tis ἁπλῶς
37370οὕτως ἀποδοίη, τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον.
37371πρῶτον
37372γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀστέρων ὁ μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου ἀνατο-
37373143AuKos ὧν τὴν μὲν μορφὴν μελίχροας ποιεῖ καὶ
37374εὐεκτικοὺς καὶ μελανότριχας καὶ οὐλοκεφάλους καὶ
37375δασυστέρνους ' καὶ μεσοφθάλμους * καὶ συμμέτρους
37376τοῖς μεγέθεσι, τῇ δὲ κράσει τὸ μᾶλλον ἔχοντας ἐν
37377τῷ ὑγρῷ καὶ ψυχρῷ.
37378δυτικὸς
37379δὲ ὑπάρχων τῇ
37380μὲν μορφῇ μέλανας καὶ σπινώδεις καὶ μικροὺς. καὶ
37381ἁπλότριχας καὶ ὑποψίλους
37382καὶ ὑπορρύθμους καὶ
37383Zz
37384~
37385\
373867
37387A 3
37388~
37389ΝΜ
37390μελανοφθάλμους, τῇ δὲ κράσει τὸ 35 μᾶλλον ἔχοντας
37391ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ καὶ ψυχρῷ.
37392«
37393\
37394~
37395A
37396>
37397J
37398A
37399΄,
37400Ο δὲ τοῦ Διὸς οἰκοδεσποτήσας τοὺς προκειμένους
37401τόπους ἀνατολικὸς τῇ μὲν μορφῇ ποιεῖ λευκοὺς ἐπὶ
37402τὸ εὔχρουν καὶ μεσότριχας καὶ μεγαλοφθάλμους 4
37403καὶ εὐμεγέθεις καὶ ἀξιωματικούς, τῇ δὲ κράσει τὸ
37404>
37405-
37406~
37407~
37408\
37409πλέον ἔχοντας ἐν τῷ θερμῷ καὶ ὑγρῷ.
37410δυτικὸς δὲ
37411~
37412>
37413\
37414ὑπάρχων τῇ μὲν χρόᾳ λευκοὺς μέν, οὐκ ἐπὶ TO
374153
37416εὔχρουν δὲ ὁμοίως -ὅ τετανότριχάς τε ἢ καὶ ava-
37417/
37418a
37419φαλάκρους ὃ καὶ μεσοφαλάκρους καὶ μετρίους τοῖς
374201 καὶ δασυστέρνους VPLD, ef. Proc. ; om. MNAECam.
374212 μεσοφθάλμους VPLDProc., μεγαλοφθάλμους MNAECam.
37422$76 om. MNECam.
374234 μεγαλοφθάλμους VP (-μας) LDE Proc., μελανοφθάλμους
37424MNACam.
37425308
p. 633
37426TETRABIBLOS III. 11
37427and furthermore through the forms of the fixed
37428stars that are rising at the same time, that the
37429conformation of the body is ascertained ; the ruling
37430planets have most power in this matter and the
37431special characters of their places aid them.
37432The detailed account, then, as one might report it
37433in simple terms, is this: First, among the planets,
37434Saturn, if he is in the orient, makes his subjects
37435in appearance dark-skinned, robust, black-haired,
37436curly-haired, hairy-chested, with eyes of moderate
37437size, of middling stature, and in temperament hay-
37438ing an excess of the moist and cold.
37439If Saturn is
37440setting, in appearance he makes them dark, slender,
37441small, straight-haired, with little hair on the body,
37442rather graceful, and black-eyed;
37443in temperament,
37444sharing most in the cold and dry.
37445Jupiter, as the ruler of the aforesaid regions, when
37446he is rising, makes his subjects in appearance light of
37447skin, but in such a way as to have a good colour,
37448with moderately curling hair and large eyes, tall, and
37449commanding respect ; in temperament they exceed
37450in the hot and the moist.
37451When Jupiter is setting,
37452he makes his subjects light, to be sure, but not as
37453before, in such a way as to give them a good colour,
37454and with lank hair or even bald in front and on the
374555 δὲ post ὁμοίως add. MNECam.
374565 ἀναφαλάκρους Proc., ἀνωφαλάκρους Cam.*, ἀναφαλανταίους
37457VD,
37458ἀναφαντολιακοὺς
37459P,
37460ἀναφανταλιαίους
37461L, ἀναφαλάνδους
37462MNAECam.!.
37463309
p. 634
37464PTOLEMY
37465μεγέθεσι, TH δὲ κράσει τὸ πλέον ἔχοντας ἐν TH
37466ὑγρῷ.
37467ὋὉ δὲ τοῦ Ἄρεως ὁ
37468ὁμοίως * ἀνατολικὸς τῇ μὲν μορφῇ
37469ποιεῖ λευκερύθρους καὶ εὐμεγέθεις καὶ εὐέκτας καὶ
37470γλαυκοφθάλμους καὶ δασεῖς καὶ μεσότριχας, τῇ δὲ
37471κράσει τὸ πλέον ἔχοντας ἐν τῷ θερμῷ καὶ ξηρῷ.
37472δυτικὸς δὲ ὑ ὑπάρχων τῇ μὲν μορφῇ ἐρυθροὺς ἁπλῶς
37473καὶ μετρίους τοῖς μεγέθεσι καὶ μικροφθάλμους ®
37474Ι44 καὶ ὑποψίλους καὶ ξανθότριχας καὶ τετανούς, τῇ
37475δὲ κράσει τὸ πλέον ἔχοντας ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ.
37476‘O δὲ τῆς
37477᾿Αφροδίτης τὰ παραπλήσια ποιεῖ τῷ
37478ῆς
37479᾿Αφροδίτη
37480ραπλή
37481ῖ
37482τοῦ Διός, ἐπὶ μέντοι τὸ εὐμορφότερον καὶ ἐπι-
37483χαριτώτερον καὶ γυναικοπρεπωδέστερον καὶ θηλυ-
37484μορφότερον ὃ καὶ εὐχυμότερον καὶ τρυφερώτερον.
37485ἰδίως δὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ποιεῖ μετὰ τοῦ εὐπρεποῦς
37486ὑποχαροπούς.
37487Ὃ δὲ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ. ἀνατολικὸς τῇ μὲν μορφῇ ποιεῖ
37488μελίχροας καὶ συμμέτρους τοῖς μεγέθεσι καὶ εὐρύθ-
37489μους καὶ μικροφθάλμους καὶ μεσότριχας, τῇ δὲ
37490κράσει τὸ πλέον ἔχοντας ἐν τῷ θερμῷ" δυτικὸς δὲ
37491ὑπάρχων τῇ μὲν μορφῇ λευκοὺς μέν, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸ
37492εὔχρουν δὲ ὁμοίως, τετανότριχας,, μελανοχλώρους
37493καὶ omwovs® καὶ ἰσχνοὺς καὶ λοξοφθάλμους te?
37494καὶ αἰγοποὺς ὃ καὶ ὑπερύθρους, τῇ δὲ κράσει τὸ
37495πλέον ἔχοντας ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ.
37496+
37497ὁμοίως VPLD, om. MNAECam.
374982 μικροφθάλμους WE
37499ate μικροκεφάλους MNACam.
37500" καὶ θηλυμορφότερον (or ἜΝ τ
37501τε
37502) VPLDProce., καὶ εὐσχη-
37503μονέστερον MNAECam.
375044 λευκοὺς... τετανότριχας VPLDProc., om. MNAECam.
37505310
p. 635
37506TETRABIBLOS III. 11
37507crown, and of average stature ; in temperament they
37508have an excess of the moist.
37509Similarly, Mars, when rising, makes his subjects in
37510appearance red and white of complexion, tall and
37511robust, gray-eyed, with thick hair, somewhat curly,
37512and in temperament showing an excess of the warm
37513and dry.
37514When he is setting, he makes them in
37515appearance simply ruddy, of middle height, with
37516small eyes, not much hair on the body, and straight
37517yellow hair; their temperament exceeds in the dry.
37518Venus has effects similar to
37519Jupiter’s, but is apt to
37520make her subjects more shapely, graceful, womanish,
37521effeminate in figure, plump, and luxurious.
37522On her
37523own proper account she makes the eyes bright as well
37524as beautiful.
37525Mercury, in the orient, makes his subjects in ap-
37526pearance sallow, of moderate height, graceful, with
37527small eyes and moderately curling hair;
37528in tem-
37529perament, showing an excess of the warm.
37530In the
37531occident he makes them, in appearance, of light
37532but not of good colouring, with straight hair and
37533olive complexion, lean and spare, with glancing,
37534brilliant eyes,) and somewhat ruddy ; in tempera-
37535ment they exceed in the dry.
375361 The text is perhaps corrupt ; αἰγοπός seems to be other-
37537wise unknown.
37538® μελανοχλώρους
37539PLProc.,
37540μελαγχλώρους
37541VD,
37542pedixpoas
37543MNAECam.
37544ὁ σπινοὺς PLEProc., ampovs VD, σπανοὺς MNACam.
375457 λοξοφθάλμους τε PL, ληξοφθάλμους τε V, ξηροφθάλμους τε
37546D,
37547κοινοφθάλμους
37548Ν,
37549κυνοφθάλμους
37550Cam.},
37551κοιλοφθάλμους
37552MAECam.?
375538 αἰγοποὺς P (-wz-)
37554LProc.,
37555αἰγόπλους
37556VD,
37557αἰγόποδας
37558MNAECam.!, αἰγίλοπας Cam.?
37559311
p. 636
37560PTOLEMY
37561Συνεργοῦσι δ᾽ ἑκάστῳ τούτων σχηματισθέντες,
37562ὁ μὲν ἥλιος ἐπὶ τὸ μεγαλοπρεπέστερον καὶ εὐεκτικώ-
37563τερον, ἡ δὲ σελήνη, καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὅταν τὴν ἀπόρροιαν
37564αὐτῆς ἐπέχωσι, καθ᾽ ὅλου μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ συμμετρώτερον
37565καὶ ἰσχνότερον καὶ τῇ κράσει ὑγρότερον, κατὰ μέρος
37566ΕῚ
37567>
37568a
37569~
37570~
37571δ᾽ ἀναλόγως τῇ τῶν φωτισμῶν ἰδιότητι κατὰ τὴν ἐν
375725
37573~
37574~
37575~
37576ἀρχῇ τῆς συντάξεως ἐκτεθειμένην κρᾶσιν."
37577,’ὔ
37578A
37579>
37580[2
37581ta
37582A
37583»
37584A
37585/
37586Πάλιν δὲ Kal? ὅλου ἑῷοι μὲν ὄντες καὶ φάσεις
37587ποιησάμενοι μεγαλοποιοῦσι τὰ σώματα, στηρίζον-
37588τες δὲ τὸ πρῶτον ἰσχυρὰ καὶ εὔτονα, προηγούμενοι
37589A
375905
37591͵ὔ
37592\
37593A
37594/
37595,
37596>
37597,ὔ
37598145 δὲ ἀσύμμετρα, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον στηρίζοντες ἀσθενέσ-
37599τερα, δύνοντες δὲ ἀδοξα μὲν παντελῶς, οἰστικὰ δὲ
37600κακουχιῶν καὶ συνοχῶν.5
37601Καὶ τῶν τόπων δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς 'σχηματισ-
37602μοὺς μάλιστα τῶν διατυπώσεων καὶ τὰς κράσεις,
37603ε
37604ΕΙΣ
376054
376063
37607>
37608a
37609A
37610/
37611ws ἔφαμεν, συνεργούντων,)
37612καθ᾽
37613ὅλου δὲ πάλιν
37614τὸ μὲν ἀπὸ ἐαρινῆς ἰσημερίας ἐπὶ θερινὴν τροπὴν
37615τεταρτημόριον ποιεῖ εὔχροας εὐμεγέθεις εὐέκτας
37616εὐοφθάλμους,
37617τὸ πλέον
37618ἔχοντας
37619ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ
37620‘kata
37621.
37622.
37623. κρᾶσιν VPLD, καθ᾽ ὡς περὶ κράσεως ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς
37624συντάξεως ἔφαμεν Proc., καθάπερ ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς συντάξεως ἐξεθέ-
37625μεθα MNAECam.
376262 καὶ συνοχῶν libri, cf. Proc. ; om. Cam.
376278 συνεργούτων
37628VPLDProe.,
37629συνοικειούυντων
37630MNECam.,
37631συνοικειούντων καὶ συνεργούντων Α.
376321 See 1. 24.
376332 Probably a reference to the last paragraph of i. 10, but
37634the anonymous commentator (p. 136, ed. Wolf) seems to
37635think it refers to i. 8.
37636’The commentator’s
37637(l.c.) explanation of this phrase
37638is “being oriental”
37639(ἀνατολικοὶ
37640τυχόντες)
37641The
37642φάσεις,
37643312
p. 637
37644TETRABIBLOS III. 11
37645The luminaries assist each of these when they bear
37646an aspect to them, the sun tending to a more im-
37647pressive and robust effect, and the moon, especially
37648when she is separating ! from the planets, in general
37649tending toward better proportion and greater s!ender-
37650ness, and toward a more moist temperament ; but in
37651particular cases her effect is proportioned to the
37652special quality of her illumination, in accordance
37653with the system of intermixture explained in the
37654beginning of the treatise.”
37655Again, generally, when the planets are morning
37656stars and make an appearance,’ they make the
37657body large; at
37658their
37659first
37660station,
37661powerful and
37662muscular;
37663when they are moving forward,’ not
37664well-proportioned ; at their second station, rather
37665weak ; and at setting, entirely without repute but
37666able to bear hardship and oppression.
37667Likewise their places, as we have said,° take an im-
37668portant part in the formation of the bodily characters
37669and temperaments.
37670In general terms, once more, the
37671quadrant from the spring equinox to the summer
37672solstice makes the subjects well-favoured in com-
37673plexion, stature, robustness, and eyes, and exceeding
37674“appearances,”
37675“phases,”
37676are
37677the
37678positions
37679of
37680the
37681planets with respect to the sun.
376824 Strangely enough, according to the ancient terminology,
37683when the planets are ‘“‘ moving forward” (in the direction
37684of the diurnal movement, “ in the direction of the leading
37685signs,’ or east to west) they are “retreating ”’ (ἀναποδί-
37686Covres) with respect to their (west to east) motion in their
37687own orbits ; cf. Bouché-Leclereq, p. 429, 1 (on this passage)
37688and p. 117, 1.
37689The commentator (l.c.) here says, τουτέστιν,
37690ἀφετικοί (probably ἀφαιρετικοί should be read).
37691° He refers to places in the zodiac and to i. 10.
37692313
p. 638
37693PTOLEMY
37694A
37695~
37696A
37697>
37698>
37699\
37700~
37701~
37702,
37703καὶ
37704θερμῷ
37705τὸ
37706δ᾽
37707ἀπὸ
37708θερινῆς τροπῆς μέχρι
37709μετοπωρινῆς
37710ἰσημερίας
37711μεσόχροας
37712συμμέτρους
37713τοῖς μεγέθεσιν εὐέκτας μεγαλοφθάλμους 1 δασεῖς
37714οὐλότριχας, τὸ πλέον ἔχοντας ἐν τῷ θερμῷ καὶ
37715ξηρῷ τὸ δ᾽ ἀπὸ μετοπωρινῆς ἰσημερίας μέχρι
37716χειμερινῆς τροπῆς μελίχροας ἰσχνοὺς σπινώδεις
37717θ
377184
377192
37720,
37721>
37722θ LA
37723A
37724Xr
37725,
37726Μ
37727παθηνοὺς *
37728μεσότριχας εὐοφθάλμους, τὸ πλέον ἔχον-
37729τας ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ καὶ “Ψυχρῷ.
37730τὸ δ᾽ ἀπὸ χειμερινῆς
37731τροπῆς ἕως ἐαρινῆς ἰσημερίας μελανόχροας συμμέτ-
37732ρους τοῖς μεγέθεσι τετανότριχας ὑποψίλους ὑπορ-
37733ρύθμους 3 τὸ πλέον ἔχοντας ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ καὶ ψυχρῷ.
37734Κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ μὲν ἀνθρωποειδῆ τῶν ζῳδίων
37735τῶν τε ἐν τῷ ζωδιακῷ καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς εὔρυθμα καὶ
37736σύμμετρα τοῖς σχήμασι τὰ σώματα κατασκευάζει.
37737τὰ δ᾽ ἑτερόμορφα Μμετασχηματίζει πρὸς τὸ τῆς
37738ἰδίας μορφώσεως οἰκεῖον τὰς τοῦ σώματος συμ-
37739146 μετρίας καὶ κατά τινα λόγον ἀφομοιοῖ τὰ οἰκεῖα
37740μέρη τοῖς ἑαυτῶν, ἤτοι ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον καὶ ἔλαττον ἢ
37741ἐπὶ τὸ ἰσχυρότερον καὶ ἀσθενέστερον ὁ ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ
37742εὐρυθμώτερον καὶ ἀρρυθμώτερον +> ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον
37743\
37744ε
37745/
37746-
37747¢
37748/
37749Ag
377506
37751/
37752Vyre
37753μὲν ὡς λόγου ἕνεκεν 6 A€wv καὶ ἡ Παρθένος καὶ 6
37754Τοξότης, ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλαττον δὲ ὡς οἱ ᾿Ιχθῦς καὶ 6 Kap-
37755,
37756\
37757« Ai
37758/
37759\
37760tA
37761«
377626
37763~ K;
37764~
37765κίνος καὶ ὃ
37766Αἰγόκερως.
37767καὶ πάλιν ws ὃ τοῦ
37768Κριοῦ
37769καὶ τοῦ Ταύρου καὶ τοῦ Λέοντος τὰ μὲν ἄνω καὶ
37770ἐμπρόσθια ἐπὶ τὸ εὐεκτικώτερον, τὰ δὲ κάτω καὶ
37771>
37772/
3777393.8
37774A
37775>
37776/
37777\
37778>
37779>
37780,
37781e
37782‘
37783ὀπίσθια ἐπὶ τὸ ἀσθενέστερον " τὸ δ᾽ ἐναντίον ὡς TO
37784'‘
37785μεγαλοφθάλμους VDProc., μελανοφθάλμους MNAECam.,
37786ὑοφθάλμους P, εὐθάλμους L.
377875 παθηνοὺς
37788VD,
37789zafwods
37790PL,
37791νοσεροὺς Proc.;
37792σπανοὺς
37793NACam., σπανθινοὺς ME.
37794314
p. 639
37795TETRABIBLOS III. 11
37796in the moist and warm.
37797The quadrant from the
37798summer solstice to the autumn equinox produces
37799individuals with moderately good complexion and
37800moderate height, robust, with large eyes and thick
37801and curly hair, exceeding in the warm and dry.
37802The
37803quadrant from the autumn equinox to the winter
37804solstice makes them sallow, spare, slender, sickly,
37805with moderately curling hair and good eyes, exceeding
37806in the dry and cold.
37807The quadrant from the winter
37808solstice to the spring equinox produces individuals of
37809dark complexion, moderate height, straight hair, with
37810little hair on their bodies, somewhat graceful, and
37811exceeding in the cold and moist.
37812In particular, the constellations both within and
37813outside of the zodiac which are of human shape pro-
37814duce bodies which are harmonious of movement and
37815well-proportioned ; those however which are of other
37816than human shape modify the bodily proportions to
37817correspond to their own peculiarities, and after a
37818fashion make the corresponding parts like their own,
37819larger and smaller, or stronger and weaker, or more
37820and less graceful.
37821For example, Leo, Virgo, and
37822Sagittarius make them larger;
37823others, as Pisces,
37824Cancer, and Capricorn, smaller.
37825And again, as in
37826the case of Aries, Taurus, and Leo, the upper and
37827fore parts make them more robust and the lower
37828and hind parts weaker.
37829Conversely the fore parts of
378308 ὑπορ(ρ)ύθμους VNMADE,
37831ὑποερύθμους PL, εὐαρμόστους
37832Proc., om. Cam.
378334 Post ἀσθενέστερον add. ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ VPLD, καὶ MNAECam.
37834δ καὶ ἀρρυθμότερον ἘΠ; ἀρυθμώτερον
37835(ἀριθ- Li) καὶ εὐρυθ-
37836μώτερον PL; cf. Ῥτοο. ; καὶ ἀρρ. om. VMNADCam.
37837ὁ ἐπὶ post ὡς add. MNAECam.
37838315
p. 640
37839PTOLEMY
37840~
37841“-
378424
37843τοῦ Τοξότου καὶ τοῦ Lkopriov καὶ τῶν Διδύμων
37844‘
37845\
37846>
37847/
37848θ
37849>
37850\
37851Ye?
37852/
378531
37854‘\
37855A
378564
37857/
37858τὰ μὲν ἐμπρόσθια ἐπὶ τὸ layvorepov,! τὰ δὲ ὀπίσθια
37859>
37860\
37861A
37862>
37863/
37864c
37865/
37866\
37867¢
37868ε
37869A
37870,ὔ
37871ἐπὶ τὸ εὐεκτικώτερον - ὁμοίως δὲ ws ἡ μὲν Παρθέ-
37872\
37873«
37874\
37875Ve
37876/
378779'.
37878Ἢ]
37879A
378807,
37881vos καὶ at Χηλαὶ καὶ ὁ Τοξότης ἐπὶ τὸ σύμμετρον
37882‘
37883”
37884«
37885A
37886/
37887\
37888ς»
37889~
37890\
37891ε
37892καὶ εὔρυθμον, ὁ δὲ Σ'κορπίος καὶ οἱ
37893᾿Ιχθῦς καὶ ὁ
37894Ταῦρος ἐπὶ τὸ ἄρρυθμον καὶ ἀσύμμετρον, καὶ ἐπὶ
37895τῶν ἄλλων ὁμοίως.
37896ἅπερ ἅπαντα συνεφορῶντας
37897>
37898a
37899Kal συνεπικίρναντας 5 προσήκει τὴν EK τῆς κράσεως
37900συναγομένην ἰδιοτροπίαν περί τε τὰς μορφώσεις καὶ
37901τὰς κράσεις τῶν σωμάτων καταστοχάζεσθαι.
37902<p.
37903Περὶ σινῶν καὶ παθῶν
37904σωματικῶν
37905“Επομένου δὲ τούτοις τοῦ περὶ τὰ σωματικὰ σίνη
37906/
37907a
37908τε καὶ πάθη λόγου, συνάψομεν αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὸ ὃ
37909΄
37910΄-
37911SQ
37912͵
37913,
37914ἑξῆς τὴν κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ εἶδος συνισταμένην ἐπί-
37915>
37916~
37917σκεψιν ἔχουσαν οὕτως.
37918καὶ ἐνταῦθα yap* πρὸς
37919μὲν τὴν καθ᾽ ὅλου διάληψιν ἀποβλέπειν δεῖ πρὸς
37920~
37921/
37922>
37923τὰ τοῦ ὁρίζοντος δύο κέντρα, τουτέστι TO ἀνατέλλον
37924\
37925\
379264
37927tad
37928\
37929/
37930\
379317
37932>
37933A
37934147 καὶ τὸ δύνον, μάλιστα δὲ πρός τε TO δύνον αὐτὸ
379353
37936/
37937~
37938καὶ πρὸς TO προδύνον, ὃ ἐστιν ἀσύνδετον τῷ
37939~
37940/
37941A
37942ἀνατολικῷ κέντρῳ, καὶ παρατηρεῖν
37943τοὺς κακω-
37944A
37945or
379463
379477
37948΄
37949>
37950/
37951A
37952τικοὺς
37953τῶν ἀστέρων πῶς ἐσχηματισμένοι πρὸς
37954αὐτὰ τυγχάνουσιν.
37955ἐὰν γὰρ πρὸς τὰς ἐπαναφερο-
37956~
37957Ss
37958<
37959~
37960μένας μοίρας τῶν εἰρημένων τόπων ὦσιν ἑστῶτες
379611 ἰσχνότερον VPA, τῶν ἰσχνοτέρων L, ἰσχυρότερον 1), ἄσθε-
37962νέστερον MNECam.Proc.
379632 συνεπικίρναντας VD ; cf. Proc. ; συνεπικρίνοντας PLMNAE
37964Cam.
37965316
p. 641
37966TETRABIBLOS III. 11-12
37967Sagittarius, Scorpio, and Gemini cause slenderness
37968and the hind parts robustness.
37969Similarly too Virgo,
37970Libra, and Sagittarius tend to make them well-
37971proportioned
37972and graceful, while Scorpio, Pisces,
37973and Taurus bring about awkwardness and dispro-
37974portion.
37975So it is with the rest, and it is fitting
37976that we should observe and combine all these things
37977and make a conjecture as to the character which
37978results from the mixture, with regard both to the
37979furm and to the temperament of the body.
3798012. Of Bodily Injuries and Diseases.
37981Since the subject which comes next is that which
37982treats of the injuries and diseases of the body, we shall
37983attach here in regular order the method of investiga-
37984tion devised for this form of query.
37985It is as follows.
37986In this case also, to gain a general comprehension, it
37987is necessary to look to the two angles of the horizon,
37988that is, the orient and the occident, and especially to
37989the occident itself and the sign preceding it, which
37990is disjunct | from the oriental angle.
37991We must also
37992observe what aspect the maleficent planets bear to
37993them.
37994Forif they, one or both of them, are stationed
37995against
37996the
37997ascending
37998degrees
37999of the aforesaid
380001See i. 16; this sign is the fifth from the ascendant and
38001is the so-called sixth house.
380028 αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὸ VPL
38003(καὶ τὸ) ADE;
38004cf. Proc.;
38005om.
38006NCam.
380074 γὰρ VPLADE, ἐν M, om. NCam.
380085 προδύνον P, δύνον VMD, om. LE, τὸ πρὸ δύσεως Proc.,
38009ἡγούμενον NACam,
38010317
p. 642
38011PTOLEMY
38012ἤτοι σωματικῶς ἢ τετραγωνικῶς ἢ καὶ κατὰ διά-
38013μετρον, ἤτοι ὁπότερος αὐτῶν ἢ καὶ ἀμφότεροι, σίνη
38014καὶ πάθη σωματικὰ περὶ τοὺς γεννωμένους ὑπονοη-
38015τέον, μάλιστα δ᾽ ἂν καὶ τῶν φωτῶν ἤτοι τὸ ἕτερον
38016ἢ καὶ ἀμφότερα κεκεντρωμένα καθ᾽ ὃν εἰρήκαμεν
38017τρόπον τυγχάνῃ ἢ ἅμα ἢ κατὰ διάμετρον.
38018τότε
38019γὰρ οὐ μόνον ἐὰν ἐπαναφέρηταί τις τῶν κακοποιῶν,
38020ἀλλὰ κἂν προαναφέρηται τῶν φωτῶν, αὐτὸς κεκεν-
38021τρωμένος, ἱκανός ἐστι διαθεῖναί τι τῶν ἐκκειμένων
38022ὁποῖον ἂν οἵ τε τοῦ ὁρίζοντος τόποι καὶ οἱ τῶν
38023ζῳδίων ὑποφαίνωσι σίνος ἢ πάθος, καὶ αἵ τῶν
38024ἀστέρων φύσεις τῶν τε κακούντων καὶ τῶν κακου-
38025μένων καὶ ἔτι τῶν συσχηματιζομένων αὐτοῖς.
38026τά
38027τε γὰρ μέρη τῶν ζῳδίων ἑκάστου τὰ περιέχοντα
38028τὸ ἀδικούμενον μέρος τοῦ ὁρίζοντος δηλώσει τὸ
38029μέρος τοῦ σώματος περὶ ὃ ἔσται τὸ αἴτιον καὶ
38030πότερον σίνος ἢ πάθος ἢ καὶ ἀμφότερα τὸ δηλού-
38031μενον μέρος ἐπιδέξασθαι
38032δυνατόν,
38033αἵ τε
38034τῶν
38035ἀστέρων φύσεις τὰ εἴδη καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τῶν συμ-
38036πτωμάτων ποιοῦσιν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν κυριωτάτων τοῦ
38037148 ἀνθρώπου μερῶν ὁ μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου κύριός ἐστιν
38038ἀκοῶν τε δεξιῶν καὶ σπληνὸς καὶ κύστεως καὶ
38039φλέγματος καὶ ὀστῶν : ὁ δὲ τοῦ Διὸς ἁφῆς τε καὶ
38040πνεύμονος καὶ ἀρτηριῶν καὶ σπέρματος : ὁ δὲ τοῦ
38041Ἄρεως ἀκοῶν εὐωνύμων καὶ νεφρῶν καὶ φλεβῶν
38042καὶ μορίων - 6 δὲ ἥλιος ὁράσεως καὶ ἐγκεφάλου
38043καὶ καρδίας καὶ νεύρων καὶ τῶν δεξιῶν πάντων "
38044ὁ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης ὀσφρήσεώς τε καὶ ἥπατος καὶ
380451 ποιοῦσιν VPLADProc., om. MNECam.
38046318
p. 643
38047TETRABIBLOS III. 12
38048places, either bodily on them or quartile or in op-
38049position to them, we must conclude that the subjects
38050born will suffer bodily injuries and disease, especially
38051if either one or both of the luminaries as well chance
38052to be angular in the manner described,! or in op-
38053position.
38054For in that case not only if one of the
38055maleficent planets is rising after the luminaries, but
38056even if it is rising before them and is itself angular,
38057it has power to produce one of the aforesaid injuries
38058or diseases of such kind as the places of the horizon
38059and of the signs may indicate, likewise what is in-
38060dicated by the natures of the afflicting and the
38061afflicted 5 planets, and moreover by those that bear
38062an aspect toward them.
38063For the parts of the in-
38064dividual signs of the zodiac which surround the
38065afflicted portion of the horizon will indicate the
38066part of the body which the portent will concern, and
38067whether the part indicated can suffer an injury or
38068a disease or both, and the natures of the planets
38069produce the kinds and causes of the events that
38070are to occur.
38071For, of the most important parts of
38072the human body, Saturn is lord® of the right ear,
38073the spleen, the bladder, the phlegm, and the bones ;
38074Jupiter is lord of touch, the lungs, arteries, and
38075semen;
38076Mars of the left ear, kidneys, veins, and
38077genitals;
38078the sun of the sight, the brain, heart,
38079sinews
38080and
38081all the right-hand
38082parts;
38083Venus
38084of
380851J.e.
38086in either the first or seventh
38087house
38088(orient or
38089occident), and not at either of the other two angles.
38090* See on iii. 9 (p. 267).
38091% A planetary melothesia (distribution of parts of the
38092body to the planets) follows.
38093On such cf. Boll-Bezold-
38094Gundel, p. 138, and P. Mich. 149, col. ii., 31 ff. (University
38095of Michigan Studies, Humanistic Series, vol. xl.).
38096319
p. 644
38097PTOLEMY
38098~
38099¢
38100\
38101Pee
38102~
38103/
38104‘
38105‘
38106\
38107capkav
381086 δὲ τοῦ
38109“Ἑρμοῦ λόγου καὶ διανοίας Kat
38110᾽ὕὔ
38111\
38112~
38113\
38114΄“
38115«
38116\
38117’ὔ
38118γλώσσης
38119καὶ
38120χολῆς
38121καὶ
38122ἕδρας.
38123ἡ δὲ σελήνη
38124γεύσεώς τε καὶ καταπόσεως
38125καὶ στομάχου καὶ
38126κοιλίας καὶ μήτρας καὶ τῶν εὐωνύμων πάντων.
38127»
38128\
38129-
38130ΒΡ,
38131\
38132\
38133U
38134\
38135«
38136Dita
38137A
38138ἔστι δὲ τῶν καθ᾽ ὅλου καὶ τὰ σίνη μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ TO
38139πολὺ συμπίπτειν ἀνατολικῶν ὄντων τῶν τὸ αἴτιον
38140ποιούντων κακοποιῶν, πάθη δὲ τοὐναντίον δυτικῶν
38141αὐτῶν
38142ὑπαρχόντων.
38143ἐπειδήπερ
38144καὶ
38145διώρισται
38146τούτων ἑκάτερον τῷ τὸ μὲν σίνος ἅπαξ διατιθέναι
38147καὶ μὴ διατείνουσαν ἔχειν τὴν ἀλγηδόνα, τὸ δὲ
38148~
38149>
38150~
38151a
38152πάθος ἤτοι συνεχῶς ἢ ἐπιληπτικῶς τοῖς πάσχουσιν
38153ἐπισκήπτειν.
38154\
38155\
38156\
38157\
38158͵΄
38159>
38160Veerin
38161\
38162Πρὸς δὲ τὴν κατὰ μέρος ἐπιβολὴν ἤδη τινὰ
38163?
38164παρατηρήσεως ἔτυχεν ἐξαιρέτου σινωτικά TE Kal
38165~
38166\
38167~
38168παθητικὰ σχήματα, διὰ τῶν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν
38169κατὰ
38170΄
38171τὰς ὁμοιοσχήμονας θέσεις παρακολουθούντων συμ-
38172πτωμάτων.
38173πηρώσεις γὰρ ὄψεως ἀποτελοῦνται
38174~
38175~
38176«
38177κατὰ μὲν τὸν ἕτερον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὅταν τε ἡ
38178σελήνη καθ᾽ αὑτὴν ἐπὶ τῶν προειρημένων οὖσα
38179/
38180δ)
38181͵ὔ
38182a“
38183/
38184΄
38185149 κεντρὼν ἢ συνοδεύουσα n πανσεληνιάζουσα τυχῇ;:
38186\
38187a
3818831}
38189Cry
381902
38191\
38192>
38193\
38194‘
38195ὅλ
38196καὶ
38197ὅταν
38198ἐφ᾽
38199ἑτέρουΣ
38200μὲν ἢ πρὸς
38201τὸν
38202ἥλιον
38203σχήματος τῶν λόγον ὃ ἐχόντων, συνάπτῃ δέ τινι
38204τῶν νεφελοειδῶν ἐν τῷ ζωδιακῷ συστροφῶν, ὡς
38205τῷ νεφελίῳ" τοῦ Καρκίνου καὶ τῇ Πλειάδι τοῦ
38206Ταύρου
38207καὶ τῇ ἀκίδι τοῦ Τοξότου καὶ τῷ κέντρῳ
38208od
38209a
38210/
38211’,
38212τοῦ Σκορπίου καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν ΠΙ]λόκαμον μέρεσι
38213“
38214,ὔ
38215δ
38216~
38217/
38218a
38219¢
38220/
38221\
38222τοῦ Λέοντος ἢ τῇ καλπίδι τοῦ
38223‘Ydpoxdou:
38224καὶ
38225καθ᾽ (ἐ)αυτὴν VPADEProc., καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς L, κατ᾽ αὐτὴν
38226MNCam.; post haee verba add. ἐκτροπὴν Cam., om. libri
38227Proc.
38228320
p. 645
38229TETRABIBLOS III. 12
38230smell, the liver, and the flesh; Mercury of speech
38231and thought, the tongue, the bile, and the buttocks ;
38232the moon of taste and drinking, the stomach, belly,
38233womb, and all the left-hand parts.
38234For the most part it is a general principle that
38235injuries occur when the significant maleficent planets
38236are oriental, and diseases, conversely, when they are
38237setting.
38238The reason
38239for this
38240is that these two
38241things are distinguished thus—an injury affects the
38242subject once for all and does not involve lasting
38243pain, while disease bears upon the patient either
38244continuously or in sudden attacks.
38245For the purpose of ascertaining particulars, cer-
38246tain configurations significant of injury or sickness
38247have been specially observed, by means of the events
38248which generally accompany such positions of the
38249stars.
38250For blindness in one eye is brought about
38251when the moon by itself is upon the aforesaid angles,
38252or is in conjunction, or is full, and when it is in
38253another aspect that bears a relation to the sun, but
38254applies to one of the star clusters in the zodiac, as
38255for example to the cluster in Cancer, and to the
38256Pleiades of Taurus, to the arrow point of Sagittarius,
38257to the sting of Scorpio, to the parts of Leo around
38258the Coma Berenices, or to the pitcher of Aquarius ;
382593 ἑτέρου
38260VPLD,
38261ἑκατέρυ
38262MNAECam.;
38263sequitur
38264in
38265MNACam. τῶν, PL μὲν, VD μὲν Fj, E μὲν τῶν.
382663 τῶν λόγον κτλ. ME, τῶν λόγων VD, τὸν λόγον PL, λόγον
38267NACam.
38268‘ συνάπτῃ δὲ PEProc., συνάπτει δὲ VLMD, καὶ ὅταν συνάπτῃ
38269NA (-ηται A).
38270ὃ τῷ νεφελίῳ VMNADEProc., τῶν ἐφελίων P, τῶν νεφελίων
38271L, om. Cam.
38272ὃ τοῦ Ταύρου VADProc., om. PLMNECam.
38273321
p. 646
38274PTOLEMY
38275ὅταν ὁ τοῦ "Apews ἢ Kai ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου ἐπικέντρῳ
38276οὔσῃ αὐτῇ καὶ ἀποκρουστικῇ ἀνατολικοὶ αὐτοὶ
38277ὄντες ἐπιφέρωνται ἢ πάλιν τοῦ ἡλίου αὐτοὶ ἐπί-
38278κεντροι ὄντες προαναφέρωνται.
38279ἐὰν δὲ ἀμφοτέροις
38280ἅμα τοῖς φωσὶν ἤτοι κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ζῴδιον ἢ καὶ
38281κατὰ διάμετρον, ὡς εἴπομεν, συσχηματισθῶσιν, ἑῷοι
38282μὲν τῷ ἡλίῳ ὄντες, τῇ δὲ σελήνῃ ἑσπέριοι, περὶ
38283ἀμῴρπερους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τὸ αἴτιον ποιήσουσιν.
38284ὁ μὲν yap | τοῦ Ἄρεως ἀπὸ πληγῆς ἢ ἢ κρούσματος
38285ἢ σιδήρου ἢ κατακαύματος ποιεῖ τὰς πηρώσεις,
38286μετὰ δὲ “Ἑρμοῦ συσχηματισθεὶς ἐν παλαίστραις
38287καὶ γυμνασίοις ἢ κακουργῶν ἐφόδοις.
382886 δὲ τοῦ
38289Κρόνου δι᾿ ὑποχύσεων ἢ ψύξεων ἢ ἀπογλαυκώσεων
38290καὶ τῶν τοιούτων - πάλιν ἐὰν ὁ τῆς ‘Adpodityns ἐπί
38291τινος ἢ τῶν προειρημένων κέντρων, μάλιστα δὲ
38292ἐπὶ τοῦ δύνοντος, τῷ μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου συνὼν ἢ καὶ
38293συσχηματιζόμενος ἢ ἐνηλλαχὼς τοὺς τόπους, ὑπὸ
38294δὲ τοῦ Ἄρεως καθυπερτερούμενος ἢ διαμετρούμενος,
38295οἱ μὲν ἄνδρες ἄγονοι γίνονται, αἵ δὲ γυναῖκες
38296ἐκτρωσμοῖς ἢ ὠμοτοκίαις ἢ καὶ ἐμβρυοτομίαις *
38297150 περικυλίονται,32 μάλιστα δὲ ἐν Καρκίνῳ καὶ Παρ-
38298θένῳ
38299καὶ
38300Ailyoképwrt.4
38301κἂν ἡ σελήνη
38302ἀπ᾽
38303ἀνατολῆς τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως συνάπτῃ, ἐὰν δὲ καὶ
38304τῷ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ
38305κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ συσχηματισθῇ
38306σὺν τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου, τοῦ τοῦ “Apews πάλιν καθ-
38307υπερτεροῦντος ἢ διαμετροῦντος, εὐνοῦχοι ἢ ἕρμα-
383081 μὲν yap VD, μὲν οὖν PLProc., μὲ MNAECam.
383093 ἐμβρυοτομίαις VNADECam.!, ἐμβρυμοτομίαις M; ef. τὰ
38310ἔμβρυα. .. κατακοπήσεται Proc. ; ἐμβρυοτοκίαις Cam.*, om.
38311PE:
38312322
p. 647
38313TETRABIBLOS IIT. 12
38314and whenever Mars or Saturn moves toward the
38315moon, when it is angular and waning and they
38316are rising, or again when they ascend before the
38317sun, being themselves angular.
38318But if they are in
38319aspect with both luminaries at once, either in the
38320same sign or in opposition, as we said, morning
38321stars with respect to the sun and evening stars to
38322the moon, they will affect both eyes;
38323for Mars
38324brings about blindness from a blow, a thrust, iron,
38325or burning;
38326when he has Mercury in aspect, in
38327palaestras and gymnasiums or by felonious attack.
38328Saturn causes it by suffusion, cold, glaucoma, and
38329the like.
38330Again if Venus is upon one of the afore-
38331said angles, particularly
38332the occident,
38333if she
38334is
38335joined with Saturn or is in aspect with him or has
38336exchanged houses, and is inferior to Mars or has
38337him
38338in opposition,
38339the men who
38340are born
38341are
38342sterile, and the women are subject to miscarriages,
38343premature births,
38344or even to embryotomies, par-
38345ticularly in Cancer, Virgo, and Capricorn.
38346And
38347if the moon at rising applies to Mars, and if she
38348also bears the same aspect to Mercury that Saturn
38349does, while Mars again is elevated above her or is
38350in opposition, the children born are eunuchs
38351or
383521Certain MSS. here add, “when the moon applies to
38353the star clusters she incapacitates the eyes,’’ which,
38354as
38355Camerarius notes in the margin of the second edition,
38356is redundant here.
383573 περικυλίονται
38358VNMDECam.',
38359περικηλύονται
38360P, παρα-
38361κηλύονται L, ἐπικυλίονται A, κηλοῦνται Cam.?
383624Post Alyoxépwr. add.
38363καὶ τοῖς νεφελοειδέσι συνάπτουσα
38364ὀφθαλμὸν πηροῖ ἡ σελήνη VNADCam. (in mg. *notatum et
38365haec redundant in hoc loco Cam.”); om, PLMEProc.
38366323
p. 648
38367PTOLEMY
38368φρόδιτοι ἢ
38369ἢ ἄτρωγλοι καὶ ἄτρητοι" γίνονται.
38370τούτων
38371δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἐπὰν καὶ ὁ ἥλιος συσχηματισθῇ,
38372τῶν μὲν φωτῶν καὶ τοῦ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης ἠρρενω-
38373>
38374A
38375~
383764
38377μένων, ἀποκρουστικῆς δὲ τῆς σελήνης οὔσης καὶ
38378~
38379~
38380a
38381>?
38382τῶν κακοποιῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐπαναφερομέναις 3 μοίραις
38383ἐπιφερομένων, οἱ μὲν ἄνδρες ἀπόκοποι ἢ τὰ μόρια
38384>
38385~
38386σεσινωμένοι γίνονται Kal μάλιστα ev Κριῷ καὶ
38387/
38388\
38389/
38390\ Ai
38391/
383923
38393‘ ‘VS
38394/
38395Aovtt καὶ Skopriw καὶ
38396Αἰγόκερῳ 3 καὶ
38397‘YSpoxow,
38398€
38399\
38400“-
38401",
38402\
38403“΄“
38404sgh.
38405A
38406999
38407αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες ἄτοκοι καὶ στεῖραι.
38408ἐνίοτε δὲ οὐδ
38409ἀσινεῖς ταῖς ὄψεσιν οἱ τοιοῦτοι διαμένουσιν, ἐμ-
38410ποδίζονται δὲ τὴν γλῶτταν καὶ γίνονται τραυλοὶ
38411ἢ μογιλάλοι ὅσοι τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τὸν τοῦ
38412“Ερμοῦ συνόντας
38413ἐπὶ
38414τῶν
38415εἰρημένων
38416κέντρων
38417μὴ
38418“
38419OVA
384201A
38421δ᾽
38422nn
38423\
38424ὃ
38425‘
38426>
38427¢
38428ἔχουσι τῷ ἡλίῳ, μάλιστα
38429δ᾽
38430ἂν καὶ δυτικὸς ἢ ὁ
38431τοῦ
38432“Ἑρμοῦ καὶ συσχηματίζωνται ἀμφότεροι τῇ
38433/
384344,
384353
38436δ
38437“ΖΤΦΖΨ»
38438\
384397
38440σελήνῃ “τούτοις δ ὁ τοῦ Ἄρεως παρατυχὼν λύειν
38441εἴωθεν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τὸ τῆς γλώττης ἐμπόδιον
38442ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἂν ἡ σελήνη τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν συνάντησιν 4
38443~
38444>
38445ποιήσηται.
38446πάλιν ἐὰν ἦτοι τὰ φῶτα ἐπικέντροις
38447a
38448A
384497
38450τοῖς κακοποιοῖς ἐπιφέρηται > ἅμα ἢ κατὰ διάμετρον,
38451ἢ ἐὰν τοῖς φωσὶν of κακοποιοί, καὶ μάλιστα τῆς
38452σελήνης ἐπὶ συνδέσμων ἢ ἐπὶ καμπίων οὔσης ἢ
3845316] ἐπὶ τῶν ἐπαιτίων ζῳδίων, οἷον Κριοῦ,
38454Ταύρου,
38455’
38456Καρκίνου, Σκορπίου, Αἰγόκερω, γίνονται λωβήσεις
38457τοῦ σώματος κυρτώσεων ἢ κυλλώσεων ἢ χωλώσεων
384581 ἄτρωγλοι καὶ ἄτρητοι VAD, ἄτρω. x. ἀτροίτη P, ἄτρογλοι x.
38459ἄτρωτοι L, ἄτρωγλοι καὶ om. MNECam., μὴ ἔχοντες τρυπήματα
38460μηδὲ διέξοδον Proc.
384615 ἐν ταῖς μοίραις ταῖς ἐπαναφερομέναις Proc., ταῖς ἐπαναφ.
38462μοίραις PVAD, τοῖς ἐπαναφερομένοις μοίραις L, κατὰ τὰς ἐπανα-
38463φερομένας μοίρας MNECam.
38464924
p. 649
38465TETRABIBLOS III. 12
38466hermaphrodites or have no ducts and vents.!
38467Since
38468this is so, when the sun also is in aspect, if the lumin-
38469aries and Venus are made masculine, the moon is
38470waning, and the maleficent planets are approaching in
38471the succeeding degrees, the males that are born will
38472be deprived of their sexual organs or injured therein,
38473particularly in Aries, Leo, Scorpio, Capricorn, and
38474Aquarius, and the females will be childless and sterile.
38475Sometimes those who have such genitures continue
38476not without injury to the sight also; but those suffer
38477impediment of speech, lisp, or have difficulty in
38478enunciation who have Saturn and Mercury joined
38479with the sun at the aforesaid angles, particularly if
38480Mercury is also setting and both bear some aspect
38481to the moon.
38482When Mars is present with them
38483he is generally apt to loosen the impediment to the
38484tongue, after the moon meets him.
38485Again, if the
38486luminaries, together or in opposition, move toward
38487the maleficent planets upon the angles, or if the
38488maleficent
38489planets move
38490toward
38491the luminaries,
38492particularly when the moon is at the nodes? or her
38493bendings, or in the injurious signs such as Aries,
38494Taurus, Cancer, Scorpio, or Capricorn, there come
38495about deformations of the body such as hunchback,
384961Proclus paraphrases thus: ἢ μὴ ἔχοντες τρυπήματα μηδὲ
38497διέξοδον.
38498*The points at which the moon’s path intersects the
38499ecliptic.
38500The
38501‘‘ bendings’’ are the points quartile to the
38502nodes (cf. the anonymous commentator, p. 139, ed. Wolf).
385038 καὶ Πέοντι.
38504.
38505. Αἰγόκερῳ VPLDProc., om. MNAECam.
385064 συνάντησιν VPLADProc., ἀπάντησιν MNECam.
385075 ἐπιφέρηται VPLDProc., ἐπαναφέρηται MNAECam.', ἐπανα-
38508φέρωνται Cam.*
38509325
p. 650
38510PTOLEMY
38511Ἅ
38512λ ,
385133A
38514A
38515A
38516A
38517‘
385184
38519ε
38520ἢ παραλύσεων, ἐὰν μὲν σὺν τοῖς φωσὶν ὦσιν οἱ
38521κακοποιοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς γενέσεως αὐτῆς, ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τοῖς
38522μεσουρανήμασι καθυπερτεροῦντες τὰ φῶτα ἢ δια-
38523/
38524>
38525/
385264
385273
38528A
385294
38530/
38531μηκίζοντες ἀλλήλους How ἀπὸ κινδύνων μεγάλων,
38532~
385333
38534~
38535ὡς TOV ἀποκρημνισμῶν ἢ συμπτώσεων ἢ ληστηρίων
38536Ἅ
38537~
38538~
38539ἢ τετραπόδων : Ἄρεως μὲν ἐπικρατοῦντος, τῶν διὰ
38540πυρὸς ἢ τραυμάτων ἢ χολικῶν * ἢ ληστηρίων.. :
38541Κρόνου δὲ τῶν διὰ συμπτώσεων ἢ ναυαγίων ἢ
38542σπασμῶν.
38543«
38544we
38545\
38546A
38547A
38548/
38549/
38550‘
38551A
38552\
38553Qs ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ δὲ γίνεται σίνη Kal περὶ τὰ
38554τροπικὰ καὶ ἰσημερινὰ σημεῖα τῆς σελήνης οὔσης,
38555,
38556\
38557\
38558A
38559‘
38560>
38561A
38562‘
38563>
38564>
38565~
38566μάλιστα δὲ περὶ μὲν τὸ eapwov τὰ δι᾽ ἀλφῶν.
38567\
38568sy
38569‘
38570‘
38571A
38572\
38573,ὔ
38574‘
38575A
38576‘
38577περὶ δὲ τὸ θερινὸν τὰ διὰ λειχήνων " περὶ δὲ τὸ
38578μετοπωρινὸν τὰ διὰ λεπρῶν : περὶ δὲ τὸ χειμερινὸν
38579τὰ διὰ φακῶν καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων.
38580πάθη δὲ συμβαίνειν
38581εἴωθεν ὅ ὅταν ἐπὶ τῶν προκειμένων στάσεων οἱ κακο-
38582ποιοὶ συσχηματισθῶσι, κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον μέντοι,
38583τουτέστιν ἑσπέριοι μὲν τῷ ἡλιῷ, τῇ δὲ σελήνῃ ἐῷοι.
385849)
38585¢
38586Ἁ
38587¢
38588A
38589ε
38590/
38591/
38592a
38593καθ᾽ ὅλου yap ὁ μὲν Tod Κρόνου ψυχροκοιλίους ποιεῖ
38594καὶ πολυφλεγμάτους καὶ ῥευματώδεις, κατίσχνους
38595τε καὶ ἀσθενικοὺς καὶ ἰκτερικοὺς 5 καὶ δυσεντερι-
38596\
38597Kovs καὶ βηχικοὺς Kal ἀναφορικοὺς Kal κωλικοὺς Kat
38598~
38599a
38600\
38601/
38602ἐλεφαντιῶντας - τὰς δὲ γυναῖκας ἔτι Kal ὑστερικάς.
386031526 δὲ τοῦ “Apews αἱμαπτοϊκοὺς μελαγχολικοὺς ὃ
38604~
38605~
38606”“
38607πνευμονικοὺς ψωριῶντας " ἔτι δὲ τοὺς διὰ τομῶν ἢ
38608καύσεων 4 κρυπτῶν τόπων συνεχῶς ἐνοχλουμένους
38609συρίγγων ἕνεκεν ἢ αἱμορροϊδῶν ἢ κονδυλωμάτων ὃ
3861017 χολικῶν VP (χωλοικ-) LADProc. ; ὀχλικῶν MNECam.
386112 καὶ ἰκτερικοὺς Om. Cam.
386123 μελαγχολικοὺς om. Cam.
38613326
p. 651
38614TETRABIBLOS III. 12
38615crookedness, lameness,
38616or paralysis, congenital if
38617the maleficent planets are joined with the luminaries,
38618but if they are at the mid-heaven points, elevated
38619above the luminaries or in opposition one to the
38620other,
38621the deformations
38622will result from
38623serious
38624dangers, such as falls from a height, the collapse of
38625houses, or the attacks of robbers or animals.
38626If
38627Mars prevails, the danger is from
38628fire, wounds,
38629bilious attacks, or robberies;
38630if it is Saturn, through
38631collapse of buildings, shipwreck, or spasms.
38632For the most part injuries come about when the
38633moon is near the solstitial or equinoctial signs, particu-
38634larly at the spring equinox, injuries by white leprosy;
38635at the summer solstice, by lichens; at the fall equinox,
38636by leprosy ; at the winter solstice, by moles and the
38637like.
38638Diseases
38639are likely to result when
38640at the
38641positions already described the maleficent planets are
38642in aspect, but in the opposite sense, that is, evening
38643stars with respect to the sun and morning stars to the
38644moon.
38645For in general Saturn causes his subjects to
38646have cold bellies, increases the phlegm, makes them
38647rheumatic, meagre, weak, jaundiced, and prone to
38648dysentery,
38649coughing,
38650raising,
38651colic,
38652and elephan-
38653tiasis ; the females he makes also subject to diseases
38654of the womb.
38655Mars causes men to spit blood, makes
38656them melancholy, weakens their lungs, and causes
38657the itch or scurvy ; and furthermore he causes them
38658to be constantly irritated by cutting or cautery of
38659the secret parts because of fistulas, hemorrhoids,
38660Post
38661καύσεων add. ἢ PLMNAECam;
38662cf. Proc., διὰ
38663καύσεως ἢ τομῆς εἰς κρυπτοὺς τόπους κτλ.
3866454 κονδυλωμάτων VP (-λομ-) LDEProc., om. MNACam. ;
38665add. ἢ καὶ πυρωμάτων MNACam.
38666327
p. 652
38667PTOLEMY
38668“Δ.
38669\
38670~
38671δῶ
38672Ξλ
38673/
38674Ἅ
38675~
38676A
38677A
38678ἢ καὶ τῶν πυρωδῶν ἑλκώσεων ἢ νομῶν:
38679τὰς δὲ
38680γυναῖκας
38681ἔτι καὶ ἐκτρωσμοῖς ἢ ἐμβρυοτομίαις }
38682n
38683>
38684/
38685"
38686/
38687297
386883
38689\
38690ἢ ἀναβρώσεσιν εἴωθε περικυλίειν.
38691ἰδίως δὲ Kal
38692παρὰ τὰς προειρημένας τῶν συσχηματιζομένων
38693>
38694“
38695ἀστέρων φύσεις πρὸς τὰ μέρη τοῦ σώματος τὰ
38696ἰδιώματα ποιοῦσι τῶν παθῶν.
38697Συνεργεῖ δ᾽ αὐτοῖς μάλιστα πρὸς τὰς ἐπιτάσεις
38698“
38699a
38700ἢ
38701~
38702/
38703“
38704“
38705τῶν φαύλων ὁ τοῦ
38706“Ἑρμοῦ ἀστήρ, τῷ μὲν τοῦ
38707Κρόνου πρὸς τὸ ψυχρὸν συνοικειούμενος καὶ μᾶλλον
38708ἐν κινήσει συνεχεῖ ποιῶν τοὺς ῥευματισμοὺς καὶ
38709τὰς τῶν ὑγρῶν ὀχλήσεις, ἐξαιρέτως δὲ τῶν περὶ
38710θώρακα καὶ φάρυγγα καὶ στόμαχον: τῷ δὲ τοῦ
38711Ἄρεως πρὸς τὸ ξηραντικώτερον συνεπισχύων, ὡς
38712ἐπί τε τῶν ἑλκωδῶν πτιλώσεων ὃ καὶ ἐσχαρῶν καὶ
38713ἀποστημάτων
38714καὶ
38715ἐρυσιπελάτων
38716καὶ λειχήνων
38717ἀγρίων καὶ μελαίνης χολῆς ἢ μανίας ἢ νόσου
38718ἱερᾶς 7) τῶν τοιούτων.
38719δὰ
38720A
38721\
38722~
38723/
387243
38725\
38726~
38727Ἁ
38728Καὶ παρὰ τὰς τῶν ζῳδίων ἐναλλαγὰς τῶν τοὺς
38729προειρημένους ἐπὶ τῶν δύο κέντρων συσχηματισ-
38730μοὺς περιεχόντων yivovTal τινες ποιότητες παθῶν.
38731"5.
38732"
38733\
38734ε
38735A
38736/
38737\
38738ε
38739>
38740/
38741δὰ
38742«
38743ἰδίως γὰρ ὁ μὲν Kapkivos καὶ ὁ Αἰὐἰγόκερως καὶ οἱ
387443
38745“
38746A.
387474¢,
38748\
38749a
38750\
38751Nyt
38752θ oe
38753NX
38754γὸὃ
38755Ιχθῦς καὶ ὅλως τὰ χερσαῖα καὶ τὰ ἰχθυϊκὰ ζῴδια
38756108 τὰ διὰ τῶν νομῶν πάθη ποιεῖ καὶ λειχήνων 7
38757λ
38758(ὃ
387595
38760“Ἃ
38761(ὃ
38762δ
38763/
38764Ἃ
38765ἐλ
38766Ψ'.
38767επίδων ὃ ἢ χοιράδων ἢ συρίγγων ἢ ἐλεφαντιάσεων
38768\
38769~
38770,
38771« δὲ At
38772/
38773\
38774¢ Ais
38775καὶ τῶν τοιούτων.
38776ὁ
38777δὲ
38778Τοξότης Kat ot
38779Aidvpor
387801 ἐμβρυοτοκίαις NCam.
387812 apa VPLD, περὶ MNAECam.
387828 πτιλώσεων CZO; πτηλώσεων PL, πιλλώσεων VD, ψιλώσεων
38783MNAECam.
3878447 μανίας VPLMADProc., om. NECam.
38785328
p. 653
38786TETRABIBLOS III. 12
38787or tumours, or also burning ulcers, or eating sores ;
38788he is apt to afflict women furthermore with mis-
38789carriages,
38790embryotomies,
38791or
38792corrosive
38793diseases.
38794Of themselves, they also bring about the properties
38795of disease in agreement with the natures, which
38796have been already discussed,
38797of the planets
38798in
38799aspect, as they relate to the parts of the βοάν.
38800Mercury assists them? chiefly to prolong the evil
38801effects, when he is allied with Saturn inclining toward
38802cold and continually stirring into activity
38803rheu-
38804matisms and gatherings of fluid, particularly about
38805the chest, throat, and stomach.
38806When he is allied
38807with Mars he adds his force to produce greater dry-
38808ness, as in cases
38809of ulcerous
38810sore eyes, eschars,°
38811abscesses, erysipelas, savage lichens or skin eruptions,
38812black bile, insanity, the sacred disease,’ or the like.
38813Certain qualities of disease
38814are determined by
38815changes among the zodiacal signs which surround
38816the aforesaid
38817configurations
38818on
38819the two
38820angles.
38821For in particular Cancer, Capricorn,
38822and Pisces,
38823and in general the terrestrial and piscine signs, cause
38824diseases
38825involving
38826eating
38827sores,
38828lichens,
38829scales,
38830scrofula, fistulas, elephantiasis, and the like.
38831Sagit-
38832tarius and Gemini are responsible for those that come
388331 The reference is to the planetary melothesia, earlier in
38834the chapter (p. 319).
38835Acting in their own proper charac-
38836ters (ἰδίως), the maleficent planets will affect those parts of
38837the body of which, in the melothesia, they were said to be
38838the ‘‘lords’’.
388392Saturn and Mars, the maleficent planets.
388408 Dry sloughs, crusts, or scabs.
388414 Epilepsy.
38842δῇ λεπίδων VD, ἢ λοιπίδων P, ὁ δὲ πίδων L, ἢ λεπρῶν MNAE,
38843om. Cam.
38844=
38845329
p. 654
38846PTOLEMY
38847τὰ διὰ πτωματισμῶν ἢ ἐπιλήψεων - καὶ ἐν ταῖς
38848ἐσχάταις δὲ μοίραις παρατυγχάνοντες οἱ ἀστέρες
38849τῶν δωδεκατημορίων περὶ τὰ ἄκρα μάλιστα τὰ
38850πάθη " καὶ τὰ σίνη ποιοῦσι διὰ λωβήσεων ἢ ῥευ-
38851ματισμῶν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν καὶ ἐλεφαντιάσεις τε καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ
38852πᾶν χειράγραι καὶ ποδάγραι συμβαίνουσι.
38853τούτων
38854δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἐὰν μὲν μηδεὶς τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν
38855συσχηματίζηται τοῖς τὰ αἴτια ποιοῦσι κακοποιοῖς
38856ἢ τοῖς κεκεντρωμένοις φωσίν, ἀνίατα καὶ ἐπαχθῆ τά
38857τε σίνη καὶ τὰ πάθη γενήσεται
38858- ὡσαύτως δὲ κἂν
38859συσχηματίζωνται μέν, καθυπερτερῶνται δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν
38860κακοποιῶν ἐν δυνάμει ὄντων.
38861ἐὰν δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ
38862κατὰ κυρίων ὄντες σχημάτων καθυπερτερῶσι τοὺς
38863τὸ αἴτιον ἐμποιοῦντας κακοποιούς, τότε τὰ σίνη
38864εὐσχήμονα καὶ οὐκ ἐπονείδιστα γίνεται καὶ τὰ πάθη
38865μέτρια καὶ εὐπαρηγόρητα, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε δὲ καὶ εὐαπάλ-
38866λακτα, ἀνατολικῶν ὄντων τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν.
38867ὁ μὲν
38868γὰρ τοῦ Διὸς βοηθείαις ἀνθρωπίναις διὰ πλούτων
38869ἢ ἀξιωμάτων τά τε σίνη κρύπτειν εἴωθε καὶ τὰ
38870πάθη “παρηγορεῖν " σὺν δὲ τῷ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ φαρ-
38871μακείαις ἢ ἰατρῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐ
38872ἐπικουρίαις.
38873ὁ δὲ τῆς
38874᾿Αφροδίτης διὰ προφάσεως θεῶν καὶ χρησμῶν τὰ
38875154 μὲν σίνη τρόπον τινὰ εὔμορφα καὶ ἐπιχαρῆ κατα-
38876σκευάζει, τὰ δὲ πάθη ταῖς ἀπὸ θεῶν ἰατρείαις
38877εὐπαρηγόρητα - τοῦ μέντοι Κρόνου προσόντος μετὰ
38878παραδειγματισμῶν καὶ ἐξαγοριῶν * καὶ τῶν τοιού-
38879ere μάλιστα τὰ πάθη VPLD, ἄγρια καὶ μάλιστα πάθη
38880NCam.!, ἄγρια μάλιστα πάθη MAE, ἔσχατα μέλη τὰ πάθη Cam.?
388812 ἐξαγοριῶν VD, -ειἰῶν A, ἐξαγωριῶν Ῥ, ἐξαγωνίων L, ef.
38882ἐξαγορεύειν Proc. ; ἐξαγορεύσεων MNECam.
38883390
p. 655
38884TETRABIBLOS III. 12
38885about with falling fits or epileptic seizures.
38886And
38887when the planets are in the last degrees of the signs
38888they cause diseases and injuries especially in the
38889extremities, through lesions
38890or rheumatism, from
38891which elephantiasis and, in general, gout in the feet
38892and hands result.
38893Since this is the case, if no bene-
38894ficent planet bears an aspect to the maleficent ones
38895which furnish the cause, or to the luminaries on the
38896centres, the injuries and diseases will be incurable
38897and painful;
38898so also, if they bear an aspect but
38899the maleficent planets are in power and overcome
38900them.
38901But if the beneficent planets are themselves
38902in the authoritative positions and overcome the
38903maleficent planets that bear the responsibility for the
38904evil, then the injuries are not disfiguring and do not
38905entail reproach and the diseases are moderate and
38906yield to treatment, and sometimes they may be
38907easily cured, if the beneficent planets are rising.
38908For Jupiter generally causes the injuries to be con-
38909cealed by human aid through riches or honours,
38910and the diseases to be mitigated; and in company
38911with Mercury he brings this about by drugs and the
38912aid of good physicians.
38913And Venus contrives that
38914through pronouncements of the gods and oracles
38915the blemishes shall be, in a way, comely and attrac-
38916tive,! and that the diseases shall be readily moderated
38917by divine healing;
38918if however Saturn is by, the
38919healing
38920will be accompanied by exhibition and
389211Cf. the famous passage of the Republic (474DE) in
38922which Plato tells how lovers praise the irregular features
38923and the complexions of their favourites,
38924331
p. 656
38925PTOLEMY
38926~
38927A
38928~
38929«
38930~
38931>
38932>
38933,
38934‘
38935των"
38936τοῦ δὲ τοῦ
38937“Ἑρμοῦ μετ᾽
38938ἐπικουρίας
38939καὶ
38940πορισμοῦ τινος δι᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν σινῶν ἢ καὶ παθῶν
38941τοῖς ἔχουσι περιγινομένου.
38942«γ,.) Περὶ ποιότητος
38943ψυχῆς
38944Ilepi μὲν οὖν τῶν σωματικῶν συμπτωμάτων ὃ
38945τύπος τῆς ἐπισκέψεως τοιοῦτος ἄν τις εἴη.
38946τῶν
38947δὲ ψυχικῶν ποιοτήτων at μὲν περὶ τὸ λογικὸν καὶ
38948/
38949“ἢ
38950νοερὸν μέρος καταλαμβάνονται διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὸν
38951τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ ἀστέρα θεωρουμένης ἑκάστοτε περι-
38952΄
38953=
38954ἱ δὲ
38955\
38956\
38957>
38958θ
38959\
389601
38961\ aA
38962>
38963A
38964στάσεως - al dé περὶ τὸ αἰσθητικὸν ' καὶ
38965ἄλογον ἀπὸ
38966τοῦ σωματωδεστέρου τῶν φωτῶν, τουτέστι τῆς
38967/
38968~
38969σελήνης,
38970Kal τῶν
38971πρὸς τὰς ἀπορροίας ἢ καὶ
38972τὰς συναφὰς αὐτῆς συνεσχηματισμένων ἀστέρων.
38973πολυτροπωτάτου δ᾽ ὄντος τοῦ κατὰ τὰς ψυχικὰς
38974ὁρμὰς εἴδους εἰκότως ἂν καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἐπίσκεψιν
38975>
38976ς
38977~
389789.3
38979«
38980ΝΜ
38981/
38982A
38983/
38984οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἔτυχε ποιοίμεθα, διὰ πλειόνων
38985δὲ καὶ ποικίλων παρατηρήσεων.
38986καὶ γὰρ αἱ τῶν
38987ζῳδίων τῶν περιεχόντων τόν τε τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ καὶ
38988τὴν σελήνην ἢ τοὺς τὴν ἐπικράτησιν αὐτῶν εἰληφό-
389895
38990/
38991\
38992\
38993΄
38994/
38995τας ἀστέρας διαφοραὶ πολὺ δύνανται συμβάλλεσθαι
38996πρὸς τὰ τῶν ψυχικῶν 3 ἰδιώματα, καὶ οἱ τῶν λόγον
38997ἐχόντων πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον εἶδος ἀστέρων σχη-
38998\
38999Μ
39000‘
39001155 ματισμοὶ πρὸς ἥλιόν τε Kal τὰ κέντρα, καὶ ETL TO
390021 αἰσθητικὸν VDA (mg. : yp. ἠθικόν), αἰσθητὸν PL ; cf. αἴσθησιν
39003Proc. ; ἠθικὸν MNECam.
39004* τοῦ σωματοδεστέρου τῶν φωτῶν A; similia habent VPLD ;
39005τῶν σωματοδεστέρων φωτῶν MNCam., τῶν σ. τῶν φ. E.
390063 ψυχικῶν VP (-χη-) LDE, ψυχῶν MNACam.
39007392
p. 657
39008TETRABIBLOS III. 12-13
39009confession of the disease,! and such
39010like, but if
39011Mercury ® is joined with her it will be with the accrual
39012of use and gain, through the injuries and diseases
39013themselves, to those that have them.
3901413. Of the Quality of the Soul.
39015The character, then, of the inquiry into bodily
39016affections would be of this sort.
39017Of the qualities
39018of the soul, those which concern the reason and
39019the mind are apprehended by means of the condition
39020of Mercury observed on the particular occasion ; and
39021the qualities of the sensory and irrational part are
39022discovered from the one of the luminaries which is
39023the more corporeal, that is, the moon, and from the
39024planets which
39025are configurated with her in her
39026separations and applications.*
39027But since the variety
39028of the impulses of the soul is great, it stands to
39029reason that we would make such an inquiry in no
39030simple or offhand manner, but by means of many
39031complicated observations.
39032For indeed the differ-
39033ences between the signs which contain Mercury and
39034the moon, or the planets that dominate them, can
39035contribute much to the character of the soul;
39036so
39037likewise do the aspects to the sun and the angles
39038shown by the planets that are related to the class
39039of qualities under consideration, and, furthermore,
39040'The commentator (p. 141, ed. Wolf) says that this
39041refers to the custom of taking the sick to temples for
39042healing.
39043So the disease would be openly exhibited and
39044spoken of.
39045Proclus indicates that the cure
39046is through
39047display and confession.
39048* Hermes (Mercury) was the god of commerce and gain.
39049+ Of. i. 24.
39050333
p. 658
39051PTOLEMY
39052κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ἑκάστου τῶν ἀστέρων φύσιν πρὸς
39053τὰς ψυχικὰς κινήσεις ἰδιότροπον.
39054Τῶν μὲν οὖν ζῳδίων καθ᾽ ὅλου τὰ μὲν τροπικὰ
39055δημοτικωτέρας ποιεῖ τὰς ψυχὰς ὀχλικῶν τε καὶ
39056πολιτικῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιθυμητικάς, ἔτι δὲ φιλο-
39057δόξους καὶ θεοπροσπλόκους | εὐφυεῖς τε καὶ εὐκινή-
39058τους, ζητητικάς τε καὶ εὑρετικάς, εὐεικάστους καὶ
39059ἀστρολογικὰς 2 καὶ pavtikds:
39060τὰ
39061δὲ δίσωμα
39062ποικίλας, εὐμεταβόλους, δυσκαταλήπτους, κούφας,
39063εὐμεταθέτους, διπλᾶς, ἐρωτικάς, πολυτρόπους, φιλο-
39064μούσους, ῥαθύμους, εὐπορίστους, μεταμελητικάς "
39065τὰ δὲ στερεὰ δικαίας, ἀκολακεύτους, ἐπιμόνους,
39066βεβαίας,
39067συνετάς,
39068ὑπομονητικάς,
39069φιλοπόνους,
39070σκληράς, ἐγκρατεῖς, μνησικάκους, ἐκβιβαστικάς,
39071ἐριστικάς, φιλοτίμους, στασιώδεις, πλεονεκτικάς,
39072ἀποκρότους, ἀμεταθέτους.
39073Τῶν δὲ σχηματισμῶν at μὲν ἀνατολικαὶ καὶ
39074ὡροσκοπίαι καὶ μάλιστα αἱ ἰδιοπροσωπίαι ἐλευθερί-
39075ous καὶ ἁπλᾶς καὶ αὐθάδεις καὶ ἰσχυρὰς καὶ εὐφυεῖς
39076καὶ ὀξείας καὶ ἀπαρακαλύπτους τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπεργά-
39077ζονται
39078οἱ δὲ ἑῷοι στηριγμοὶ καὶ αἵ μεσουρανήσεις
39079ἐπιλογιστικάς, ἐπιμόνους, μνημονευτικάς, βεβαίας,
39080συνετάς, μεγαλόφρονας, ἀποτελεστικὰς ὧν βούλον-
39081ται, ἀτρέπτους, ῥωμαλέας, ὠμάς, ἀνεξαπατήτους,
39082κριτικάς, ἐμπράκτους, κολαστικάς, ἐπιστημονικάς "
39083ιὅθ αἱ δὲ προηγήσεις
39084καὶ αἱ δύσεις εὐμεταθέτους,
390851 θβεοπροσπόλους NCam.
390862 ἀστρολογικὰς PLMAE, ἀστρολογίας VD; ef. Proc., ἀπο-
39087λογιτικὰς N, -ητικὰς Cam.
390888 ἐκβιβαστικάς VP (-ηκας) L (ἐκβαβ-) MADEProc. Cam.';
39089ἐκβιαστικά, NCam.?
39090334
p. 659
39091TETRABIBLOS III. 13
39092that peculiar natural quality of each one of the
39093planets which relates to the movements of the soul.
39094Of the signs of the zodiac in general, then, the
39095solstitial signs produce souls fitted for dealing with
39096the people, fond of turbulence and political activity,
39097glory-seeking, moreover, and attentive to the gods,
39098noble, mobile, inquisitive, inventive, good at con-
39099jecture, and fitted for astrology and
39100divination.
39101The bicorporeal signs make souls complex, change-
39102able, hard
39103to apprehend,
39104light, unstable,
39105fickle,
39106amorous, versatile, fond of music, lazy, easily acquisi-
39107tive, prone to change their minds.
39108The solid signs
39109make them just, unaffected by flattery, persistent,
39110firm, intelligent,
39111patient, industrious,
39112stern,
39113self-
39114controlled, tenacious of grudges, extortionate, conten-
39115tious, ambitious, factious, grasping, hard, inflexible.
39116Of configurations, positions in the orient and at
39117the horoscope, and in particular those which are
39118in proper face,! produce liberal, simple, self-willed,
39119strong, noble, keen, open souls.
39120Morning stations
39121and culminations make them calculating, patient,
39122of good memory,
39123firm, intelligent, magnanimous,
39124accomplishing what they desire, inflexible, robust,
39125rough, not readily deceived, critical, practical, prone
39126to inflict punishment, gifted with understanding.
39127Precessions 2 and settings make them easily changed,
391281 See i. 23.
391293 The advances of a planet, as opposed to its retrograde
39130movement
39131(ἀναποδισμός)
39132or
39133its stations
39134(ornprypol);
39135cf.
39136Bouché-Leclereq, p. 111.
39137The term can
39138be ambiguous;
39139see on c. 11 above (p. 313).
39140335
p. 660
39141PTOLEMY
39142ἀβεβαίους, ἀσθενεῖς, ἀφερεπόνους, ἐμπαθεῖς, ταπει-
39143νάς, δειλάς, ἀμφιβόλους, θρασυδείλους, ἀμβλείας,
39144βλακώδεις, δυσκινήτους . οὗ δὲ ἑ
39145ἑσπέριοι στηριγμοὶ
39146καὶ αἱ ὑπὸ γῆν μεσουρανήσεις, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἐφ᾽
39147“Ερμοῦ καὶ ᾿Αφροδίτης ἡμέρας μὲν αἱ ἑσπέριαι
39148δύσεις, νυκτὸς δὲ αἱ eGo, εὐφυεῖς μὲν καὶ φρενή-
39149ρεις, οὐκ ἄγαν δὲ μνημονικὰς 5 οὐδ᾽ ἐπιμόχθους
39150καὶ φιλοπόνους, διερευνητικὰς δὲ τῶν ἀποκρύφων
39151καὶ ζητητικὰς τῶν ἀθεωρήτων, οἷον μαγικάς, μυσ-
39152τηριακάς, μετεωρολογικάς, ὀργανικάς, μηχανικάς,
39153θαυματοποιούς, ἀστρολογικάς, φιλοσόφους, οἰωνο-
39154σκοπικάς, ὀνειροκριτικὰς καὶ τὰς ὁμοίας.
39155Πρὸς τούτοις δὲ 8 ἐν ἰδίοις μὲν ἢ καὶ οἰκείοις
39156ὄντες τόποις καὶ αἱρήσεσιν οἱ τὴν κυρίαν ἔχοντες
39157τῶν ψυχικῶν, καθ᾽ ὃν ἐν ἀρχῇ διωρισάμεθα τρόπον,
39158προφανῆ καὶ ἀπαραπόδιστα
39159καὶ αὐθέκαστα
39160καὶ
39161ἐπιτευκτικὰ ποιοῦσι τὰ ἰδιώματα, καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὅταν
39162οἱ αὐτοὶ τῶν δύο τόπων ἐπικρατήσωσιν ἅμα, του-
39163τέστι 3 τῷ μὲν τοῦ ᾿Ερμοῦ ὁπωσδήποτε τυγχάνωσι
39164συνεσχηματισμένοι, τὴν δὲ τῆς σελήνης ἀπόρροιαν ἢ
39165καὶ συναφὴν ἐπέχοντες - μὴ οὕτω δὲ διακείμενοι ἀλλ᾽
39166ἐν ἀνοικείοις ὄντες τόποις, τὰ μὲν τῆς ἑαυτῶν φύσεως
39167οἰκεῖα πρὸς τὴν ψυχικὴν ἐνέργειαν ἀνεπίφαντα καὶ
39168ἀμαυρὰ καὶ ἀτελείωτα καὶ ἀπρόκοπα καθιστᾶσι.
39169157 τὰ δὲ τῆς τῶν ἐπικρατησάντων ἢ καθυπερτερησάν-
391701 φρενήρεις] φρονίμους NCam.Proc.
39171* μνημονικὰς WP (-ηκὰς) LDE, cf. Proc.;
39172μνημονευτικὰς
39173MNACam.
39174ὃ πρὸς τούτοις δὲ A, πρὸς τούτῳ δὲ Ῥ, πρὸς τούτοις Li, πρὸ
39175τούτοις δὲ VD, ἔτι δὲ Proc.; ὅτε δὴ MNECam. (τύχοιεν post
39176ὄντες add. NCam.).
39177336
p. 661
39178TETRABIBLOS III. 13
39179unstable, weak, unable to bear labour, emotional,
39180humble, cowardly, deceitful, bullying, dull, slow-
39181witted, hard to arouse.
39182Evening stations and posi-
39183tion at mid-heaven beneath the earth, and further-
39184more, in the case of Mercury and Venus, by day
39185evening settings and by night morning settings,
39186produce souls noble and wise, but with mediocre
39187memory, not painstaking nor fond of labour, but
39188investigators of hidden things and seekers after the
39189unknown, as for example magicians, adepts in the
39190mysteries,
39191meteorologists,
39192makers
39193of instruments
39194and machines, conjurors, astrologers, philosophers,
39195readers of omens, interpreters of dreams, and the like.
39196When, in addition, the governors of the soul, as
39197we explained at the beginning, are in their own or
39198familiar houses or sects,) they make the characters
39199of the soul open, unimpeded, spontaneous, and
39200effective, especially when the same planets rule the
39201two places at once, that is, when they are con-
39202figurated to Mercury in any aspect whatever, and hold
39203the separation or application of the moon ;?
39204if they
39205are not so disposed, however, but are in places alien
39206to them, it renders the properties of their own natures
39207obscure, indistinct, imperfect, and ineffective with
39208respect to the active quality of the soul.
39209The powers,
39210however, of the nature of the planets that dominate
392111The governors of the soul are Mercury and the moon.
39212For the houses, see i. 17, and for the sects, i. 7 and 12.
392132That is, when the moon is separating from them or
39214applying to them.
392154 τουτέστι om. Cam.?
39216δ τυγχάνωσι om. Cam.
39217337
p. 662
39218PTOLEMY
39219των ἰσχυρά τε Kal ἐπιβλαβῆ τῶν ὑποκειμένων,: ὡς
39220ὅταν οἵ τε διὰ κακοποιῶν οἰκείωσιν ἄδικοι καὶ
39221πονηροί, κρατούντων μὲν αὐτῶν, εὐπροχώρητον ἢ
39222καὶ ἀνεμποδίστον καὶ ἀκίνδυνον καὶ ἐπίδοξον ἔχουσι
39223τὴν πρὸς τὸ κακῶς ἀλλήλους ποιεῖν ὁρμήν - κρατου-
39224μένων δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως, κατάφοροι καὶ
39225ἀνεπίτευκτοι καὶ εὐτιμώρητοι γίνονται.
39226οἱ δ᾽ αὖ
39227πάλιν διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀγαθοποιούντων πρὸς τοὺς εἰρη-
39228μένους ὅρους συνοικείωσιν
39229ἀγαθοὶ
39230καὶ δίκαιοι,
39231ἀκαθυπερτερήτων μὲν ὄντων, αὐτοί τε χαίρουσι καὶ
39232εὐφημοῦνται ἐπὶ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων εὐποιΐαις καὶ ὑπὸ
39233μηδενὸς ἀδικούμενοι ἀλλ᾽ ὀνησιφόρον ἔχοντες τὴν
39234δικαιοσύνην διατελοῦσι - κρατουμένων δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν
39235ἐναντίων ἀνάπαλιν, δι᾽ αὐτὸ τὸ πρᾶον καὶ φιλάνθρω-
39236πον καὶ ἐλεητικὸν 5 καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητοί τε καὶ
39237ἐπίμεμπτοι ἢ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν πλείστων εὐαδίκητοι
39238τυγχάνουσιν.
39239‘O μὲν οὖν
39240καθ᾽
39241ὅλου
39242τρόπος τῆς ἠθικῆς ὃ
39243ἐπισκέψεως
39244τοιοῦτός τις ἂν εἴη:
39245τὰς δὲ κατὰ
39246μέρος ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς τῶν ἀστέρων φύσεως κατὰ
39247τὴν τοιαύτην κυρίαν ἀποτελουμένας
39248ἰδιοτροπίας
39249ἑξῆς κατὰ τὸ κεφαλαιῶδες ἐπεξελευσόμεθα μέχρι
39250τῆς καθ᾽ ὁλοσχέρειαν θεωρουμένης συγκράσεως.
39251‘O μὲν οὖν τοῦ Κρόνου a
39252ἀστὴρ μόνος τὴνς οἰκοδεσπο-
39253τίαν τῆς ψυχῆς λαβὼν καὶ αὐθεντήσας τοῦ τε Ἑρμοῦ
392541 ὑποκειμένων VPLDE, προκειμένων MNACam.
392553 ἐλεητικὸν VP (-λαιη-) LMADE, ἐλεγκτικὸν NCam.
392563 ηθικῆς VP (ἠθηκ-) MADE, cf. Proc.; εἰδικῆς MNCam.,
39257ἰδικῆς L.
39258338
p. 663
39259TETRABIBLOS III. 13
39260or overcome! them are vigorous and injurious to the
39261subjects.
39262Thus men who, by reason of the familiarity
39263of the maleficent planets, are unjust and evil, find
39264their impulse to injure one another easy, unimpeded,
39265secure, and honourable,
39266if those planets
39267are
39268in
39269power; but if they are overcome by planets of the
39270opposite sect, the men are lethargic, ineffective, and
39271easily punished.
39272And those again that through the
39273familiarity of the beneficent planets to the afore-
39274said boundaries are good and just, if these planets are
39275not overcome, are themselves happy and bear a good
39276repute for their kindness to others, and, injured by
39277none, continue to benefit from their own justice; if,
39278however, the good planets are dominated by op-
39279posites, simply because of their gentleness, kindness,
39280and compassion, they suffer from contempt and re-
39281proach or even may easily be wronged by most
39282people.
39283This, then, is the general method of inquiry as to
39284character.
39285We shall next briefly consider, in due
39286order, the particular traits resulting from the very
39287nature of the planets, in this kind of domination,
39288until the theory of mixture has been treated in its
39289most important aspects.
39290If Saturn alone is ruler of the soul and dominates
39291Mercury and the moon, if he has a dignified position
392921Q0n the expression ‘‘overcome,’’ see above, on iii. 4,
39293p. 245.
39294Planets would ‘‘dominate”’ the governors of the
39295soul (Mercury and the moon)
39296by exercising
39297rulership
39298(οἰκοδεσποτία) over the portion of the zodiac occupied by
39299the governors; this could be done in any of the five ways
39300specified by Ptolemy in iii. 2 (p. 233).
39301339
p. 664
39302PTOLEMY
39303Ἔ
39304vers
39305΄
393062A
39307PN
39308Re
39309”
39310,
39311‘
39312158 Kal τῆς σελήνης, ἐὰν μὲν ἐνδόξως ἔχῃ πρός TE TO κοσ-
39313μικὸν καὶ τὰ κέντρα, ποιεῖ φιλοσωμάτους, ἰσχυρο-
39314γνώμονας, βαθύφρονας, αὐστηρούς, μονογνώμονας,
39315ἐπιμόχθους, ἐπιτακτικούς, κολαστικούς, περιουσιασ-
39316τικούς, φιλοχρημάτους, βιαίους, θησαυριστικούς,
39317φθονερούς.
39318ἐναντίως
39319δὲ καὶ ἀδόξως
39320κείμενος
39321e
39322/
39323Ao
393247
39325if
39326>
39327/
39328ῥυπαρούς, μικρολόγους, μικροψύχους,1 ἀδιαφόρους,
39329κακογνώμονας,Σ
39330βασκάνους,
39331δειλούς,
39332ἀνακεχω-
39333/
39334/
39335Le
39336/
39337ρηκότας,
39338κακολόγους,
39339φιλερήμους,
39340φιλοθρήνους,
39341ἀναιδεῖς, δεισιδαίμονας, φιλομόχθους, ἀστόργους,
39342ἐπιβουλευτικοὺς τῶν οἰκείων, ἀνευφράντους, μισο-
39343σωμάτους.
39344Τῷ δὲ τοῦ Διὸς κατὰ τὸν ἐκκείμενον τρόπον
39345\
39346-
39347ἐν
39348\
39349>?
39350/
39351/
39352,ὔ
39353A
39354συνοικειωθεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξων πάλιν διαθέσεων ποιεῖ
39355ἀγαθούς, τιμητικοὺς τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καθεστῶτας,
39356καλογνώμονας, ἐπικούρους,3 κριτικούς, φιλοκτήμο-
39357νας, μεγαλοψύχους, μεταδοτικούς, εὐπροαιρέτους,
39358φιλοικείους,
39359πράους,
39360συνετούς,
39361ἀνεκτικούς, ἐμ-
39362/
39363ae,
39364|
39365\
39366~
39367>
39368͵
39369>
39370/
39371φιλοσόφους - ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἐναντίων ἀπειροκάλους,
39372’ὔ
39373lal
39374/
39375«
39376~
39377μανιώδεις, popodecis, δεισιδαίμονας, ἱεροφοιτῶντας,
393781 μικροψύχους om. MECam.
393792 κακογνώμονας VPLDProc., μονογνώμονας MAECam.
393808 ἀπίκρους post ἐπικούρους add. MAK, om. VPLDProc.
393811 Bouché-Leclercq, p. 309, enumerates the conditions
39382which should exist if a planet is to act effectively, classify-
39383ing them as relations to the circles of the nativity, to the
39384zodiac, to the other planets, and to the planet’s own
39385movement and the sun.
39386With reference
39387to the zodiac,
39388the planet should be in a “solid”’ sign, in a quadrant and
39389a sign of the same sex as itself, in one of its own proper
39390domains (house, triangle, exaltation, terms, decans), and
39391340
p. 665
39392TETRABIBLOS III. 13
39393with reference to the universe and the angles,’ he
39394makes his subjects lovers of the body,” strong-
39395minded, deep thinkers, austere, of a single purpose,
39396laborious, dictatorial, ready to punish, lovers of pro-
39397perty, avaricious,
39398violent, amassing treasure, and
39399jealous; but if his position is the opposite and without
39400dignity, he makes them sordid, petty, mean-spirited,
39401indifferent,
39402mean-minded,
39403malignant,
39404cowardly,
39405diffident, evil-speakers, solitary, tearful, shameless,
39406superstitious, fond of toil, unfeeling, devisers of plots
39407against their friends, gloomy, taking no care of the
39408body.
39409Saturn, allied with Jupiter in the way described,
39410again in dignified positions, makes
39411his subjects
39412good, respectful
39413to elders, sedate, noble-minded,
39414helpful,’ critical, fond of possessions, magnanimous,
39415generous, of good intentions, lovers of their friends,
39416gentle, wise, patient, philosophical ; but in the op-
39417posite positions, he makes them uncultured, mad,
39418easily frightened, superstitious, frequenters of shrines,
39419not in its place of depression.
39420With regard to the circle
39421of the nativity, the planet should be upon an angle (especi-
39422ally mid-heaven) or in a favourable aspect (trine or sextile)
39423to an angle, and not in a place which bears no aspect to
39424the horoscope (is disjunct).
39425This will explain what, in
39426general, are “dignified” or “ὁ honourable” positions, and
39427their opposites.
394282 Ptolemy’s lists of characters and qualities attaching
39429to the various planets, which occupy the rest of this
39430chapter, are remarkably useful in reconstructing a picture
39431of life in Egypt under the Roman Empire.
39432IF. Cumont,
39433L’ Egypte des astrologues (Brussels, 1937), makes constant
39434use of them for this purpose.
39435*Certain MSS. add “‘ without sharpness” here; see the
39436critical note.
39437341
p. 666
39438PTOLEMY
394392
39440᾽ὔ
39441e
39442,
39443/
39444>
39445/
39446efayopevtds,
39447ὑπόπτους,
39448μισοτέκνους,
39449ἀφίλους,
39450ἐνδομύχους,
39451ἀκρίτους,
39452ἀπίστους,
39453μωροκάκους,"
39454ἰώδεις, ὑποκριτικούς, ἀδρανεῖς, ἀφιλοτίμους, μετα-
39455μελητικούς, αὐστηρούς, δυσεντεύκτους, δυσπροσί-
39456ἦλ
394577
394582
39459> 46
39460δ᾽
39461«
39462,
39463\
39464tous,
39465εὐλαβητικούς,Σ
39466εὐήθεις
39467ὁμοίως
39468καὶ
39469ἀνεξικάκους.
39470A
39471\
39472Aa
39473mM
39474\
39475All,
39476A
39477>
39478/
39479Τῷ δὲ τοῦ “Apews συνοικειωθεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξων
39480169 διαθέσεων ποιεῖ ἀδιαφόρους, ἐπιπόνους, παρρησιασ-
39481τικούς, ὀχληρούς, θρασυδείλους, αὐστηροπράξους,
39482ἀνελεήμονας, καταφρονητικούς, τραχεῖς, πολεμι-
39483/
39484«ες
39485/
39486/
39487/
39488>
39489Kovs, ῥιψοκινδύνους, φιλοθορύβους, δολίους,
39490ἐνε-
39491δρευτάς,
39492δυσμηνίτας,
39493ἀδήκτους,,
39494ὀχλοκόπους,
39495τυραννικούς, πλεονέκτας, μισοπολίτας, φιλέριδας,
39496μνησικάκους, βαθυπονήρους, δράστας, ἀνυποίστους,
39497σοβαρούς,
39498φορτικούς,
39499καυχηματίας,
39500κακωτάς,
39501ἀδίκους͵ ἀκαταφρονήτους, μισανθρώπους, ἀτρέπ-
39502τους, ἀμεταθέτους, πολυπράγμονας, εὐαναστρόφους
39503μέντοι καὶ πρακτικοὺς καὶ ἀκαταγωνίστους
39504καὶ
39505ὅλως ἐπιτευκτικούς.
39506ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἐναντίων ἅρπα-
39507γας, ληστάς, νοθευτάς, κακοπαθεῖς, αἰσχροκερδεῖς,
395084,
39509ἀθέους,
39510ἀστόργους,
39511ὑβριστάς,
39512ἐπιβουλευτικούς,
39513κλέπτας,
39514ἐπιόρκους, μιαιφόνους, ἀθεμιτοφάγους,
39515κακουργούς, ἀνδροφόνους, φαρμακευτάς, ἱεροσύλους,
39516ἀσεβεῖς, τυμβορύχους καὶ ὅλως ὃ παγκάκους.
395171 μωροκάκου. VADProc.,
39518ἀμωροκάκους
39519PL, μωροκάλους
39520MECam.
395212 αὐστηρούς..
39522.
39523. εὐλαβητικούς om. PLMCam.,
39524habent
39525VADEProc.
395268 ἀδήκτους codd. Cam.!;
39527fortasse ἀδεήτους legendum est
39528ut coniecit Cam.?2; om. Proc.
395294 ἀκαταφρονήτους codd. et Proc., ἀκατακρίτους Cam.
39530342
p. 667
39531TETRABIBLOS III. 13
39532public confessors of ailments, suspicious, hating their
39533own children, friendless, hiding within doors, without
39534judgement, faithless, knavishly foolish, venomous,
39535hy-
39536pocritical, ineffective, unambitious, prone to change
39537their minds, stern, hard to speak with or to approach,
39538cautious, but nevertheless foolish and submissive to
39539abuse.
39540Saturn, allied with Mars, in honourable positions
39541makes his subjects neither good nor bad, industrious,
39542outspoken, nuisances, cowardly braggarts, harsh in
39543conduct, without pity, contemptuous, rough, conten-
39544tious, rash, disorderly, deceitful, layers of ambushes,
39545tenacious of anger, unmoved by pleading, courting the
39546mob, tyrannical, grasping, haters of the citizenry,
39547fond of strife, malignant, evil through and through,
39548active, impatient, blustering, vulgar, boastful, injur-
39549ious, unjust, not to be despised, haters of mankind,
39550inflexible, unchangeable, busy-bodies, but at the same
39551time adroit and practical, not to be overborne by
39552rivals, and in general successful in achieving their
39553ends.
39554In the opposite positions he makes his sub-
39555jects robbers, pirates, adulterators,
39556submissive
39557to
39558disgraceful treatment, takers of base profits, godless,
39559without affection, insulting, crafty, thieves, perjurers,
39560murderers,
39561eaters
39562of forbidden
39563foods,
39564evildoers,
39565homicides, poisoners, impious, robbers of temples and
39566of tombs, and utterly depraved.
39567δ ἀθέους VPLADProc., ἀθέτους MECam.', ἀθέσμους Cam. 2
395685 ὅλως om. Cam.
39569343
p. 668
39570PTOLEMY
39571Τῷ δὲ τῆς ᾿ἀφροδίτης συνοικειωθεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδό-
39572Ewv διαθέσεων ποιεῖ μισογυναίους, φιλαρχαίους,"
39573φιλερήμους, ἀηδεῖς πρὸς τὰς ἐντεύξεις, ἀφιλοτί-
39574μους, μισοκάλους,
39575φθονερούς,
39576αὐστηροὺς πρὸς
39577συνουσίας, ἀσυμπεριφόρους, μονογνώμονας, φοιβα-
39578στικούς,
39579θρησκευτάς,
39580μυστηρίων
39581καὶ
39582τελετῶν
39583ἐπιθυμητάς, ἱεροποιούς, ἐνθεαστικούς, θεοπροσπλό-
39584κους, σεμνοὺς δὲ καὶ εὐεντρέπτους, αἰδήμονας,
39585160 ἐμφιλοσόφους, πιστοὺς πρὸς συμβιώσεις,Ξ ἐγκρατεῖς,
39586ἐπιλογιστικούς, εὐλαβεῖς, ἀγανακτητάς τε καὶ πρὸς
39587τὰς τῶν γυναικῶν ὑποψίας ζηλοτύπους - ἐπὶ δὲ
39588τῶν
39589ἐναντίων λάγνους, ἀσελγεῖς,
39590αἰσχροποιούς,
39591ἀδιαφόρους καὶ ἀκαθάρτους πρὸς τὰς συνουσίας,
39592ἀνάγνους, ἐπιβουλευτικοὺς θηλυκῶν προσώπων καὶ
39593μάλιστα τῶν οἰκειοτάτων, σαθρούς,)Σ παμψόγους,
39594καταφερεῖς, μισοκάλους, μωμητικούς, κακολόγους,
39595μεθύσους, λατρευτικούς, ὑπονοθευτάς, ἀθεμίτους 4
39596πρὸς τὰς συνελεύσεις, διατιθέντας καὶ διατιθεμένους,
39597οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὰ κατὰ φύσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ παρὰ
39598φύσιν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἀτίμων καὶ παρανόμων καὶ
39599θηριωδῶν μίξεων ἐπιθυμητάς, ἀσεβεῖς, θεῶν κατα-
39600φρονητικούς, μυστηρίων καὶ ἱερῶν διασυρτικούς,
39601πάμπαν ἀπίστους, διαβολικούς, φαρμακούς, παντο-
39602ποιούς.
39603Τῷ δὲ τοῦ ‘Eppod συνοικειωθεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξων
39604διαθέσεων ποιεῖ περιέργους, φιλοπεύστας, νομίμων
396051 φιλαρχαίους VPLDProc., -αρχίους E, -dpyous MACam.},
39606-dvdpovs Cam.”
396072 εὐσταθεῖς post συμβιώσεις add. MECam., om. VPLAD
39608Proc.
39609344
p. 669
39610TETRABIBLOS ΠῚ. 13
39611Allied with Venus in honourable positions Saturn
39612makes his subjects haters of women, lovers of anti-
39613quity, solitary, unpleasant to meet, unambitious,
39614hating the beautiful, envious, stern
39615in social re-
39616lations, not companionable, of fixed opinions, pro-
39617phetic, given to the practice of religious rites, lovers
39618of mysteries and initiations, performers of sacrifi-
39619cial rites, mystics, religious addicts, but
39620dignified
39621and reverent,
39622modest,
39623philosophical,
39624faithful
39625in
39626marriage,! self-controlled, calculating, cautious, quick
39627to take offence, and easily led by jealousy to be
39628suspicious of their wives.
39629In positions of the op-
39630posite kind he makes them loose, lascivious, doers of
39631base acts, undiscriminating and unclean in sexual
39632relations, impure, deceivers of women and particu-
39633larly their own kin, unsound, censorious, depraved,
39634hating
39635the beautiful,
39636fault-finders,
39637evil-speakers,
39638drunken,
39639servile,
39640adulterators,
39641lawless
39642in sexual
39643relations, both active and passive, both natural and
39644unnatural, and willing to seek them with those barred
39645by age, station, or law, or with animals, impious,
39646contemptuous of the gods, deriding mysteries and
39647sacred rites, entirely faithless, slanderous, poisoners,
39648rogues who will stop at nothing.
39649Saturn, in familiarity with Mercury, in honourable
39650positions makes his subjects meddlers, inquisitive,
396511At this point some of the MSS. and Camerarius add
39652“steadfast ἢ.
39653® σαθρούς VPDProc., καθρούς L, θρασεῖς MAECam,
39654* ἀθεμίτους VP (-μητ-) LADE, -rws MCam.; om. Proce.
39655345
p. 670
39656PTOLEMY
39657ζητητικούς, φιλιάτρους, μυστικούς, μετόχους ἀπο-
39658κρύφων καὶ ἀπορρήτων, τερατουργούς, παραλογισ-
39659τάς, ἐφημεροβίους, ἐντρεχεῖς, διοικητικοὺς πραγ-
39660μάτων καὶ ἀγχίφρονας, περιπίκρους καὶ ἀκριβεῖς,
39661/
39662λ /
396631
39664IN
396654,
39666>
39667/
39668νήπτας, pirdoppovas,! φιλοπράκτους, ἐπιτευκτικούς"
39669ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἐναντίων ληρώδεις, μνησικάκους, νηλεεῖς
39670161 ταῖς ψυχαῖς͵ ἐπιμόχθους, μισοϊδίους, φιλοβασάνους,3
39671ἀνευφράντους, νυκτερέμβους,3 ἐνεδρευτάς, προδότας,
39672ἀσυμπαθεῖς,
39673κλέπτας,
39674μαγικούς,
39675φαρμακευτάς,
39676πλαστογράφους, ῥᾳδιουργούς, ἀποτευκτικοὺς καὶ
39677εὐεκπτώτους.
39678€
39679A
39680A A ‘
396813
39682᾿
39683,
39684\
39685: 1
39686΄,
39687Ο δὲ τοῦ
39688Διὸς ἀστὴρ μόνος τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν
39689τῆς ψυχῆς λαβὼν ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξων διαθέσεων ποιεῖ
39690μεγαλοψύχους, χαριστικούς, θεοσεβεῖς, τιμητικούς,
396913
396924
396934
39694a
39695>
39696ἀπολαυστικούς, φιλανθρώπους, μεγαλοπρεπεῖς, ἐλευ-
39697θέρους, δικαίους, μεγαλόφρονας, σεμνούς, ἰδιοπράγ-
396982
39699/
39700A A /
39701>
397024,
397034
39704Xr
39705μονας, ἐλεήμονας, φιλολόγους, εὐεργετικούς," φιλο-
39706στόργους, ἡγεμονικούς - ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ἐναντίας δια-
39707θέσεως τυγχάνων τὰς ὁμοίας μὲν φαντασίας περι-
39708ποιεῖ ὃ ταῖς ψυχαῖς, ἐπὶ τὸ ταπεινότερον μέντοι καὶ
39709ἀνεπιφαντότερον καὶ ἀκριτωτέρον - οἷον ἀντὶ μὲν
39710μεγαλοψυχίας ἀσωτίαν, ἀντὶ δὲ θεοσεβείας δεισιδαι-
397111 φιλόφρονας PL, -ovs VD, φιλοφρονητικούς Proc., φιλοπόνους
39712MAECam.
397132 φιλοβασάνους VPLDEProc., φιλοβασκάνους MACam.
397143 νυκτερέμβους VPLD, νυκτιρρέμβους A, νυκτεριρέμβους MNE
39715Cam., νυκτοβίους Proc.
397164 evepyetixovs VPLDProc., εὑρετικούς MNAECam.
397175 περιποιεῖται MNDCam.
39718346
p. 671
39719TETRABIBLOS ΤΙ. 13
39720inquirers into matters of law and custom, fond of the
39721art of medicine, mystics, partakers in concealed and
39722secret
39723rites, miracle-workers, cheaters, living only
39724for the day, facile, able to direct business, shrewd,
39725bitter, accurate, sober, friendly, fond of practical
39726affairs,
39727capable
39728of gaining
39729their
39730ends.
39731In
39732dis-
39733honourable positions he makes them frivolous talkers,
39734malignant, with no pity in their souls, given to toil,
39735hating their own kin, fond of torment, gloomy,
39736night-prowlers, layers of ambushes, traitors, unsym-
39737pathetic, thieves, magicians, poisoners, forgers, un-
39738scrupulous, unfortunate, and usually unsuccessful.
39739If Jupiter alone has the domination of the soul, in
39740honourable positions he makes his subjects magnani-
39741mous, generous, god-fearing, honourable, pleasure-
39742loving, kind, magnificent, liberal, just, high-minded,
39743dignified, minding their own business, compassion-
39744ate, fond of discussion, beneficent, affectionate, with
39745qualities of leadership.
39746If he chances to be in the
39747opposite kind of position, he makes their souls seem
39748similar, to be sure, but with a difference in the direc-
39749tion of greater humility, less conspicuousness, and
39750poorer judgement.!_
39751For example, instead of magna-
39752nimity, he endows them with prodigality ; instead
397531 Ptolemy probably has in mind Aristotle’s
39754famous
39755doctrine that virtue is a mean (Ethica Nicomachea,
397562,
39757p. 11066, 27) and the examples cited by Aristotle, but
39758Ptolemy’s instances are only similar to, not identical with,
39759Aristotle’s.
39760Aristotle,
39761for example,
39762makes
39763ἐλευθεριότης,
39764‘“‘liberality,’? the virtue of which dowria,
39765“ὁ prodigality ”’
39766is an
39767excess;
39768contrasts
39769μεγαλοψυχία,
39770“ὁ magnanimity,”
39771with χαυνότης, “ vanity,” and μικροψυχία,
39772“ meanness
39773of
39774spirit ’’; αἰδήμων, “ modest,’ with the excessive quality
39775κατάπληξ,
39776‘“‘shy,’’ and with
39777the deficiency
39778ἀναίσχυντος,
39779** shameless,”
39780347
p. 672
39781PTOLEMY
39782,
397835
39784A
39785A
39786,
39787~
39788/
39789>
39790‘\
39791A
39792’ὔ
39793μονίαν, ἀντὶ δὲ αἰδοῦς δειλίαν, ἀντὶ δὲ σεμνότητος
39794ΝΜ
397953
39796\
39797\
39798/
39799ΓΚ:
398005
39801|
39802A
39803οἴησιν, ἀντὶ
39804δὲ φιλανθρωπίας
39805εὐήθειαν, ἀντὶ
39806δὲ
39807φιλοκαλίας
39808φιληδονίαν, ἀντὶ δὲ μεγαλοφροσύνης
39809,ὔ
39810>
39811‘A
39812A
39813>
39814,ὔ
398153
39816,ὕ
39817\
39818βλακείαν, ἀντὶ δὲ ἐλευθεριότητος ἀδιαφορίαν, καὶ
39819ὅσα τούτοις παραπλήσια.
39820~
39821A
39822aM
39823\
39824>
39825\
39826‘A
39827>
39828/
39829Τῷ δὲ τοῦ "Apews συνοικειωθεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξων
39830διαθέσεων ποιεῖ τραχεῖς, μαχίμους, στρατηγικούς,1
39831διοικητικούς, κεκινημένους, ἀνυποτάκτους, θερμούς,
39832παραβόλους, πρακτικούς, παρρησιαστικούς, ἐλεγκ-
39833102 τικούς, ἀνυστικούς, φιλονείκους, ἀρχικούς, εὐεπι-
39834βούλους, ἐπιεικεῖς, ἐπάνδρους, νικητικούς, μεγαλο-
39835ψύχους δὲ καὶ φιλοτίμους καὶ θυμικοὺς καὶ κριτικοὺς
39836καὶ ἐπιτευκτικούς
39837- ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἐναντίων ὑβριστάς,
398383
39839/
39840᾽
39841Δ
398425
398434
398444
39845>
39846ἀδιαφόρους, ὠμούς, ἀνεξιλάστους, στασιαστάς, ἐρισ-
39847τικούς, μονοτόνους," διαβόλους, οἰηματίας, πλεονέκ-
39848τας, ἅρπαγας, ταχυμεταβόλους, κούφους, μεταμελη-
39849τικούς, ἀστάτους, προπετεῖς, ἀπίστους, ἀκρίτους,
39850ἀγνώμονας, ἐκστατικούς, eumpaKTous,® μεμψιμοί-
39851A
39852ρους, ἀσώτους, ληρώδεις καὶ ὅλως ἀνωμάλους καὶ
39853παρακεκινημένους.
39854~
39855A
39856~
39857>
39858/
39859\
39860>
39861A
39862A
39863>)
39864Τῷ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης συνοικειωθεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν ἐν-
39865-
39866’ὔ
39867δόξων διαθέσεων ποιεῖ καθαρίους, ἀπολαυστικούς,
398684,
39869φιλοκάλους,
39870φιλοτέκνους,
39871φιλοθεώρους, φιλομού-
39872>
39873/
39874Xr
39875/
398764
39877ΕῚ AG)
39878Ε]
39879/
39880σους, ὠδικούς, φιλοτρόφους,"
39881εὐήθεις, εὐεργετικούς,
398821 στρατηγικούς] στρατιωτικούς
39883NCam.
398842 μονοτόνου. PMEProc.,
39885μονοπόνου. VLAD,
39886μονοτρόπους
39887NCam.
398883 ἐμπράκτους
39889Proe.,
39890ἐμπατάκτους.
39891VPL,
39892εὐπατάκτους
39893MNADECam.
398944 dirorpodous libri Cam.', -τρύφους Cam.?*
39895348
p. 673
39896TETRABIBLOS ΤΙ]. 13
39897of reverence for the gods, with superstition; instead
39898of modesty, with cowardice; instead of dignity,
39899with conceit ; instead of kindness, with foolish sim-
39900plicity ; instead of the love of beauty, with love of
39901pleasure ; instead of high-mindedness, with stupidity ;
39902instead of liberality, with indifference, and the like.
39903Jupiter allied with Mars in honourable positions
39904makes
39905his subjects
39906rough, pugnacious,
39907military,
39908managerial, restless, unruly, ardent, reckless, prac-
39909tical, outspoken, critical, effective, contentious, com-
39910manding, given to plotting, respectable, virile, fond
39911of victory, but magnanimous, ambitious, passionate,
39912judicious, successful.
39913In the opposite position he
39914makes then insolent, undiscriminating, savage, im-
39915placable, seditious, contentious, stubborn, slanderous,
39916conceited, avaricious, rapacious, quickly changeable,
39917light, readily changing their minds, unstable, head-
39918strong, untrustworthy, of poor judgement, unfeeling,
39919excitable, active, querulous, prodigal, gossipy, and
39920in all ways uneven and easily excited.
39921Jupiter, allied with Venus, in honourable positions
39922makes his subjects pure, pleasure-loving, lovers of
39923the beautiful, of children, of spectacles, and of the
39924domain of the Muses, singers, fond of those who
39925reared them, of good character,! beneficent, com-
399261 εὐήθεια and the corresponding adjective, εὐήθης, have
39927two distinct senses, the original, etymological one,
39928‘* good
39929character,”
39930and a derived
39931meaning,
39932‘“‘simplicity’’
39933or
39934“‘ guilelessness,’’ which may amount to nothing more than
39935downright folly.
39936Plato, in Republic, 400 DE, uses εὐήθεια
39937in the first sense, specifically saying that he does not mean
39938the other kind of εὐήθεια.
39939In the present passage, the
39940context clearly shows that the first sense is intended ; but in
39941the very next paragraph εὐήθης occurs in its second meaning.
39942349
p. 674
39943PTOLEMY
39944éeAentiKovs,! ἀκάκους, φιλοθέους, ἀσκητάς, φιλα-
39945΄,
39946,
39947ἣν
39948>
39949,ὔ
39950>
39951γωνιστάς, φρονίμους, φιλητικούς, ἐπαφροδίτους ἐν
39952τῷ σεμνῷ,
39953λαμπροψύχους,
39954εὐγνώμονας,
39955μετα-
39956δοτικούς, φιλογραμμάτους, κριτικούς, συμμέτρους
39957καὶ εὐσχήμονας πρὸς τὰ ἀφροδίσια, φιλοικείους," εὐσε-
39958βεῖς, φιλοδικαίους, φιλοτίμους, φιλοδόξους καὶ ὅλως
39959/,
39960v9
39961΄ὔ
39962bee
39963|
39964\
39965~
39966>
39967/
39968καλούς Te Kal ἀγαθούς - ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἐναντίων τρυφη-
39969τάς, ἡδυβίους, θηλυψύχους, ὀρχηστικούς, γυναικο-
39970θύμους, δαπανηρούς,)Σ
39971Kakoyvvaious,*
39972ἐρωτικούς,
39973λάγνους, καταφερεῖς, λοιδόρους,5 μοιχούς, φιλοκόσ-
39974ς
39975ἣ /
399766
39977ε θ ,
39978>
39979’
39980>
399814
39982163 μους, ὑπομαλακους,
39983ρασυμους, ADWTOUS,
39984επιμω-
39985μους, ἐμπαθεῖς, καλλωπιστάς, γυναικονοήμονας,
39986ἱερῶν ἐγκατόχους, προαγωγικούς, μυστηριακούς,
39987πιστοὺς μέντοι καὶ ἀπονήρους καὶ ἐπιχαρίτους καὶ
39988εὐπροσίτους ὃ καὶ εὐδιαγώγους καὶ πρὸς τὰς συμφο-
39989pas ὃ ἐλευθεριωτέρους.
39990Τῷ δὲ τοῦ ‘Eppod συνοικειωθεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξων
39991διαθέσεων
39992ποιεῖ πολυγραμμάτους,.5
39993φιλολόγους,
39994γεωμέτρας,." μαθηματικούς, ποιητικούς, δημηγορι-
39995κούς, εὐφυεῖς, σωφρονικούς, ἀγαθόφρονας, καλοσυμ-
39996βούλους, πολιτικούς,
39997εὐεργετικούς, ἐπιτροπικούς,
399981 ἐλεητικούς VD, ἐλεήμονας
39999Proc., om.
40000PL, ἐλεγκτικούς
40001MNAECam.
400022 φιλοικείους E, φιλικείους VD, φιλοικίους P, φιλικίους L,
40003φιλονείκους MNACam.
400043 δαπανηρούς PLProc., δαπάνους cett. Cam.
400054 κακογυναίους Proc., καταγυναίους VD, κατὰ γυναίων PL, καὶ
40006γυναίους MNAECam.
400075 λοιδόρους μοιχούς Proc., om. λοιδόρους PLMNECam., om.
40008μοιχούς VAD.
40009350
p. 675
40010TETRABIBLOS ΠῚ. 13
40011passionate, guileless, religious, prone to athletic train-
40012ing, fond of competition, wise, affectionate, charming
40013in a dignified way, magnanimous, fair, charitable,
40014fond of learning, of good judgement, moderate and
40015decorous in matters of love, fond of their kinsfolk,
40016pious, just, ambitious, seekers after glory, and in
40017general gentlemanly.
40018In the opposite positions he
40019renders
40020them
40021luxurious,
40022soft-livers,
40023effeminate,
40024fond of the dance, womanly in spirit, lavish in
40025expenditure, evil in relations with women, erotic,
40026lascivious, lecherous, slanderous, adulterous, lovers
40027of ornament, rather soft, lazy, profligate, given to
40028fault-finding, passionate, adorners of their persons,
40029womanly
40030minded,
40031infatuated
40032by religious
40033rites,
40034panderers,
40035frequenters
40036of the
40037mysteries,
40038trust-
40039worthy however
40040and not rascally, but gracious,
40041easy of approach, and cheerful, and inclined
40042to
40043liberality in misfortune.
40044Jupiter allied with Mercury in honourable posi-
40045tions makes his subjects learned, fond of discussion,
40046geometricians, mathematicians, poets, orators, gifted,
40047sober, of good intellect, good in counsel, statesmen,
40048benefactors, managers, good-natured, generous, lovers
400498 ὑπομαλάκους VP (-μαλλ-} LADE, φιλομαλάκους MNCam.
400507 ἐπιμώμους VPLProc., ἐπιβώμους 1), φιλομώμους MNECam.,
40051οἵα. Α ; post hoc verbum add. ὑπομώρους MNECam., φιλομώ-
40052ρους A, om. cett. Proc.
400538 Post εὐπροσίτους add. πιστούς MNCam., om. cett. Proc.
400549 συμφορὰς VDProc., περισυμῴφορας P (-dwp-) L, ἐπιφορὰς
40055MNAECam.
4005610 πολυγραμμάτους VADProc., φιλογραμμάτους MNECam.,
40057πολυπραγμάτους φιλοπράκτους PL.
4005811 γεωμέτρας VPLDProc., φιλογεωμέτρας MNAECam.
40059351
p. 676
40060PTOLEMY
40061χρηστοήθεις, φιλοδώρους, φιλόχλους, εὐεπηβόλους,"
40062ἐπιτευκτικούς, ἡγεμονικούς,
40063εὐσεβεῖς, φιλοθέους,
40064εὐχρηματίστους, φιλοστόργους, φιλοικείους, εὐπαι-
40065δεύτους, ἐμφιλοσόφους, ἀξιωματικούς - ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν
40066>
40067Ψ
40068SF
40069is
40070PA
40071/
40072+)
40073ἐναντίων εὐήθεις, ληρώδεις, σφαλλομένους, εὐκατα-
40074φρονήτους, ἐνθουσιαστικούς, θεοπροσπλόκους,2 φλη-
40075νάφους, ὑποπίκρους, προσποιησισόφους,3 ἀνοήτους,
40076ἀλαζονικούς, ἐπιτηδευτάς, μαγευτικούς, ὑποκεκινη-
40077μένους, πολυΐστορας δὲ καὶ μνημονικοὺς καὶ * διδασ-
40078καλικοὺς καὶ καθαρίους ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις.
40079Ὃ δὲ τοῦ Ἄρεως ἀστὴρ μόνος τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν
40080“
40081lod
40082\
40083re
40084\
40085?
40086/
40087/
40088aA
40089τῆς ψυχῆς λαβὼν ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξου διαθέσεως ποιεῖ
40090γενναίους, ἀρχικούς, θυμικούς, φιλόπλους,5 πολυτρό-
40091πους," σθεναρούς, παραβόλους, ῥιψοκινδύνους, ἀνυπο-
40092τάκτους, ἀδιαφόρους, μονοτόνους, ὀξεῖς, αὐθάδεις,
40093καταφρονητικούς, τυραννικούς, δράστας, ὀργίλους,
40094ἡγεμονικούς - ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ἐναντίας ὠμούς, ὑβριστάς,
40095“
40096λ θ
40097΄
40098ὃ
40099/,
401007
401017
40102164 φιλαίμους, φιλοθορύβους,
40103Samdvous, κραυγαστάς,
40104πλήκτας, προπετεῖς, μεθύσους, ἅρπαγας, κακούρ-
40105yous, ἀνελεήμονας, τεταραγμένους, μανιώδεις, μισοι-
40106κείους, ἀθέους.
40107Τῷ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης συνοικειωθεὶς
40108ἐπὶ μὲν
40109ἐνδόξων διαθέσεων ποιεῖ ἐπιχάριτας, εὐδιαγώγους,
40110φιλεταίρους, ἡδυβίους, εὐφροσύνους, παιγνιώδεις,
401111 εὐετπηβόλους ME, εὐεπιβούλους PLNCam., ἐπιβόλους VAD,
40112om. Proc.
401132 θβεοπροσπλόκους P (-πλωκ-) L (-πλωκ-) MAEProc., θεοπλό-
40114κους VD, θεοπροσπόλους NCam.
401153 προσποιησισόφους ME, προσποιήσει σοφούς PL, προσποιήσεις
40116σοφούς VD, προσποιήτους σοφούς A, προσποιησόφους NCam,
401174 μνημονικοὺς καὶ om. Cam.”
40118352
p. 677
40119TETRABIBLOS ΤΙ. 13
40120of the mob, shrewd, successful, leaders, reverent,
40121religious,
40122skilful
40123in business,
40124affectionate,
40125lovers
40126of their own kin, well brought up, philosophical,
40127dignified.
40128In the opposite positions he makes them
40129simple, garrulous, prone to make mistakes, con-
40130temptible, fanatical, religious enthusiasts, speakers
40131of folly, inclined to bitterness, pretenders to wisdom,
40132fools, boasters, students, magicians, somewhat de-
40133ranged, but well informed, of good memory, teachers,
40134and pure in their desires.
40135Mars alone, given the domination of the soul, in an
40136honourable position makes his subjects noble, com-
40137manding, spirited, military, versatile,' powerful, ven-
40138turesome, rash, unruly, indifferent, stubborn, keen,
40139headstrong, contemptuous, tyrannical, active, easily
40140angered, with the qualities of leadership.
40141In a posi-
40142tion of the opposite kind he makes them savage,
40143insolent,
40144bloodthirsty,
40145makers
40146of disturbances,
40147spendthrifts, loud-mouthed, quick-fisted, impetuous,
40148drunken, rapacious,
40149evil-doers,
40150pitiless, unsettled,
40151mad, haters of their own kin, impious.
40152Allied with Venus, in honourable positions, Mars
40153makes his subjects pleasing, cheerful, friendly, soft-
40154living, happy, playful, artless, graceful, fond of
40155‘The epithet constantly used to describe Odysseus by
40156Homer.
401575 φιλόπλους VPLMADE, φιλοπολέμους Proc., φιλοπλούτους
40158NCam.
40159ὃ πολυτρόπους ΝΡ (πολλ-) LDProc., πολυτρόφους MNAECam.
40160*xpavyaotas PL, κραυγάσους VD, κραυγαστικούς AProc.,
40161κραυγάζους MNECam.
40162353
p. 678
40163PTOLEMY
40164ἀφελεῖς, εὐρύθμους, piropxnotas,! ἐρωτικούς, φιλο-
40165TEXVOUS, μιμητικούς, ἀπολαυστικούς, διασκευαστάς,
40166ἐπάνδρους καὶ εὐκαταφόρους μὲν πρὸς τὰς ἀφροδισ-
40167ιακὰς ἁμαρτίας, ἐπιτευκτικοὺς δὲ καὶ εὐπεριστόλους
40168καὶ νουνεχεῖς καὶ δυσελέγκτους καὶ διακριτικούς,:
40169ἔτι δὲ νέων ἐπιθυμητικοὺς ἀρρένων τε καὶ θηλειῶν,
40170δαπανηρούς τε καὶ ὀξυθύμους καὶ ζηλοτύπους - ἐπὶ
40171δὲ τῶν ἐναντίων ῥιψοφθάλμους, λάγνους, καταφερεῖς,
40172ἀδιαφόρους, διασύρτας, μοιχικούς, ὑβριστάς, ψεύσ-
40173τας, δολοπλόκους, ὑπονοθευτὰς οἰκείων τε καὶ ἀλλο-
40174τρίων, ὀξεῖς ἅμα καὶ προσκορεῖς πρὸς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας,
40175διαφθορέας γυναικῶν καὶ παρθένων, παραβόλους,
40176θερμούς, ἀτάκτους, ἐνεδρευτάς, ἐπιόρκους, εὐεμ-
40177πτώτους τε καὶ φρενοβλαβεῖς, ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ἀσώ-
40178τους,
40179φιλοκόσμους καὶ θρασεῖς καὶ διατιθεμένους
40180καὶ ἀσελγαίνοντας .ὃ
40181Τῷ δὲ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ συνοικειωθεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξων
40182διαθέσεων ποιεῖ στρατηγικούς, δεινούς, δράστας,
40183165 εὐκινήτους, ἀκαταφρονήτους, πολυτρόπους, εὕρετι-
40184κούς,, σοφιστάς, ἐπιπόνους, πανούργους, προγλώσ-
40185σους, ἐπιθετικούς, δολίους, ἀστάτους, μεθοδευτάς,
40186κακοτέχνους, ὀξύφρονας, ἐξαπατητάς, ὑποκριτικούς,
40187ἐνεδρευτάς, κακοτρόπους, πολυπράγμονας,
40188φιλο-
40189πονήρους, ἐπιτευκτικοὺς δ᾽ ἄλλως καὶ πρὸς τοὺς
40190ὁμοίους εὐσυνθέτους καὶ εὐσυνδεξιάστους, καὶ ὅλως
401911 Φιλοτέχνους PLProc.. φιλοτέκνους cett. Cam.
40192ὃ διακριτικούς VPLADProc., ἀδιακρίτους MNECam.
401938 ἀτάκτους libri ; ἀτόπους Cam.
401944 ἀσώτους ΝΑΏΡτοο., αὐτῶ τοὺς PL, αὐτοὺς MNECam.
401955 Post ἀσελγαίνοντας add. ἀπεργάζεται MNAECam.,
40196om.
40197VPLDProc.
40198354
p. 679
40199TETRABIBLOS III. 13
40200dancing, erotic, artistic, imitative, pleasure-loving,
40201able to secure themselves property,! masculine, and
40202given to misconduct
40203in matters
40204of love, but still
40205successful, circumspect, and sensible, difficult to con-
40206vict and discreet, furthermore passionate for both
40207young men and young women, spendthrifts, quick-
40208tempered, and jealous.
40209In contrary positions he
40210makes them leering, lascivious, profligate, indifferent,
40211slanderers, adulterers, insolent, liars, deceivers, se-
40212ducers of those both in their own families and in
40213those of others, at the same time keen and insatiate of
40214pleasure, corrupters of women and maidens, venture-
40215some, ardent, unruly, treacherous, perjurers, easily
40216influenced and of unsound mind, but sometimes like-
40217wise profligate, fond of adornment, bold, disposed to
40218base practices, and shameless.
40219Allied with Mercury, in honourable positions Mars
40220makes his subjects leaders of armies, skilful, vigorous,
40221active, not to be despised, resourceful, inventive,
40222sophistic, painstaking, rascally, talkative, pugnacious,
40223tricky, unstable, systematic workers, practising evil
40224arts, keen-witted, deceitful, hypocritical, insidious,
40225of bad character, meddlers, inclined to rascality but
40226nevertheless successful and capable of keeping con-
40227tract and faith with persons like themselves, and in
402281 διασκευαστής
40229also means
40230one who arranges
40231a text,
40232“‘editor,’’ but here a less specialised meaning seems to be
40233ealled for.
40234The verb διασκευάζειν has, in general, the active
40235meaning “set in order,” and in the middle voice “ equip
40236one’s self.”
40237Proclus omits this word in the Paraphrase.
402388 δεινούς VD, δειλούς MNAEProc.Cam. ; δεινούς.
40239. dxara-
40240φρονήτους om. PL.
402417 εὑρετικούς] evextixovs NCam.
40242355
p. 680
40243PTOLEMY
40244ἐχθρῶν μὲν βλαπτικούς, φίλων δὲ εὐποιητικούς "
40245ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἐναντίων δαπανηρούς,
40246πλεονέκτας,
40247ὠμούς, παραβόλους, τολμηρούς, μεταμελητικούς,
40248ἐμπαράκτους,; παρακεκινημένους, ψεύστας, κλέπ-
40249τας,
40250ἀθέους,
40251ἐπιόρκους,
40252ἐπιθέτας,
40253στασιαστάς,
40254ἐμπρηστάς, θεατροκόπους, ἐφυβρίστους,2 ληστρι-
40255κούς, τοιχωρύχους,) μιαιφόνους, πλαστογράφους,
40256ῥᾳδιουργούς, γόητας, μάγους, φαρμακούς, ἀνδροφό-
40257νους.
40258ὋὉ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης μόνος τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν
40259τῆς ψυχῆς * λαβὼν ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξου διαθέσεως ποιεῖ
40260προσηνεῖς, ἀγαθούς, τρυφητάς,Σ λογίους, καθα-
40261pious,
40262εὐφροσύνους,
40263φιλορχηστάς,
40264καλοζήλους, 7
40265μισοπονήρους, φιλοτέχνους, φιλοθεωτάτους 8 εὐσχή-
40266μονας, εὐεκτικούς, εὐονείρους, φιλοστόργους, εὐερ-
40267γετικούς,
40268ἐλεήμονας, σικχούς,"
40269εὐσυναλλάκτους,
40270ἐπιτευκτικοὺς καὶ ὅλως ἐπαφροδίτους emi δὲ τῆς
40271ἐναντίας
40272ῥαθύμους,
40273ἐρωτικούς,
40274τεθηλυσμένους,
40275γυναικώδεις, ἀτόλμους, ἀδιαφόρους,
40276καταφερεῖς,
40277166 ἐπιψόγους, ἀνεπιφάντους, ἐπονειδίστους
40278.19
40279Τῷ δὲ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ συνοικειωθεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδό-
40280ἕων διαθέσεων ποιεῖ φιλοτέχνους, ἐμφιλοσόφους,
40281ἐπιστημονικούς, εὐφυεῖς, ποιητικούς, φιλομούσους,
40282φιλοκάλους, χρηστοήθεις, ἀπολαυστικούς, τρυφερο-
402831 ἐμπαράκτους VD, ἐμπράκτους
40284PLA, ἐμπατάκτους MNE
40285Cam.; om. Proc.
40286Fortasse legendum est εὐπαράκτους.
402872 ἐφυβρίστους VMNDE, om. PLProc., ἐφυβρίστας ACam.
402883 τριχωρύχους VP (-op-) DProc., τυμβωρύχους MNAEL (-op-)
40289Cam.
402904 τῆς ψυχῆς om. VDProc.
402915 κοινούς post τρυφητάς add. MNECam., om. VPLADProc.
40292356
p. 681
40293TETRABIBLOS III. 13
40294general injurious to their enemies and helpful to
40295their friends.
40296In opposite positions he makes them
40297spendthrifts, avaricious, savage, venturesome, daring,
40298prone to change their minds, excitable, easily aroused,
40299liars, thieves, impious, perjurers, ready to take the
40300offensive, seditious, kindlers of fires, creators of dis-
40301turbances in the theatre, insolent, piratical, burglars,
40302murderers, forgers, villains, wizards, magicians, sor-
40303cerers, homicides.
40304If Venus alone takes the domination of the soul,
40305in an honourable position she makes her subjects
40306pleasant, good, luxurious,! eloquent, neat, cheerful,
40307fond of dancing, eager for beauty, haters of evil,
40308lovers of the arts, fond of spectacles,
40309decorous,
40310healthy, dreamers of pleasant dreams, affectionate,
40311beneficent,
40312compassionate,
40313fastidious,
40314easily
40315con-
40316ciliated, successful, and, in general, charming.
40317In
40318the opposite position she makes them careless, erotic,
40319effeminate, womanish, timid, indifferent, depraved,
40320censorious, insignificant, meriting reproach.
40321Joined with Mercury,
40322in honourable
40323positions
40324Venus makes them
40325artistic, philosophical,
40326gifted
40327with
40328understanding,
40329talented,
40330poetic,
40331lovers
40332of
40333the muses, lovers of beauty, of worthy character,
403341 Certain texts add here “affable ” (κοινούς).
40335© λογίους VADProc., λογικούς PL, ἐλλογίμους MNECam.
403361 κακοζήλους MNEProc.Cam., καλοζήλους VPLAD.
403378 φιλοθεωτάτους libri Cam,', -θεώρους Cam.?
403389 σικχούς om. MNCam.
4033910 ἐπονειδίστους om. Cam.
40340357
p. 682
40341PTOLEMY
40342Suaitous,! εὐφροσύνους, " φιλοφίλους, εὐσεβεῖς, συν-
40343ετούς, πολυμηχάνους, διανοητικούς, εὐεπιβόλους 3
40344κατορθωτικούς, ταχυμαθεῖς,, αὐτοδιδάκτους,
40345ζη-
40346λωτὰς τῶν ἀρίστων, μιμητὰς 5 τῶν καλῶν, εὐστό-
40347μους καὶ ἐπιχάριτας τῷ λόγῳ, ἐρασμίους, εὐαρ-
40348μόστους
40349τοῖς
40350ἤθεσι,
40351σπουδαίους,
40352φιλάθλους,
40353ὀρθούς," κριτικούς, μεγαλόφρονας, τῶν δὲ adpo-
40354δισίων πρὸς μὲν τὰ γυναικεῖα φυλακτικούς, πρὸς
40355δὲ τὰ παιδικὰ μᾶλλον κεκινημένους
40356καὶ ζηλο-
40357τύπους
40358-
40359ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ἐναντίας
40360ἐπιθέτας,
40361πολυ-
40362μηχάνους, κακοστόμους, ἀλλοπροσάλλους, κακογνώ-
40363μονας, ἐξαπατητάς, κυκητάς, ψεύστας, διαβόλους,
40364ἐπιόρκους, βαθυπονήρους, ἐπιβουλευτικούς, ἀσυν-
40365θέτους, ἀδεξιάστους, νοθευτάς, γυναικῶν διαφθορέας
40366καὶ παίδων, ἔτι δὲ καλλωπιστάς, ὑπομαλάκους,
40367ἐπιψόγους,, κακοφήμους, πολυθρυλήτους, παντο-
40368πράξους ὃ καὶ ἐνίοτε μὲν ἐπὶ διαφθορᾷ τὰ τοιαῦτα
40369ὑποκρινομένους,
40370ἐνίοτε
40371δὲ καὶ
40372ταῖς
40373ἀληθείαις,
40374διατιθεμένους τε καὶ αἰσχροποιοῦντας καὶ ποικίλοις
40375πάθεσιν ὑβριζομένους.
40376161
40377‘O δὲ τοῦ ᾿Ερμοῦ ἀστὴρ μόνος τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν
40378τῆς ψυχῆς λαβὼν ἐπὶ μὲν ἐνδόξου διαθέσεως ποιεῖ
40379τοὺς γεννωμένους συνετούς, ἀγχίνους, νοήμονας,
40380πολυΐστορας, εὑρετικούς, ἐμπείρους, λογιστικούς,
403811 τρυφεροδιαίτους VP (τρυφαιροδιέτους) L (τριφεροδιέτους) AD,
40382tpupepoerous ME, τρυφεροβίους Proc., τρυφερούς NCam.
40383Ξφιλοσόφους post εὐφροσύνους add. MNCam., om.
40384cett.
40385Proce.
403863 εὐεπιβόλους
40387NACam.,
40388εὐεπηβόλους
40389ME,
40390εὐεπιβούλους
40391VPLD ; om. Proc.
403924 ῤιλομαθεῖς post ταχυμαθεῖς add. NCam.,om. VPLADProc.;
40393ταχυφιλομαθεῖς ME,
40394358
p. 683
40395TETRABIBLOS III. 13
40396seekers after enjoyment, luxurious, happy,! fond of
40397friends, pious, sagacious,
40398resourceful,
40399intellectual,
40400intelligent, successful, quick to learn,’ self-taught,
40401seekers after the best, imitators of beauty, eloquent
40402and pleasing in speech, commanding affection, of
40403well-ordered character, earnest, fond of athletics,
40404upright, of good judgement, magnanimous ; in affairs
40405of love, restrained in their relations with women
40406but more passionate for boys, and jealous.
40407In the
40408contrary position she makes them pugnacious, re-
40409sourceful, evil-speakers, unstable, of bad intentions,
40410deceivers,
40411agitators,
40412liars,
40413slanderers,
40414perjurers,
40415thorough
40416rascals,
40417plotters,
40418faithless,
40419unreliable,
40420adulterators, corrupters
40421of women and children;
40422furthermore,
40423adorners
40424of their
40425persons,
40426rather
40427effeminate,
40428malicious
40429in censure
40430and in gossip,
40431garrulous, villains, sometimes? feigning such acts with
40432a view to corruption and sometimes
40433performing
40434them in earnest, lending themselves to base acts and
40435performing them, and subjected to all sorts of base
40436treatment,
40437Mercury, by himself taking the domination of the
40438soul, in an honourable position makes those who are
40439born under him wise, shrewd, thoughtful, learned,
40440inventive, experienced, good calculators, inquirers
404411“ Fond of wisdom’’
40442(φιλοσόφους)
40443is added here by
40444certain MSS.
404452 Certain MSS. add “fond of learning”’ at this point.
404468 Proclus omits the rest of this paragraph.
40447δ μιμητὰς VPLADE Proc., ζηλωτὰς MNCam,
404485 ὀρθούς VPLADProc. ; om. MNECam.
404497 ἐπιψόγους VP (-ywy-) LADProc. ; κακοψόγους MNECam.
404508 παντοπράξους VPLMD, -πράκτους A, -πράκτας NECam.,
40451πάντα ἐπιχειροῦντας Proc.
40452359
p. 684
40453PTOLEMY
40454φυσιολόγους, θεωρητικούς,
40455εὐφυεῖς, ζηλωτικούς,
40456εὐεργετικούς, ἐπιλογιστικούς, εὐστόχους, μαθημα-
40457τικούς, μυστηριακούς, ἐπιτευκτικούς - ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς
40458ἐναντίας πανούργους, προπετεῖς, ἐπιλήσμονας, ὁρμη-
40459parias,! κούφους, εὐμεταβόλους, μεταμελητικούς,
40460μωροκάκους, ἄφρονας, ἁμαρτώλους, ψεύστας, ἀδια-
40461φόρους, ἀστάτους, ἀπίστους, πλεονέκτας, ἀδίκους
40462καὶ ὅλως σφαλερούς τε τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ καταφόρους
40463τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι.
40464Τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων συμβάλλεται μέντοι
40465καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ τῆς σελήνης κατάστασις," ἐπειδήπερ ἐν
40466μὲν τοῖς ἐπικαμπίοις τυγχάνουσα τοῦ τε νοτίου καὶ
40467τοῦ βορείου πέρατος συνεργεῖ τοῖς ψυχικοῖς ἰδιώ-
40468μασιν ἐπὶ τὸ πολυτροπώτερον καὶ τὸ πολυμηχανώ-
40469τερον καὶ εὐμεταβολώτερον : ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν συνδέσμων
40470ἐπὶ τὸ ὀξύτερον καὶ πρακτικώτερον καὶ εὐκινητό-
40471τερον" ἔτι δὲ ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς καὶ ταῖς τῶν
40472φωτῶν αὐξήσεσιν ἐπὶ τὸ εὐφυέστερον καὶ προφανέο-
40473τερον καὶ βεβαιότερον καὶ παρρησιαστικώτερον᾽ ἐν
40474δὲ ταῖς μειώσεσι 8 τῶν φωτῶν 7 ταῖς κρύψεσιν ἐ ἐπὶ
40475τὸ νωχελέστερον καὶ ἀμβλύτερον καὶ μεταμελη-
40476168 τικώτερον καὶ εὐλαβέστερον καὶ ἀνεπιφανέστερον.
40477Συμβάλλεται δέπως καὶ 6 ἥλιος συνοικειωθεὶς τῷ
40478τῆς ψυχικῆς κράσεως οἰκοδεσποτήσαντι, κατὰ μὲν
40479τὸ ἔνδοξον πάλιν τῆς διαθέσεως ἐπὶ τὸ δικαιότερον
404801 ὁρμηματίας VPLD, ὁρμητάς MAE, ὁρμητικάς Cam.", ὁρμη-
40481τικούς NCam.?
404825 αὐτὴ ἡ τῆς σελήνης κατάστασις VAD, ἡ αὐτῆς τῆς σελήνης
40483PLMNECam.
404848 μειώσεσι(ν) P (μοι-) LMAEProc., βιώσεσιν VD, οἰκειώσεσι
40485NCam.
40486360
p. 685
40487TETRABIBLOS ΠῚ. 13
40488into nature,
40489speculative,
40490gifted, emulous,
40491bene-
40492ficent, prudent, good at conjecture, mathematicians,
40493partakers in mysteries, successful in attaining their
40494ends.
40495In the opposite position he makes them
40496utter rascals, precipitate, forgetful, impetuous, light-
40497minded, fickle, prone to change their minds, foolish
40498rogues, witless, sinful, liars, undiscriminating, un-
40499stable, undependable,
40500avaricious, unjust, and, in
40501general, unsteady in judgement and inclined to evil
40502deeds.
40503While the foregoing is true as stated, nevertheless
40504the condition of the moon itself also makes a certain
40505contribution.
40506For when the moon happens to be at
40507the bendings of its northern and southern limits,}
40508it helps,
40509? with respect to the character of the soul,
40510in the direction of greater versatility, resourceful-
40511ness, and capacity for change;
40512at the nodes, in
40513the direction of greater keenness, activity, and ex-
40514citability; again, at rising and in the increases of
40515its illumination, towards greater natural endow-
40516ments, renown, firmness, and frankness;
40517and in
40518the waning of its illumination, or its occultations,
40519towards greater sluggishness and dullness, less fixity
40520of purpose, greater cautiousness, and less renown.
40521The sun also aids, when it is familiar with the
40522planet that governs the temperament of the soul,
40523in an
40524honourable
40525position modifying
40526it in the
405271 See the note on iii. 12 (p. 325) concerning the bendings
40528and nodes of the moon’s
40529orbit.
40530* Here, as in the case of bodily form and temperament
40531(iii. 11; ¢f. especially p. 313), the actual rulers are the five
40532planets, and it is the réle of the luminaries to assist, adding
40533their influences to those of the former.
40534τ
40535361
p. 686
40536PTOLEMY
40537καὶ ἀνυστικώτερον καὶ τιμητικώτερον ' καὶ σεμνό-
40538τερον καὶ θεοσεβέστερον - κατὰ δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον καὶ
40539ἀνοίκειον ἐπὶ τὸ ταπεινότερον καὶ ἐπιπονώτερον
40540καὶ ἀσημότερον 2 καὶ ὠμότερον καὶ μονογνωμονέσ-
40541τερον καὶ αὐστηρότερον καὶ δυσδιαγωγότερον καὶ
40542ὅλως ἐπὶ τὸ δυσκατορθώτερον.
40543«ιδ.) Περὶ παθῶν ψυχικῶν
40544᾿Επεὶ δὲ τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ἰδιώμασιν ἀκολουθεῖ πως
40545καὶ 6 περὶ ὃ τῶν ἐξαιρέτων αὐτῆς παθῶν λόγος, καθ᾽
40546ὅλου μὲν πάλιν ἐπισημαίνεσθαι
40547καὶ παρατηρεῖν
40548προσήκει τόν τε τοῦ ‘Eppod ἀστέρα καὶ τὴν σελήνην,
40549πῶς ἔχουσι πρός τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὰ κέντρα καὶ
40550τοὺς πρὸς κάκωσιν οἰκείους τῶν ἀστέρων : ὡς ἐάν
40551τε αὐτοὶ ἀσύνδετοι ὄντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἐάν τε πρὸς
40552τὸν ἀνατολικὸν ὁρίζοντα, καθυπερτερηθῶσιν ἢ ἐμ-
40553περισχεθῶσιν ἢ διαμηκισθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνοικείως
40554καὶ βλαπτικῶς ἐσχηματισμένων, ποικίλων παθῶν
40555περὶ τὰς ψυχικὰς ἰδιοτροπίας συμπιπτόντων εἰσὶ
40556ποιητικοί, τῆς διακρίσεως * αὐτῶν πάλιν θεωρου-
40557μένης ἀπὸ τῆς προκατειλημμένης τῶν τοῖς τόποις
40558συνοικειωθέντων ἀστέρων ἰδιοτροπίας.
40559169
40560Τὰ μὲν οὖν πλεῖστα τῶν μετριωτέρων παθῶν
40561σχεδὸν καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν περὶ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς
40562ἰδιωμάτων ῥηθεῖσι διακέκριταί πως, τῆς ἐπιτάσεως
40563αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς τῶν κακούντων ὑπερβολῆς συνορᾶσθαι
40564δυναμένης
40565" ἐπειδήπερ ἤδη τις ἂν εἰκότως εἴποι
405661 ἀνυτικώτερον καὶ τιμητικώτερον VAD ; πρακτικώτερον καὶ
40567τιμητικώτερον Proc.;
40568ἀνυτικώτερον MNECam.1;
40569om. PL;
40570ἠθικώτερον Cam.,?
40571362
p. 687
40572TETRABIBLOS ΠῚ. 13-14
40573direction of justice, success, honour, dignity, and
40574reverence for the gods, but in the contrary and alien
40575position making it humbler, more industrious, less
40576conspicuous, more savage, more obstinate, harsher,
40577with a harder life, and in general less successful.
4057814. Of Diseases of the Soul.
40579Since the account of the principal diseases of the
40580soul, in a sense, follows upon that of the soul’s
40581characteristics, it is in general needful to note and
40582observe the positions of Mercury and the moon
40583relative to each other, to the angles, and to the
40584planets whose nature
40585it is to do injury; for if,
40586while they themselves are unrelated to each other,
40587or to the eastern horizon, they are overcome,
40588or
40589surrounded, or held in opposition by unfamiliar stars
40590in injurious aspect, they cause the incidence of various
40591diseases which affect the soul’s character.
40592Their
40593interpretation again is to be calculated from the
40594previously described qualities of the planets which
40595are familiar to the places } in the sky.
40596Indeed, most of the more moderate diseases have,
40597in a way, already been distinguished in what has been
40598said about the character of the soul, and their in-
40599crease can be discerned from the excess of injurious
40600influences ; for one might now with propriety call
406011 T.e. of the moon and Mercury.
406022 ἀσημότερον] aonuwrepov VD, ἀσημ(ε)ιότερον PL; cf. ἀφανέσ-
40603τερον Proc.; ἀσεμνότερον MNAECam.
406043 ὁ περὶ] ὡσπερεὶ Cam.
406054 διακρίσεως VPLMADE, διακράσεως NCam.', δυσκρασίας
40606Cam.” ; cf. διάγνωσις Proc.
40607363
p. 688
40608PTOLEMY
40609{0
40610\
40611‘
40612»”
406131
40614~
40615AOD
40616Van
406172A
40618/
40619Ἅ
40620πάθη καὶ τὰ ἄκρα!
40621τῶν ἠθῶν καὶ ἢ ἐλλείποντα ἢ
40622πλεονάζοντα
40623τῆς μεσότητος - τὰ δ᾽ ἐξαίρετον 3
40624ἔχοντα τὴν ἀμετρίαν καὶ ὥσπερ νοσηματώδη καὶ
40625παρ᾽ ὅλην τὴν φύσιν καὶ περί τε αὐτὸ 3 τὸ διανοη-
40626τικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς μέρος καὶ περὶ τὸ παθητικόν, ὡς ἐν
40627τύπῳ, τοιαύτης ἔτυχε παρατηρήσεως.
406283
40629λ
40630\
40631\
40632A
40633e
40634fe
40635Doe, |
40636‘
40637Ad
40638/
40639Ἐπιληπτικοὶ μὲν yap ws ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ γίνονται
40640ὅσοι τῆς σελήνης καὶ τοῦ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ, ὥσπερ
40641”
40642a“
40643LAA aN
40644nn
40645~
40646>
40647“
40648Ciel
40649εἴπομεν,
40650ἢ ἀλλήλοις ἢ TH ἀνατολικῷ ὁρίζοντι
40651ἀσυνδέτων ὄντων τὸν μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου ἡμέρας,
40652τὸν δὲ τοῦ ᾿ἄρεως νυκτὸς ἔχουσιν ἐπίκεντρον καὶ
40653κατοπτεύοντα
40654τὸ προκείμενον σχῆμα" μανιώδεις
406553
40656@
40657DAN
40658~
40659>
40660~
40661>
40662/ aA
40663«ε
40664\
40665~
40666/
40667δ᾽ ὅταν ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀνάπαλιν ὁ μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου
40668νυκτός, ὁ δὲ τοῦ “Ἄρεως ἡμέρας, κεκυριευκὼς ἢ τοῦ
40669ἊΝ
40670\
40671tA
40672>
40673Ki
40674/
40675δ
40676θέ
40677”
40678σχήματος, καὶ μάλιστα ev
40679Kapkivw ἢ ΠΠαρθένῳ ἢ
40680᾿Ιχθύσι: δαιμονιόπληκτοι δὲ καὶ ὑγροκέφαλοι ὅταν
40681οὕτως
40682ἔχοντες
40683οἱ κακοποιοῦντες
40684ἐπὶ φάσεως 3
40685οὖσαν ὕ κατέχωσι τὴν σελήνην, ὃ μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου
40686συνοδεύουσαν, ὁ δὲ τοῦ Ἄρεως πανσεληνιάζουσαν,
40687μάλιστα δ᾽ ἐν Τοξότῃ καὶ ᾿Ιχθύσι. μόνοι μὲν οὖν
40688ot κακοποιοὶ κατὰ τὸν προειρημένον τρόπον τὴν
40689ἐπικράτησιν τοῦ σχήματος λαβόντες ἀνίατα μέν,
406903
40691/
40692δ
40693ΕΝ
40694\ Yow t
40695/,
40696~
40697170 ἀνεπίφαντα δὲ ὅμως καὶ ἀπαραδειγμάτιστα ποιοῦσι
406981 ἄκρα MNECam., ἄκρατα VADProc., ἀκράτητα P, ἀκρότατα
40699Ι,.
407002 ἐξαίρετον] ἐξαίροντα
40701NCam.
407028 περί τε αὐτὸ VD, περὶ αὐτὸ PL, περὶ τὸ διανοητικὸν κτλ.
40703Proce. ; παρ᾽ ὅλον MNAECam.
407044 ἐπὶ φάσεως] ἐπιφάσεως VPLDProc., οὕτω θέσεως E, ἐπὶ
40705φῶς MNACam.
40706δ οὖσαν VPMD, οὗς ἂν L, ἔχουσαν Εἰ, ἐοῦσαν ΝΑύϑτη. ; οὖσα
40707Proc.
40708364
p. 689
40709TETRABIBLOS III. 14
40710** diseases ’’ those extremes of character which either
40711fall short of or exceed the mean.
40712Those affections,
40713however, which are utterly disproportionate and as
40714it were
40715pathological, which
40716relate
40717to the whole
40718nature, and which concern both the intelligent part
40719of the soul and its passive part, are, in brief, to be
40720discerned as follows.
40721In most cases those are epileptic! in whose geni-
40722tures the moon and Mercury are, as we said above,
40723unrelated to each other or to the eastern horizon,
40724while Saturn by day or Mars by night is angular and
40725in the aspect previously described.?
40726They are vio-
40727lently insane when, again under the same conditions,
40728Saturn by night and Mars by day rules the position,
40729particularly in Cancer, Virgo, or Pisces.
40730They are
40731afflicted by demons * and have water on the brain
40732when the maleficent planets are in this position and
40733control the moon in phase, Saturn when she is at
40734conjunction, Mar
40735when she is full, and particularly
40736in Sagittarius and
40737Pisces.
40738When
40739the maleficent
40740planets are by themselves and rule the configuration
40741in the manner stated, the diseases of the rational
40742part of the soul which we have mentioned as being
40743! Epilepsy and insanity were also mentioned among the
40744bodily diseases (ec. 12 above, pp. 329, 331).
40745* Overcoming, surrounding, or opposing ; see above.
40746*On
40747this superstition
40748in Roman
40749Egypt,
40750cf. Cumont,
40751L’ Egypte des astrologues,
40752167-170.
40753Ptolemy apparently
40754identifies seizure by demons with ὁ water on the brain.”
40755305
p. 690
40756171
40757PTOLEMY
40758~
40759~
40760~
40761~
40762la
40763τὰ προκείμενα ' τοῦ διανοητικοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς νοσή-
40764ματα.
40765συνοικειωθέντων δὲ τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν 4ιός τε
40766καὶ ᾿Δφροδίτης ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν λιβυκῶν μερῶν ὄντες
40767αὐτοί, τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀπηλιωτικοῖς 5 κεκεν-
40768τρωμένων,
40769ἰάσιμα
40770μέν, εὐπαραδειγμάτιστα 3 δὲ
40771ποιοῦσι τὰ πάθη: ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ τοῦ Διὸς διὰ θεραπειῶν
40772ἰατρικῶν καὶ ἡτοιδιαιτητικῆς
40773ἀγωγῆς ἢ
40774φαρμακείας,
40775ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ τῆς ᾿ἀφροδίτης διὰ χρησμῶν καὶ τῆς ἀπὸ
40776θεῶν ἐπικουρίας.
40777ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἀπηλιωτικῶν αὐτοὶ
40778κεκεντρωμένοι, τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν δυνόντων, ἀνίατά
40779τε ἅμα καὶ πολυθρύλλητα καὶ ἐπιφανέστατα ποιοῦσι
40780τὰ νοσήματα, κατὰ μὲν τὰς ἐπιληψίας συνεχείαις
40781καὶ περιβοησίαις
40782καὶ κινδύνοις θανατικοῖς τοὺς
40783πάσχοντας περικυλίοντες - κατὰ δὲ τὰς μανίας καὶ
40784ἐκστάσεις ἀκαταστασίαις ὃ καὶ ἀπαλλοτριώσεσι τῶν
40785οἰκείων καὶ γυμνητείαις καὶ βλασφημίαις καὶ τοῖς
40786τοιούτοις * κατὰ δὲ τὰς δαιμονιοπληξίας ἢ τὰς τῶν
40787ὑγρῶν ὀχλήσεις, ἐνθουσιασμοῖς καὶ ἐξαγορίαις καὶ
40788αἰκίαις καὶ τοῖς ὁμοίοις τῶν παραδειγματισμῶν.
40789ἰδίως δὲ καὶ τῶν τὸ σχῆμα περιεχόντων τόπων οἱ μὲν
40790ἡλίου καὶ ot τοῦ "Apews πρὸς τὰς μανίας μάλιστα
40791συνεργοῦσιν,
40792ot δὲ Διὸς καὶ “Ἑρμοῦ πρὸς τὰς
40793ἐπιληψίας, οἱ δὲ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης πρὸς τὰς θεοφορίας
40794καὶ ἐξαγορίας, οἱ δὲ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ σελήνης πρὸς
40795τὰς τῶν ὑγρῶν ὀχλήσεις καὶ πρὸς τὰς δαιμονιο-
40796πληξίας.
407971 πάθη καὶ τὰ post προκείμενα add. MNAECam,
40798om.
40799VPLD.
408003 ἀπηλιωτικοῖς (ἀφηλ-, ἀπιλ-) VPLMADEPYroc., ἀγαθοποιοῖς
40801NCam.}, ἀνατολικοῖς Cam.?
40802366
p. 691
40803TETRABIBLOS III. 14
40804caused by them are, to be sure, incurable, but latent
40805and obscure.
40806But if the beneficent planets Jupiter
40807and Venus have some familiarity to them when they
40808are themselves in the western parts and the bene-
40809ficent planets are angular ! in the east, they make the
40810diseases curable, but noticeable;
40811if it be Jupiter,
40812curable by medical treatments, a diet, or drugs; if
40813Venus, by oracles and the aid of the gods.
40814When the
40815maleficent planets themselves are angular in the
40816east and the beneficent planets are setting, the
40817diseases which they cause are both incurable, the
40818subject of talk, and conspicuous ; in epilepsy they
40819involve the victims in continuous attacks, notoriety,
40820and deadly peril;
40821in madness and seizures, they
40822cause instability, alienation of friends, tearing off
40823clothes, abusive language, and the like ; in demonic
40824seizures, or water on the brain, possession, confession,
40825torments, and similar manifestations.
40826In detail, of
40827the places that possess the configuration, those of
40828the sun and Mars aid in causing madness, those of
40829Jupiter and Mercury, epilepsy; those
40830of Venus,
40831divine possession and public confession; and those
40832of Saturn and the moon, gatherings of water and
40833demonic seizures.
4083417.e. at the angle, in this case the orient.
408353 εὐπαραδειγμάτιστα VPDE:
40836ἐπιφανῆ Proc.; ἀπαραδειγμά-
40837τιστα MNACam.
408384 διαιτητικῆς ego; διαιτικῆς VD, διαγητικῆς PL, ὑπὸ διαίτης
40839Proc. ; ἰατρικῆς MNAECam.
408405 ἀκαταστασίαις VD, cf. ἀκαταστατοῦσι Proc.; ἀκατασχεσίαις
40841cett, Cam,
40842367
p. 692
40843PTOLEMY
40844‘H μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸ ποιητικοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς καθ᾽
40845ὅλας τὰς φύσεις νοσηματικὴ παραλλαγὴ σχεδὸν
40846ἔν τε τοῖς τοιούτοις ' εἴδεσι καὶ διὰ τῶν τοιούτων
40847ἀποτελεῖται σχηματισμῶν.
40848ἡ δὲ περὶ τὸ πα-
40849θητικόν, κατ᾽ αὐτὸ πάλιν τὸ ἐξαίρετον θεωρουμένη,
40850καταφαίνεται μάλιστα περὶ τὰς κατ᾽ αὐτὸ τὸ γένος
40851“ν
40852\
40853/
40854ε
40855\
40856ΔΩ
40857Ud
40858τοῦ ἄρρενος Kat θήλεως ὑπερβολὰς καὶ ἐλλείψεις
40859τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν, διαλαμβάνεται δὲ ἐπισκεπτικῶς
40860κατὰ τὸν ὅμοιον τῷ προκειμένῳ τρόπον, τοῦ ἡλίου
40861μέντοι μετὰ τῆς σελήνης ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ παραλαμ-
40862βανομένου καὶ τῆς τοῦ “Apews σὺν τῷ τῆς ᾿Αφροδί-
40863της πρὸς αὐτοὺς συνοικειώσεως * τούτων γὰρ οὕτως
40864ὑπ᾽ ὄψιν πιπτόντων, ἐὰν μὲν μόνα τὰ φῶτα ἐν
408655
40866an
40867=
40868/
40869«ε
40870\
40871”
40872ec
40873,
40874appevikots ἢ ζῳδίοις, of μὲν ἄνδρες ὑπερβάλλουσι
40875τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν, αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες τοῦ παρὰ φύσιν
40876πρὸς τὸ ἔπανδρον ἁπλῶς τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ δραστικώ-
408772A
40878\
40879Nex
40880Ὁ
40881ay
40882Ἃ
40883Wf
40884“-“
40885>
40886/
40887τερον " ἐὰν δὲ Kal 6 τοῦ "Apews ἢ καὶ ὃ τῆς ᾿Αφροδί-
40888TNS ἤτοι ὁπότερος ἢ καὶ ἀμφότεροι 5 ὦσιν ἠρρενω-
40889μένοι, οἱ μὲν ἄνδρες πρὸς τὰς κατὰ φύσιν συνουσίας
40890γίνονται καταφερεῖς καὶ μοιχικοὶ καὶ ἀκόρεστοι ὃ
40891καὶ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ πρόχειροι πρός τε τὰ αἰσχρὰ
40892καὶ τὰ παράνομα τῶν ἀφροδισίων : αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες
40893\
40894\
40895A
408969
40897ε
40898/
40899Xr ,
40900\
40901«ε
40902/
40903θ
40904πρὸς τὰς παρὰ φύσιν ὁμιλίας
40905λάγναι καὶ ῥιψόφθαλ-
40906\
40907«
40908͵ὔ
40909/
40910/
40911\
40912μοι
40913καὶ
40914αἱ καλούμεναι τριβάδες - διατιθέασι
40915δὲ
40916θηλείας, ἀνδρῶν ἔργα ἐπιτελοῦσαι.
40917κἂν μὲν μόνος
40918¢
40919“
409203
40921/
40922>
40923/
40924εν
409254,
40926‘
40927>’
40928ὁ τῆς ‘Adpodityns ἠρρενωμένος ἢ, λάθρα καὶ οὐκ
40929a
40930>
40931/
40932A
40933\
40934\
40935Wee
40936aM
40937x
40938Μ
40939σ
40940172 ἀναφανδόν - ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ὁ τοῦ “Apews, ἄντικρυς ὥστε
409411 Post τοιούτοις add. ἐστὶ(ν) PLMNECam., om. VADProe.
409422 ἀμφότεροι VADProc., ἑκάτερος PLMNCam., -οι E.
409433 ἀκόρεστοι VPL, ἀκόρεστι D, ἀκόλαστοι MNAECam.
40944368
p. 693
40945TETRABIBLOS III. 14
40946The morbid perversion of the active part of the
40947soul in its general nature, therefore, is produced in
40948some such forms as these and is produced by these
40949configurations of the planets.
40950The corresponding
40951perversion of the passive portion, as in the former
40952instance viewed in its extreme cases, is most ap-
40953parent in excesses and deficiencies in matters of sex,
40954male and female, as compared with what is natural,
40955and in inquiry is apprehended in the same fashion
40956as before, though the sun is taken, together with the
40957moon, instead of Mercury, and the relation to them
40958of Mars, together with Venus,
40959is observed.
40960For
40961when these thus fall under observation, if the lumi-
40962naries
40963are unattended
40964in masculine
40965signs, males
40966exceed in the natural, and females exceed in the
40967unnatural
40968quality, so
40969as merely to increase the
40970virility and activity of the soul.
40971But if likewise
40972Mars or Venus as well, either one or both of them,
40973is made masculine,! the males become addicted to
40974natural sexual intercourse, and are adulterous, in-
40975satiate, and ready on every occasion for base and
40976lawless acts of sexual passion, while the females are
40977lustful for unnatural congresses, cast inviting glances
40978of the eye, and are what we call tribades ;* for they
40979deal with females and perform the functions
40980of
40981males.
40982If Venus alone is constituted in a masculine
40983manner, they do these things secretly and not openly.
40984But
40985if Mars
40986likewise
40987is so
40988constituted, without
40989ΠΟ; Oo
40990"Of Ῥ δ, tk.
40991369
p. 694
40992PTOLEMY
40993ἐνίοτε Kal νομίμας ὥσπερ γυναῖκας tas) διατιθε-
40994μένας ἀναδεικνύειν.
40995Τὸ δ᾽ ἐναντίον, τῶν φωτῶν κατὰ τὸν ἐκκεί-
40996μενον σχηματισμὸν ἐν θηλυκοῖς ζῳδίοις ὑπαρ-
40997χόντων μόνων, at μὲν γυναῖκες ὑπερβάλλουσι τοῦ
40998κατὰ φύσιν, οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες τοῦ παρὰ φύσιν, πρὸς
40999τὸ εὔθρυπτον καὶ τεθηλυσμένον τῆς ψυχῆς - ἐὰν
41000δὲ καὶ ὁ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης ἦ τεθηλυσμένος, at μὲν
41001γυναῖκες καταφερεῖς τε καὶ μοιχάδες καὶ λάγναι
41002γίνονται πρὸς τὸ διατίθεσθαι κατὰ 3 φύσιν ἐν παντί
41003τε καιρῷ καὶ ὑπὸ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν, ὡς μηδενὸς
41004ἁπλῶς, ἐάν τε αἰσχρὸν ἢ, ἐάν τε
41005παράνομον,
41006ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀφροδισίων : οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες μαλακοί
41007τε καὶ σαθροὶ ὃ πρὸς τὰς παρὰ φύσιν συνουσίας καὶ
41008γυναικῶν ἔργα, διατιθέμενοι παθητικῶς, ἀποκρύφως
41009μέντοι καὶ λεληθότως - ἐὰν δὲ καὶ 6 τοῦ "Apews
41010ἢ τεθηλυσμένος, ἀντικρυς καὶ μετὰ παρρησίας ἀν-
41011αιἰσχυντοῦσι, τὰ προκείμενα καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον εἶδος ἀπο-
41012τελοῦντες,( τὸ πορνικὸν καὶ πολύκοινον καὶ πολύ-
41013ψογον καὶ πάναισχρον σχῆμα περιβαλλόμενοι μέχρι
41014τῆς κατά τε τὴν ona aoy Kal τὴν τῆς χρήσεως
41015ὕβριν σημειώσεως.
41016συμβάλλονται δὲ καὶ οἱ μὲν
41017ἀνατολικοὶ καὶ ἑῷοι σχηματισμοὶ τοῦ τε τοῦ "Apews
41018καὶ τοῦ τῆς ‘Adpoditns πρός τε τὸ ἐπανδρότερον
41019καὶ εὐδιαβοητότερον, οἱ δὲ δυτικοὶ καὶ ἑσπέριοι
41020πρός τε τὸ θηλυκώτερον καὶ τὸ κατασταλτικώτερον"
41021173 ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου συμπροσγενόμενος
41022ἐπὶ τὸ ἀσελγέστερον καὶ ἀκαθαρτότερον ἢ καὶ
41023ἐπονειδιστότερον ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐκκειμένων πέφυκε
41024᾿ τὰς om. MNAECam.
410252 κατὰ libri; παρὰ Cam,
41026370
p. 695
41027TETRABIBLOS III. 14
41028reserve, so that sometimes they even designate the
41029women with whom they are on such terms as their
41030lawful “ wives.”
41031But on the other hand, when the luminaries in the
41032aforesaid configuration are unattended in feminine
41033signs, the females exceed in the natural, and the
41034males in unnatural practice, with the result that their
41035souls become soft and effeminate.
41036If Venus too is
41037made feminine, the women become depraved, adul-
41038terous, and lustful, with the result that they may be
41039dealt with in the natural manner on any occasion and
41040by any one soever, and so that they refuse absolutely
41041no sexual
41042act, though
41043it be base
41044or unlawful.
41045The men, on the contrary, become effeminate and
41046unsound with respect to unnatural congresses and
41047the functions of women,
41048and are dealt with as
41049pathics, though privately and secretly.
41050But if Mars
41051also is constituted
41052in a feminine
41053manner,
41054their
41055shamelessness is outright and frank and they per-
41056form the aforesaid acts of either kind, assuming the
41057guise of common bawds who submit to general abuse
41058and to every baseness until they are stamped with the
41059reproach and insult that attend such usages.
41060And
41061the rising and morning positions of both Mars and
41062Venus have a contributory effect, to make them
41063more virile and notorious, while setting and evening
41064positions increase femininity and sedateness.
41065Simi-
41066larly, if Saturn is present, his influence joins with each
41067of the foregoing to produce more licentiousness,
410688 σαθροὶ VPLDProc. ; θαρσεῖς
41069NCam., θρασεῖς MAE.
410704 ἀποτελοῦντες VD, -ουσι(ν) PL, ἐπιτελοῦσι MNAECam.,
410715 σημειώσεως MNACam.;
41072δημιοσίως
41073ἕως VD (διμ-) E,
41074δημιοσίως ὡς PL.
41075371
p. 696
41076PTOLEMY
41077συνεργεῖν, ὃ δὲ τοῦ Διὸς πρὸς τὸ εὐσχημονέστερον
41078καὶ φυλακτικώτερον καὶ αἰδημονέστερον, ὁ δὲ τοῦ
41079‘Eppod πρός τε τὸ περιβοητότερον καὶ τὸ τῶν
41080παθῶν
41081εὐκινητότερον καὶ πολυτροπώτερον
41082καὶ
41083εὐπροσκοπώτερον.
41084ΒΙΒΛΙΟΝ Δ’
41085<a. Προοίμιον»
41086Τὰ μὲν οὖν πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως καὶ τὰ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν
41087τὴν γένεσιν δυνάμενα θεωρεῖσθαι, καὶ ἔτι τῶν μετὰ
41088τὴν γένεσιν ὅσα τῆς συστάσεως ἐστὶν ἴδια τὸ καθ᾽
41089ὅλου ποιὸν τῶν συγκριμάτων ἐμφαίνοντα, σχεδὸν
41090ταῦτ᾽ ἂν εἴη.
41091τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἐκτὸς συμβεβηκότων
41092καὶ ἐφεξῆς ὀφειλόντων διαλαμβάνεσθαι προηγεῖται
41093μὲν ὁ περὶ τύχης κτητικῆς τε καὶ ἀξιωματικῆς
41094λόγος, συνῆπται δ᾽ ὥσπερ ἡ μὲν κτητικὴ ταῖς τοῦ
41095σώματος οἰκειώσεσιν, ἡ δ᾽ ἀξιωματικὴ ταῖς τῆς
41096ψυχῆς.
41097«β.» Περὶ τύχης κτητικῆς
41098Τὰ μὲν οὖν τῆς κτήσεως ὁποῖά
41099τινα
41100ἔσται
41101“-
41102’
41103~
41104ληπτέον ἀπὸ τοῦ καλουμένου κλήρου τῆς τύχης,
41105,
41106yj
41107>
41108a
41109,
41110\
41111Seat
41112ma
41113€y7
41114174 μονου μεντοὶ καθ
41115ον πάντοτε τὴν ATO του ἡλίου
41116ἐπὶ τὴν σελήνην διάστασιν ἐκβάλλομεν ἀπὸ τοῦ
41117ὡροσκόπου καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν
41118τῆς νυκτὸς γεννωμένων, Sv ἃς εἴπομεν ἐν τοῖς περὶ
411191 παθῶν VPLMADEProe., ἠθῶν NCam.
41120372
p. 697
41121TETRABIBLOS III. 14—IV. 1-2
41122impurity, and disgrace, while Jupiter aids in the
41123direction of greater decorum, restraint, and modesty,
41124and Mercury tends to increase notoriety, instability
41125of the emotions, versatility, and foresight.
41126BOOK IV.
41127[1. Introduction.]
41128Tue foregoing may be taken as what can be learned
41129by investigation of matters antecedent to the nati-
41130vity and contemporary with it, together with such
41131of those posterior to the nativity as properly apply
41132to the constitution of the subject by disclosing the
41133general quality of his temperament.
41134Among ex-
41135ternal accidentals, which should be treated next in
41136order, the discussion of the fortune of both riches
41137and honour comes first; and as material fortune is
41138associated with the properties of the body, so honour
41139belongs to those of the soul.
411402. Of Material Fortune.
41141What the subject’s material acquisitions will be
41142is to be gained from the so-called
41143“‘ Lot of For-
41144tune ”’;! that one alone, however, to discover which
41145we measure from the horoscope the distance from
41146the sun to the moon, in both diurnal and nocturnal
41147nativities, for the reasons which we stated in the
411481 See iii. 10, pp. 275-77.
41149The authenticity of the following
41150clause (to ‘‘ nativities’’) is doubtful, since it appears to
41151refer to the sentence in iii. 10 (p. 277, n. 1) which is clearly
41152an interpolation,
41153373
p. 698
41154PTOLEMY
41155χρόνων ζωῆς αἰτίας.
41156σκοπεῖν οὖν δεήσει τούτου 1
41157συνισταμένου 3 τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, τοῦ 5 δωδεκα-
41158τημορίου λαβόντας τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν, καὶ πῶς
41159ἔχουσιν οὗτοι δυνάμεως καὶ οἰκειότητος καθ᾽ ὃν ἐν
41160ἀρχῇ διωρισάμεθα τρόπον ἔτι δὲ τοὺς συσχημα-
41161τιζομένους αὐτοῖς ὁ ἢ τοὺς ὅ καθυπερτεροῦντας τῶν
41162τῆς αὐτῆς ἢ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως - ἐν δυνάμει μὲν
41163γὰρ ὄντες οἱ τοῦ κλήρου τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν λαβόντες
41164ποιοῦσι πολυκτήμονας, καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὅταν ὑπὸ τῶν
41165φωτῶν οἰκείως τύχωσι μαρτυρηθέντες - ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν
41166τοῦ Κρόνου διὰ θεμελίων ἣ ἢ γεωργιῶν᾽ ἢ ναυκληριῶν,
411676 δὲ τοῦ Διὸς διὰ πίστεως ἢ ἐπιτροπιῶν ἢ ἱερατειῶν,
411686 δὲ τοῦ "Apews διὰ στρατειῶν καὶ ἡγεμονιῶν, ὁ δὲ
41169τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης διὰ φιλικῶν ὃ ἢ γυναικείων δωρεῶν,
41170ὁ δὲ τοῦ ᾿Ερμοῦ διὰ λόγων καὶ ἐμποριῶν.
41171ἰδίως
41172δ᾽ ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου τῇ κτητικῇ τύχῃ συνοικειούμενος,
41173ἐὰν τῷ τοῦ Atos συσχηματισθῇ, κληρονομίας περι-
41174ποιεῖ, καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὅταν ἐπὶ τῶν ἄνω κέντρων τοῦτο *
41175συμβῇ, τοῦ τοῦ Διὸς ἐν δισώμῳ ζῳδίῳ τυχόντος 7
41176καὶ τὴν συναφὴν τῆς σελήνης ἐπέχοντος " τότε γὰρ
41177καὶ εἰς παιδοποιΐαν ἀναχθέντες ἀλλότρια κληρονο-
41178μοῦσι: κἂν μὲν οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως τοῖς oiKo-
41179175 δεσπόταις τὰς μαρτυρίας τῶν οἰκοδεσποτιῶν αὐτοὶ
41180τύχωσι ποιούμενοι, τὰς κτήσεις ἀκαθαιρέτους δια-
41181φυλάττουσιν : ἐὰν δὲ οἱ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως καθ-
41182υπερτερήσωσι τοὺς κυρίους τόπους ἢ ἐπανενεχθῶσιν
411831 τούτου VD, τοῦ τοῦ P, τοῦ L, τοὺς τοῦ MNAECam.
411842 συνισταμένου libri Cam.1, περιεχομένου Cam.?
41185Cf. τούτου
41186δὲ συσταθέντος Proc.
411878 τοῦ om. MNAECam.
411884 αὐτοῖς VADProc., -ἢς PL, -οἐς MNECam.
41189374
p. 699
41190TETRABIBLOS IV. 2
41191discussion of the length of life.
41192As it is constituted
41193in this way, we shall be obliged therefore to take the
41194lordship of the sign, and observe what is the con-
41195dition of these planets with regard to power and
41196familiarity, in the way which we specified at the
41197beginning.’
41198Further, we must consider the planets
41199in aspect with them, or those of their own
41200or of
41201the opposite sect that overcome them.
41202For when
41203the planets which govern the Lot of Fortune are in
41204power, they make the subjects rich, particularly when
41205they chance to have the proper testimony 2 of the lu-
41206minaries ; thus Saturn brings riches through building,
41207or agriculture, or shipping ventures, Jupiter through
41208fiduciary relationships, guardianships, or priesthoods,
41209Mars through military operations and command,
41210Venus through gifts from friends
41211or women, and
41212Mercury through eloquence and trade.
41213And in a
41214special way, when Saturn is associated with material
41215fortune, if he is in aspect with Jupiter, he is the
41216cause of inheritances, particularly when this comes
41217about upon the upper angles and Jupiter is in a
41218bicorporeal sign or holds the application of the moon.
41219For in that case they are adopted and inherit the
41220possessions of others; and if the planets of the same
41221sect as the ruling planets happen themselves to witness
41222to the rulership, they retain their possessions without
41223loss; but if the planets of the opposite sect overcome
41224the governing places or rise after them, they bring
412251 Cf. ii. 7 (pp. 169-71), and iii. 2 (p. 233).
412262 Cf. p: 379, n. 3.
4122757 τοὺς VMADE, ἢ om. PL, 7) τοὺς om. NCam.
41228ὁ φιλικῶν VD, φυληκῶν Ῥ, φιλίων L, φίλων MNAECam,
412297 τοῦτο libri Proc., Cam.!; αὐτὸς Cam.?
41230375
p. 700
41231PTOLEMY
41232avrots,! καθαιρέσεις ποιοῦνται τῶν ὑπαρχόντων, τοῦ
41233καθολικοῦ καιροῦ λαμβανομένου διὰ τῆς τῶν τὸ
41234αἴτιον ποιούντων πρὸς τὰ κέντρα καὶ τὰς ἐπανα-
41235φορὰς προσνεύσεως.
41236.γ.) Περὶ τύχης ἀξιωματικῆς
41237Τὰ δὲ
41238“ἢ
412393
41240/
412412
41242\
41243~
412444
41245>)
41246/
41247a
41248δὲ τῆς ἀξίας 5 καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης εὐδαιμονίας
41249δεήσει σκοπεῖν ἀπό τε τῆς τῶν φωτῶν διαθέσεως
41250καὶ τῆς τῶν δορυφορούντων ἀστέρων 3 οἰκειώσεως 4
41251>
41252a.
41253.5
41254᾽
412553
41256A
41257A
41258\
41259/
41260Μ
41261αὐτοῖς 5 ἐν ἀρρενικοῖς
41262μὲν γὰρ ζῳδίοις ὄντων
41263~
41264~
41265>
41266/
41267>
41268ἀμφοτέρων τῶν φωτῶν Kal ἐπικέντρων ἤτοι ἀμφο-
41269τέρων πάλιν ἢ καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου, μάλιστα δὲ τοῦ τῆς
41270αἱρέσεως καὶ δορυφορουμένου ὑπὸ τῶν πέντε πλανω-
41271΄,
41272OVE
412736
41274\
41275Py
41276san
41277λή
41278δὲ 8
41279ALJE
41280ie
41281μένων, ἡλίου μὲν ὑπὸ ἴ ἑῴων, σελήνης
41282δὲ ὑπὸ ἕσπε
41283΄
41284A
41285A
41286piwy,® of γεννώμενοι βασιλεῖς ἔσονται.
41287κἂν μὲν
41288~
41289‘
41290A
41291οἱ δορυφοροῦντες ἀστέρες ἤτοι ἐπίκεντροι καὶ αὐτοὶ
41292ὦσιν ἢ πρὸς τὸ ὑπὲρ γῆν κέντρον συσχηματίζωνται,
412934,
41294μεγάλοι καὶ δυναμικοὶ
41295καὶ κοσμοκράτορες
41296δια-
41297“-
41298“-
41299«
41300τελοῦσι
41301καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον εὐδαίμονες ἐὰν οἱ δορυ-
413021 αὐτοῖς] ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς MNCam.
41303Ξτῆς αὐτῆς ἀξίας NCam., τῆς τοιαύτης ἀξίας (corr. in τῆς
41304αὐτῆς a.) Μ.
413053 Post ἀστέρων add. συνορῶντα τὰς MNECam.
413064 οἰκειώσεις MNECam.
413075 αὐτῶν MNECam.
413088 ἡλίου VD, ἥλιον PLA, πρὸς ἥλιον MNECam.
413097 ὑπὸ om. MNECam.
413108 σελήνης... ἑσπερίων VPLAD ; ἑσπερίων δὲ πρὸς σελήνην
41311MNFCam.
41312376
p. 701
41313TETRABIBLOS IV. 2-3
41314about loss of possessions, and the general time!
41315is
41316discovered by means of the approach of the causa-
41317tive planets to the angles and the succedent signs.
413183. Of the Fortune of Dignity.
41319It will be needful to determine the questions of
41320dignity and happiness resulting therefrom from the
41321position of the luminaries and the familiarity to them
41322of their attendant planets.”
41323For if both the lumi-
41324naries are in masculine signs and either both of
41325them, or even one of the two, angular, and par-
41326ticularly if the luminary of the sect ° is also attended
41327by the five planets, matutine to the sun and vesper-
41328tine to the moon, the children will be kings.
41329And if
41330the attendant planets are either themselves angular
41331or bear an aspect to the superior angle, the children
41332born will continue to be great, powerful, and world-
41333rulers,* and they will be even more fortunate if the
413341 When
41335the inheritance
41336falls due;
41337Bouché-Leclercq,
41338p. 437.
41339Ashmand,
41340p. 173, would have the expression
41341refer to the duration of the wealth.
413422** Attendance ”’ is described by Porphyry, Introduction,
41343pp. 190-191, ed. Wolf, whom Hephaestion i. 17, pp. 74-75,
41344ed. Engelbrecht, follows.
41345The second of the three varieties
41346of attendance mentioned applies to the luminaries.
41347If one
41348of these is at the horoscope or mid-heaven, whether or not
41349it is in its own house, it will have as attendant any planet
41350of its own sect which projects its ray upon the luminary,
41351those of the sun’s (diurnal) sect in the direction of the
41352diurnal movement of the heavens, those of the moon’s sect
41353in the other direction.
413543 The sect of the geniture, diurnal or nocturnal.
413554Ptolemy doubtless meant Roman emperors, but the
41356epithet was used of kings by the astrologers before it
41357appeared in the inscriptions of the emperors (Cumont,
41358L’ Egypte des astrologues, p. 27).
41359377
p. 702
41360PTOLEMY
41361φοροῦντες ἀστέρες δεξιοὶ τοῖς ὑπὲρ γῆν κέντροις
41362συσχηματίζωνται.
41363ἐὰν δὲ τῶν ἄλλων οὕτως ἐχόν-
41364των μόνος 6 ἥλιος ἣ ἐν ἀρρενικῷ, ἡ δὲ σελήνη ἐν
41365θηλυκῷ, ἐπίκεντρον δὲ τὸ ἕτερον τῶν φωτῶν, ἡγε-
41366176 μόνες μόνον ἔσονται ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου κύριοι.
41367ἐὰν
41368δὲ “πρὸς τούτοις μηδὲ οἱ δορυφοροῦντες ἀστέρες
41369ἐπίκεντροι
41370ὦσιν ἢ μαρτυρήσωσι τοῖς κέντροις,
41371μεγάλοι μόνον ἔσονται καὶ ἐν ἀξιώμασι τοῖς ἀπὸ
41372μέρους στεμματηφορικοῖς ἢ ἐπιτροπικοῖς ἢ στρατο-
41373πεδαρχικοῖς καὶ οὐχὶ τοῖς ἡγεμονικοῖς.
41374ἐὰν δὲ τὰ
41375φῶτα μὴ 7) ἐπίκεντρα, τῶν δὲ δορυφορούντων ἀστέ-
41376ρων ot πλεῖστοι ἤτοι ἐπίκεντροι ὦσιν ἢ συσχηματί-
41377ζωνται τοῖς κέντροις, ἐν ἀξιώμασι μὲν ἐπιφανεστέ-
41378ροις οὐ γενήσονται, ἐν προαγωγαῖς δὲ πολιτικαῖς
41379καὶ μετριότητι περὶ τὰς κατὰ τὸν βίον προλήψεις "
41380μηδὲ τῶν δορυφορούντων μέντοι τοῖς κέντροις συν-
41381οικειωθέντων ἀνεπίφαντοι ταῖς πράξεσι καὶ ἀπρό-
41382κοποι καθίστανται " τέλειον δὲ ταπεινοὶ καὶ κακοδαί-
41383μονες γίνονται ταῖς τύχαις ὅταν μηδέτερον τῶν φωτῶν
41384μήτε ,κεκεντρωμένον 7 μήτ᾽ ἐν ἀρρενικῷ ζῳδίῳ
41385τυγχάνῃ “μήτε δορυφορῆται ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν.
41386ὁ μὲν οὖν καθ᾽ ὅλου τύπος τῆς προκειμένης ἐπι-
41387σκέψεως τοιαύτην τινὰ τὴν αὐξομείωσιν ἔχει τῶν
41388ἀξιωμάτων: τὰς δὲ μεταξὺ τούτων καταστάσεις
413891 Dexter, or on the right, is in the direction of the diurnal
41390movement of the heavens.
413912 Certainly officers of very high rank in the imperial
41392service are meant.
41393Cumont, op. cit., pp. 39-40, shows that
41394ἡγεμών (Lat. dux) was commonly so understood in Egypt,
41395and sometimes it is equivalent to iudez, “‘ judge”’ (pp. 45-
4139646).
41397378
p. 703
41398TETRABIBLOS IV. 3
41399attendant planets are in dexter aspect! to the superior
41400angles.
41401But if, while the others are in this position,
41402the sun alone is in a masculine sign, and the moon
41403is in a feminine one, and one of the luminaries is
41404angular, they will merely be generals,? with power
41405of life and death.
41406If, however, besides this the atten-
41407dant planets are neither angular nor witnessing 3 to
41408the angles, they will be merely great and will enjoy
41409partial dignities, those which involve the wearing
41410of chaplets,4 or those of superintendence ® or of
41411military command,® and not those of first rank.
41412But if the luminaries are not angular, and most of
41413the attendant planets are either angular or in aspect
41414with the angles, they will not attain the more con-
41415spicuous honours but rather civil leadership and
41416moderate advancement in their careers.
41417If, how-
41418ever,
41419the attendant
41420planets
41421are
41422not
41423associated
41424with the angles, they are rendered obscure in their
41425actions
41426and without
41427preferment,
41428and
41429they are
41430entirely humble and miserable
41431in their fortunes
41432when neither of the luminaries
41433is angular, or
41434in
41435a masculine sign, or attended by the beneficent
41436planets.
41437The general
41438outline,
41439then, of the
41440in-
41441vestigation before us involves a gradation of dig-
41442nities of this sort.
41443Since there are very many
414443In aspect.
414454 Connected with priestly dignities ; ef. Cumont, op. cit.,
41446Ae ay &
41447μ 5 Probably referring to prominent positions at court or
41448in the civil service.
41449®The
41450word
41451στρατοπεδάρχης
41452primarily
41453means
41454‘ com-
41455mander of a camp,”’ as, in Latin, praefectus castrorum, but
41456came
41457to be used generally
41458to mean
41459“commander
41460of
41461troops’;
41462cf. Cumont, op. cit., pp. 40-41.
41463379
p. 704
41464PTOLEMY
41465παμπληθεῖς οὔσας καταστοχαστέον ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ
41466αὐτὸ τὸ εἶδος τῶν τε φωτῶν καὶ τῆς δορυφορίας
41467αὐτῶν ἐπὶ μέρους ἐναλλοιώσεως καὶ τῆς κυρίας τῶν
41468δορυφορήσεων:
41469ταύτης γὰρ περὶ μὲν τοὺς τὴν
41470177 αἵρεσιν ἔχοντας ἢ τοὺς ἀγαθοποιοὺς συνισταμένης
41471τὸ αὐθεντικώτερον καὶ ἀπταιστότερον τοῖς ἀξιώμασι
41472παρακολουθεῖ" περὶ δὲ τοὺς ἐναντίους ἢ τοὺς κακο-
41473ποιούς, τὸ ὑποτεταγμένον καὶ ἐπισφαλέστερον.
41474καὶ
41475τὸ τῆς ἀξίας δὲ τῆς ἐσομένης εἶδος ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν
41476δορυφορησάντων ἀστέρων ἰδιοτροπίας θεωρητέον"
41477ἐπειδήπερ
41478ὃ μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου τὴν κυρίαν τῆς
41479δορυφορίας ἔχων ἐπὶ πολυκτημοσύνῃ καὶ συναγωγῇ
41480χρημάτων τὰς δυναστείας ποιεῖ, ὁ δὲ τοῦ Atos ἢ ὁ
41481τῆς Ἀφροδίτης ἐπὶ χάρισι καὶ δωρεαῖς καὶ τιμαῖς
41482Kal μεγαλοψυχίαις - 6 δὲ τοῦ Ἄρεως ἐπὶ στρατη-
41483λασίαις καὶ νίκαις καὶ φόβοις τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων "
41484ὁ δὲ τοῦ ᾿Ερμοῦ διὰ σύνεσιν ἢ παιδείαν καὶ ἐπιμέ-
41485λειαν καὶ οἰκονομίαν τῶν πραγμάτων.
41486<0. Περὶ πράξεως ποιότητος
41487Ὃ δὲ τῆς πράξεως τὴν κυρίαν ἐπέχων λαμβάνεται
41488κατὰ τρόπους δύο, ἀπὸ τοῦ τε ἡλίου καὶ τοῦ μεσ-
41489ουρανοῦντος ζῳδίου.
41490σκοπεῖν γὰρ δεήσει τόν τε τὴν
41491φάσιν ἑῴαν ἔγγιστα πρὸς ἥλιον πεποιημένον καὶ
41492τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ μεσουρανήματος, ὅταν μάλιστα τὴν
41493συναφὴν τῆς σελήνης ἐπέχῃ.
41494κἂν μὲν δ" αὐτὸς ἢ
41495ἀστὴρ ἀμφότερα ἔχων 8 τὰ εἰρημένα, τούτῳ μόνῳ
414961 πράξεων NCam,
4149726 om. Cam.
414983%... ἔχων VPLD, ἔχῃ MNAECam.
41499380
p. 705
41500TETRABIBLOS IV. 3-4
41501conditions intermediate between these grades, one
41502must estimate them from the specific qualities of the
41503luminaries themselves, and the particular variations
41504in the manner in which they are attended, and the
41505government of the attendance.
41506For if their attend-
41507ance consists of planets of the same sect, or of the
41508beneficent planets, greater independence and security
41509will attend the dignities;
41510but if it involves the
41511opposite sect, or the maleficent planets, there will be
41512dependency and less security.
41513The kind of future
41514honour is to be divined from the quality of the
41515attending planets;
41516for if Saturn governs the at-
41517tendance, he brings about power based on wealth
41518and the amassing of riches, but Jupiter or Venus
41519that which rests upon favours, gifts, honours, and
41520magnanimity;
41521Mars
41522brings
41523power
41524founded
41525on
41526generalships, victories, and the fears of subordinates,
41527and Mercury that which depends upon intelligence,
41528education, and the care and management of affairs.
415294. Of the Quality of Action.
41530The lord of action is apprehended by two methods,
41531from the sun and from the culminating sign.
41532For
41533it will be needful to look both for the planet that
41534has made its morning appearance closest to the sun,
41535and that which is at mid-heaven, particularly when
41536it occupies the application of the moon; and if the
41537same star occupies both the aforesaid
41538positions, this
41539alone must be employed, and similarly
41540if none
41541381
p. 706
41542PTOLEMY
41543προσχρηστέον" ὁμοίως δὲ κἂν τὸ ἕτερον μηδεὶς
41544ἔχῃ, τῷ ize ἕτερον εἰληφότι μόνῳ.
41545ἐὰν δὲ ἑ
41546ἕτερος
41547ἦ ὁ τὴν" ἔγγιστα φάσιν πεποιημένος καὶ ἕτερος ὁ
41548τῷ μεσουρανήματι καὶ τῇ σελήνῃ συνοικειούμενος,
41549178 ἀμφοτέροις προσχρηστέον,Σ τὰ πρωτεῖα διδόντας
41550τῷ κατὰ ἐπικράτησιν πλείους ἔχοντι ψήφους οἰκο-
41551δεσποτίας καθ᾽ ὃν προεκτεθείμεθα τρόπον.
41552ἐὰν
41553δὲ μηδεὶς εὑρίσκηται μήτε φάσιν ὅ πεποιημένος
41554μήτε ἐπὶ τοῦ μεσουρανήματος, τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ
41555παραληπτέον, πρὸς ἐπιτηδεύσεις μέντοι τὰς κατὰ
41556καιρούς: ἄπρακτοι γὰρ ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν οἱ τοιοῦτοι
41557γίνονται.
41558Ὃ μὲν οὖν τῆς πράξεως τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν λαβὼν
41559ἀστὴρ οὕτως ἡμῖν διακριθήσεται" τὸ δὲ ποιὸν τῶν
41560πράξεων ἔκ τε τῆς ἰδιοτροπίας τῶν τριῶν ἀστέρων
41561Ἄρεως καὶ Ἀφροδίτης καὶ ᾿ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῆς τῶν
41562ζῳδίων ἐν οἷς ἂν τύχωσι παραπορευόμενοι.
41563ὁ μὲν
41564γὰρ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ τὸ πράττειν παρέχων, ws ἄν τις
41565εἴποι τυπωδῶς,
41566ποιεῖ γραμματέας,
41567πραγματευ-
41568τικούς,, λογιστάς, διδασκάλους, ἐμπόρους, τραπε-
41569ζίτας, μάντεις, ἀστρολόγους, θύτας καὶ ὅλως τοὺς
41570ἀπὸ γραμμάτων καὶ ἑρμηνείας καὶ δόσεως καὶ
41571λήψεως ἐργαζομένους " κἂν μὲν ὁ τοῦ Kpdvov αὐτῷ
41572μαρτυρήσῃ, ἀ
41573ἀλλοτρίων οἰκονόμους ἢ ὀνειροκρίτας ἢ
41574ἐν ἱεροῖς τὰς ἀναστροφὰς ὃ ποιουμένους προφάσει
41575μαντειῶν καὶ ἐνθουσιασμῶν ἐὰν δὲ 6 τοῦ Διός,
415761 τὴν om. MNCam.
415772 προχρηστέον NCam.?
415783 ἑῴαν post φάσιν add. MNAECam.; om. VPLDProc.
415794 πραγματευτικούς VP (-τηκ-) D, πραγματικούς L, πραγμάτων
41580ἐπιμελητάς Proc., γραμματικούς MNAECam.
415815 ἀναστροφὰς] ἀνατροφὰς
41582NMCam.!; ἀναφορὰς E.
41583382
p. 707
41584TETRABIBLOS IV. 4
41585occupies one of these places, we must use only the one
41586which occupies the other of the places.
41587And if one
41588planet has made the nearest morning appearance and
41589another
41590is associated with the mid-heaven,
41591and
41592with the moon, we must employ them both, giving
41593preference to the one which by reason of its strength
41594has the greater number of claims to domination
41595according to the scheme which we have already set
41596forth.1
41597But if not one is found which either has
41598made an appearance?
41599or is at mid-heaven, we must
41600take the lord of the latter region, with reference
41601however to the occasional pursuits of the subject,
41602for persons with such genitures are for the most part
41603inactive.
41604Thus, then, we shall determine the planet that
41605governs action.
41606The quality of the action, however,
41607is to be discerned from the character of the three
41608planets, Mars, Venus, and Mercury, and from that
41609of the signs through which they happen to be passing.
41610For if Mercury governs action, to speak generally,
41611he makes
41612his subjects scribes, men
41613of business,
41614calculators,
41615teachers,
41616merchants,
41617bankers,
41618sooth-
41619sayers, astrologers, sacrificers, and in general those
41620who perform their functions by means of documents,
41621interpretation, and giving and taking.
41622And if Saturn
41623testifies to him, they will be managers of the property
41624of others, interpreters of dreams, or frequenters of
41625temples for the purpose of prophecies and inspiration.
41626Ifit is Jupiter that witnesses, they will be law-makers,
416271In iii. 2 (p. 233).
41628* Certain MSS. say “ἃ morning appearance.”
41629383
p. 708
41630PTOLEMY
41631νομογράφους, ῥήτορας, σοφιστάς, μετὰ προσώπων
41632μειζόνων ἔχοντας τὰς ἀναστροφάς.
41633‘O δὲ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης
41634τὸ πράττειν παρέχων
41635ποιεῖ τοὺς παρ᾽ ὀσμαῖς ἀνθέων ἢ μύρων ἢ οἴνοις
41636179 ἢ χρώμασιν ἢ βαφαῖς ἢ ἀρώμασιν ἢ κόσμοις τὰς
41637πράξεις ἔχοντας, οἷον μυροπώλας, στεφανηπλόκους,
41638ἐκδοχέας, οἰνεμπόρους, φαρμακοπώλας, ὑφάντας,
416393
41640ἡλ
41641/
41642/
416432¢
41644,
41645ἀρωματοπώλας, Cwypadous, Badéas,” ἱματιοπώλας *
41646κἂν μὲν ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου αὐτῷ μαρτυρήσῃ, ἐμπόρους
41647τῶν πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν καὶ κόσμον, γόητας δὲ καὶ φαρ-
41648μακοὺς καὶ προαγωγοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων
41649’
41650/
416512A
41652A
41653ες
41654“
41655>
41656\
41657τούτοις πορίζοντας " ἐὰν δὲ ὁ τοῦ Atos, ἀθλητὰς
41658/
41659~
41660΄
41661e
41662\
41663στεφανηφόρους, τιμῶν καταξιουμένους, ὑπὸ θηλυ-
41664κῶν προσώπων προβιβαζομένους.
41665Ὃ δὲ τοῦ "Apews μετὰ μὲν τοῦ ἡλίου συσχηματισ-
41666θεὶς τοὺς διὰ πυρὸς ἐργαζομένους ποιεῖ, οἷον μαγεί-
41667ρους, χωνευτάς, καύστας, χαλκέας, μεταλλευτάς "8
41668χωρὶς δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου τυχών, τοὺς διὰ σιδήρου, οἷον
41669ναυπηγούς, τέκτονας, γεωργούς, λατόμους, λιθο-
41670€dous,4 λιθουργούς, ξυλοσχίστας, ὑπουργούς - κἂν
41671μὲν ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου αὐτῷ μαρτυρήσῃ, ναυτικούς,
41672ἀντλητάς, ὑπονομευτάς, ζῳγράφους, θηριοτρόφους,"
41673μαγείρους, παρασχιστάς " ὃ ἐὰν δὲ ὁ τοῦ Διός, στρα-
41674! οἰνεμπόρους VPAD ; οἰνοπώλους Proc.; ἠνεαπόρους
41675L:; οἷον
41676ἐμπόρους MNECam.
416772 Badéas om. NECam.
416783 μεταλλευτάς om. Cam.
416794 λιθοξόους Proc., λιθόξωας P, λιθόξοας L, λιθοξόους λαοξόους
41680V, A. λοξούς D, λαοξόους MNECam., om. A.
416815 ζωογράφους θηριοτρόφους VDProe. ; θηριοτρόφους P (θυρο-)
41682γ
41683Ἴριοτρ
41684Ὥρίοτρ
41685ρ
41686LAE ; στρατιώτας MNCam.
416876 παρασχιστάς
41688WVDProc.,
41689παρασχηστάς
41690PL;
41691περιχύτας
41692MNAECam.
41693384
p. 709
41694TETRABIBLOS IV. 4
41695orators, sophists, who enjoy familiarity with great
41696persons.
41697If Venus rules action, she makes her subjects
41698persons whose activities lie among the perfumes of
41699flowers or of unguents, in wine, colours, dyes, spices,
41700or adornments, as, for example, sellers of unguents,
41701weavers
41702of chaplets, innkeepers,
41703wine-merchants,
41704druggists,
41705weavers,
41706dealers
41707in
41708spices,
41709painters,
41710dyers, sellers of clothing.
41711And if Saturn testifies
41712to her, she makes them dealers in goods used for
41713pleasure or adornment, sorcerers, poisoners, pan-
41714ders, and those who make their living from similar
41715occupations.
41716If Jupiter
41717testifies,
41718they
41719will
41720be
41721athletes, wearers
41722of the wreath, persons deemed
41723worthy of honours, and men who derive advance-
41724ment from women.
41725Mars, in aspect with the sun, makes his subjects
41726those who use fire in their crafts, such as cooks,
41727moulders,
41728cauterizers,
41729smiths, workers
41730in mines ;
41731if he is not with the sun, those who work with iron,
41732such as shipbuilders, carpenters, farmers, quarry-
41733men,
41734stone-dressers, jewellers,
41735splitters
41736of wood,
41737and their subordinate workers.
41738If Saturn
41739testi-
41740fies
41741to
41742him,
41743he produces
41744seamen,
41745drawers
41746of
41747water, tunnelers, painters, gamekeepers,' cooks, em-
41748balmers.?
41749If Jupiter testifies, he produces soldiers,
417501The Egyptian kings and Roman emperors kept exotic
41751animals and had servants to look after them ; cf. Cumont,
41752op. cit., pp. 63-64.
41753* More accurately, those who opened the corpses for the
41754purpose of embalming them ; cf. Cumont, op. cit., pp. 138 ff.
41755385
p. 710
41756PTOLEMY
41757’
41758«
41759,
41760/
41761’,
41762/
41763τιώτας, ὑπηρέτας, τελώνας, πανδοκέας, πορθμέας,
41764θυσιουργούς.
41765Πάλιν δὲ δύο τῶν τὰς πράξεις παρεχομένων εὑρε-
41766θέντων, ἐὰν μὲν ὁ τοῦ “Eppod καὶ ὁ τῆς ᾿ἀφροδίτης
41767λάβωσι τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν, ἀπὸ Movons καὶ ὀργά-
41768νων καὶ μελωδιῶν ἢ ποιημάτων καὶ ῥυθμῶν ποιοῦσι
41769τὰς πράξεις, καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὅταν τοὺς τόπους ὦσιν
41770180 ἀμφιλελαχότες - ἀποτελοῦσι γὰρ θυμελικούς, ὑπο-
41771κριτάς, σωματεμπόρους, ὀργανοποιούς, χορευτάς, 1
41772χορδοστρόφους,Σ ζῳγράφους, ὀρχηστάς, ὑφάντας,
41773κηροπλάστας
41774κἂν μὲν ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου πάλιν αὐτοῖς Ξ
41775μαρτυρήσῃ, ποιεῖ τοὺς περὶ" τὰ προειρημένα γένη
41776καὶ τοὺς γυναικείους κόσμους ἐμπορευομένους - ἐὰν
41777δὲ 6 τοῦ Διός, δικολόγους, λογιστηρίων προιστα-
41778μένους, ἐν δημοσίοις ὃ ἀσχολουμένους, παίδων διδασ-
41779κάλους, ὄχλων προεστῶτας.
417803
41781\
41782Wipe
41783at
41784~
4178516
41786aM
41787LA
41788A
41789Eav δὲ ὁ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ ὁ τοῦ Ἄρεως ἅμα τὴν κυ-
41790ρίαν λάβωσι τῆς πράξεως, ποιοῦσιν ἀνδριαντοποιούς,
41791«
41792λ
41793,
41794«
41795λ /
41796λ /
417976
41798Ἂ
41799/
41800ὁπλουργούς, ἱερογλύφους, ζῳοπλάστας , παλαιστάς,
41801ἰατρούς, χειρουργούς, κατηγόρους, μοιχικούς, κακο-
41802πράγμονας, πλαστογράφους - κἂν μὲν ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου
41803αὐτοῖς μαρτυρήσῃ, φονέας, λωποδύτας, ἅρπαγας,
41804λῃστάς, ἀπελάτας, ῥᾳδιούργους - ἐὰν δὲ ὁ τοῦ Atos,
41805i. r /
41806Ἅ
41807Ἃ
41808/
418097
41810/
41811/
41812φιλόπλους ἢ φιλομονομάχους,,
41813δράστας, δεινούς,
418141 χορευτάς Proc., χωρευτάς PL, om, VMNADECam,
41815Ξχορδοστρόφουυς VMADEProc.,
41816-τρόφας
41817P, -τρόφους L;
41818χονδροστρόφους NCam.
418193 αὐτοῖς VMDEProc., τὸ P, τὸς L, -ῷ NACam.,
41820“τοὺς περὶ VAD, πρὸς τοὺς περὶ Ῥ, πρὸς τοὺς Τ, : ef. (πὶ τοῖς
41821εἰρημένοις Proc,; οἵη. MNECam.
41822δ ἐν δημοσίοις VPLDProc., δημοσίοις MAE, δημοσίους
41823NCam.
41824386
p. 711
41825TETRABIBLOS IV. 4
41826servants, publicans, innkeepers, ferrymen, assistants
41827at sacrifice.
41828Again, when two planets are found to rule action,
41829if Mercury and Venus take the rulership, they bring
41830about action expressed by the arts of the Muses,
41831musical instruments, melodies, or poems, and rhythm,
41832particularly when
41833they have exchanged
41834places.
41835For they produce workers
41836in the theatre,
41837actors,
41838dealers in slaves, makers of musical instruments,
41839members of the chorus, makers of strings, painters,
41840dancers, weavers, and wax-moulders.
41841And again,
41842if Saturn testifies to them, he produces those in the
41843aforesaid callings, as well as dealers in feminine
41844finery.
41845If Jupiter testifies, he produces lawyers,
41846supervisors
41847of counting
41848houses.)
41849public
41850officers,
41851teachers of children, leaders of the populace.*
41852If Mercury and Mars together assume the lordship
41853of action, they produce sculptors, armourers, makers
41854of sacred monuments,
41855modellers,
41856wrestlers, phy-
41857sicians, surgeons,
41858accusers,
41859adulterers,
41860evil-doers,
41861forgers.
41862If Saturn testifies to them, they produce
41863murderers, sneak-thieves, burglars, pirates, cattle-
41864thieves, villains.
41865If Jupiter testifies, they produce
41866men-at-arms,
41867duellists, energetic,
41868clever
41869persons,
418701 Probably the public fiscal offices are meant ; Cumont,
41871Putin ie Ἐν
418723 Cf. Cumont, p. 71, n. 3, who remarks on the vagueness
41873of astrological references to minor civil offices.
418745 ζῳοπλάστας VPLAD;
41875cf. Proc.; πλαστάς MNECam,
418767 φιλόπλους ἢ φιλομονομάχους VP (om, ἢ) L (om, ἢ) MADE;
41877φιλοττόνους ἢ δράστας (om, φιλομονομάχους) NCam.
41878387
p. 712
41879PTOLEMY
41880φιλοπράγμονας,
41881ἀλλοτρίων
41882ὑπεξερχομένους
41883καὶ
41884διὰ τῶν τοιούτων πορίζοντας.
41885᾿Εὰν δὲ ὁ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης καὶ 6 τοῦ “Apews ἅμα
41886τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν λάβωσι τῆς πράξεως, ποιοῦσι
41887βαφέας, μυρεψούς, κασσιτεροποιούς, μολυβδουργούς,
41888χρυσοχόους, ἀργυροκόπους, γεωργούς, ὁπλορχηστάς,
41889φαρμακοποιούς, ἰατροὺς τοὺς διὰ τῶν φαρμάκων
41890ταῖς θεραπείαις χρωμένους - κἂν μὲν ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου
41891αὐτοῖς
41892μαρτυρήσῃ,
41893ἱερῶν
41894ζῴων
41895θεραπευτάς,
41896ἀνθρώπων ἐνταφιαστάς,
41897θρηνωδούς,
41898τυμβαύλας,
41899181 ἐνρθουσιαστάς,
41900ὅπου
41901μυστήρια
41902καὶ
41903θρῆνοι
41904καὶ
41905αἱμαγμοὶ τὰς ἀναστροφὰς ποιουμένους " ἐὰν δὲ ὁ
41906τοῦ Διός, ἱεροπροσπλόκους,' οἰωνιστάς, ἱεροφόρους,
41907γυναικῶν προϊσταμένους, γάμων καὶ συνεπιπλοκῶν
41908ἑρμηνέας καὶ διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ζῶντας, ἀπολαυ-
41909στικῶς ἅμα καὶ ῥιψοκινδύνως.3
41910Καὶ τῶν ζῳδίων δὲ ἐν οἷς ἂν ὦσιν οἱ τὸ πράττειν
41911παρέχοντες αἱ κατ᾽ εἶδος ἰδιοτροπίαι συμβάλλονταί
41912τι πρὸς τὸ ποικίλον τῶν πράξεων.
41913τὰ μὲν γὰρ
41914ἀνθρωπόμορφα συνεργεῖ πως
41915πρὸς πάσας
41916τὰς
41917ἐπιστημονικὰς καὶ περὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην χρείαν
41918καταγινομένας * τὰ δὲ τετράποδα πρὸς τὰς μεταλ-
41919λικὰς καὶ ἐμπορικὰς καὶ οἰκοδομικὰς καὶ τεκτονικάς "
41920τὰ δὲ τροπικὰ καὶ ἰσημερινὰ πρὸς τὰς ἑρμηνευτικὰς
41921καὶ μεταβολικὰς καὶ μετρητικὰς ἃ καὶ γεωργικὰς
419221 ἱεροπροσπλόκους VADProc., ἱεροπροσπόλους cett, Cam,
419232 ἀπολαυστικῶς ... ῥιψοκινδύνως VMDE, -ους ..
41924. τους cett.
41925Cam,; om, Proc.
419263 περὶ VADProc., zpos cett. Cam.
419274nerpntixas VLD
41928(-ιτι-) Proc., μετρικὰς P; yewperpixas
41929cett. Cam.
41930388
p. 713
41931TETRABIBLOS IV. 4
41932busybodies, who
41933meddle
41934in
41935others’
41936affairs and
41937thereby gain their living.
41938But if Venus and Mars together dominate action,
41939they produce dyers, perfumers, workers in tin, lead,
41940gold, and silver, farmers, dancers in armour, druggists,
41941physicians who employ drugs in their treatments.
41942If Saturn testifies to them, they produce attendants of
41943sacred animals, those who bury men, mourners, pipers
41944at funerals, fanatics, who resort to wherever there are
41945mysteries, laments, and bloody rites.
41946But if Jupiter
41947testifies,
41948frequenters
41949of temples,
41950interpreters
41951of
41952omens, bearers of the sacred instruments, super-
41953visors of women, interpreters of marriages! and
41954matches, making their living by such occupations,
41955and at the same time devoted to pleasure, and reck-
41956less.
41957Likewise the specific natures of the signs in which
41958are the rulers of action contribute to the variety of
41959the action.
41960For anthropomorphic signs 2 are of some
41961assistance to all scientific pursuits or those useful
41962to man; the quadrupedal®
41963assist in those that con-
41964cern mines, commerce,
41965building, and carpentry ;
41966the solstitial and equinoctial,* those that are inter-
41967pretative, involve barter,
41968or
41969concern
41970measuring,
419711 Perhaps, “matrimonial agents”; ef. Cumont, p. 177,
41972n. 3.
419732Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius (partly), Libra.
41974This and
41975the following notes depend
41976upon
41977Hephaestion’s
41978char-
41979acterisations.
419803 Leo, Sagittarius.
41981“Cancer, Capricorn, Aries, Libra.
41982389
p. 714
41983PTOLEMY
41984καὶ ἱερατικάς
41985"
41986τὰ δὲ χερσαῖα καὶ τὰ κάθυγρα
41987πρὸς τὰς ἐν ὑγροῖς ἢ δι᾽ ὑγρῶν καὶ τὰς βοτανικὰς
41988καὶ ναυπηγικάς - ἔτι τε περὶ ταφὰς ἢ ταριχείας ἢ
41989ἁλείας.
41990᾿Ιδίως δὲ πάλιν ἡ σελήνη ἐὰν τὸν πρακτικὸν
41991τόπον ἐπισχῇ, τὸν ἀπὸ συνόδου δρόμον ποιουμένη
41992σὺν τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ, ἐν μὲν Ταύρῳ καὶ Αἰγόκερῳ
41993καὶ Καρκίνῳ ποιεῖ μάντεις, θύτας, λεκανομάντεις.
41994ἐν δὲ Τοξότῃ καὶ ᾿Ιχθύσι νεκρομάντεις καὶ δαι-
41995μόνων κινητικούς
41996-
41997ἐν δὲ Πᾳαρθένῳ καὶ Σ'κορπίῳ
41998182 μάγους,
41999ἀστρολόγους,
42000ἀποφθεγγομένους,
42001προ-
42002>’
42003~
42004~
42005γνώσεις ἔχοντας " ev δὲ Ζυγῷ καὶ Kpi@ καὶ Adovte
42006θεολήπτους, ὀνειροκρίτας, ἐξορκιστάς."
42007To μὲν οὖν αὐτῶν τῶν πράξεων εἶδος διὰ τῶν
42008τοιούτων κατὰ τὸ συγκρατικὸν εἶδος δεήσει κατα-
42009στοχάζεσθαι: τὸ δὲ μέγεθος αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς τῶν οἰκο-
420103
42011δεσποτησάντων ἀστέρων δυνάμεως.
42012ἀνατολικοὶ μὲν
42013>
42014~
42015ap ὄντες ἢ ἐπίκεντροι ποιοῦσι Tas πράξεις αὖθεν-
42016“
42017\
420183
420194
42020\
42021Ἃ
42022/
42023~
42024/
42025τικάς: δυτικοὶ δὲ ἢ ἀποκεκλικότες τῶν κέντρων,
42026"
420273
42028~
42029ὑποτακτικάς "3 Kal ὑπὸ μὲν ἀγαθοποιῶν καθυπερ-
42030/
42031/
42032\
42033>
42034/
42035\
42036>
42037-
42038τερούμενοι μεγάλας καὶ ἐπιδόξους καὶ ἐπικερδεῖς
42039καὶ ἀπταίΐστους καὶ ἐπαφροδίτας, ὑπὸ δὲ κακοποιῶν
420403
420413
42042Ld
42043ταπεινὰς καὶ addfous Kal ἀπερικτήτους Kal ἐπι-
42044A
42045/
42046A
42047>
42048/
42049tA
42050\
42051σφαλεῖς - Κρόνου μὲν ἐναντιουμένου καταψύξεις Kat
420521 τὸν πρακτικὸν τόπον VADE, τῶν πρακτικῶν τόπων PL, cf,
42053τὸν τῆς πράξεως τόπον Proc. ; τὸν προσθετικὸν τόπον MNCam.
420542 ἐξορκιστάς MNAECam., ἐφορκιστάς VPLD, ἐπ- Proc.
420553 ὑποτακτικάς Proc.; ὑποπρακτικάς VPLD, -xai A; ὑπὸ τὰς
42056πρακτικάς MNECam,
42057390
p. 715
42058TETRABIBLOS IV. 4
42059agriculture,
42060and
42061religion;
42062the
42063terrestrial!
42064and
42065aquatic,”
42066activities
42067in or with
42068liquids,
42069or
42070those
42071that are botanical,
42072or concern
42073shipbuilding, and
42074furthermore burial, or pickling, or salting.*
42075In a special way, again, if the moon holds the
42076place of action, and is moving away from con-
42077junction, together with Mercury, in Taurus, Capri-
42078cornus, and Cancer, she produces soothsayers, makers
42079of sacrifices, and adepts in lekanomancy ;*
42080in Sagit-
42081tarius and Pisces necromancers and those who can
42082arouse daemons;
42083in Virgo and Scorpio magicians,
42084astrologers, prophets, those who have second sight ;
42085in Libra, Aries, and Leo persons inspired by the gods,
42086interpreters of dreams, and exorcists.
42087So, then, the particular species of action will have
42088to be conjectured by such means, through com-
42089binations ; its amplitude must be discovered from
42090the power of the dominating planets.
42091For when
42092they are rising or angular the actions which they
42093cause are independent, but if they are setting or
42094declining from the angles, subordinate ; when bene-
42095ficent planets overcome them, great, glorious, profit-
42096able, unerring, and gracious;
42097but
42098if maleficent
42099planets overcome them, mean, inglorious, profitless,
42100and fallible.
42101With Saturn in opposition, they bring
421021 Aries, Taurus, Scorpio, Sagittarius.
421032 Pisces ; Cancer and Capricorn are amphibious.
421043 Preserved fish were an important article of commerce
42105in Egypt; Cumont, p. 112.
42106ταριχευτής (ef. ταριχείας in the
42107text) means also one who embalms corpses ; Cumont, p. 139.
42108‘ Divination by the inspection of liquids in vessels.
42109391
p. 716
42110PTOLEMY
42111,
42112Μμ
42113ι
42114,
42115χρωματοκρασίας,
42116“Apews δὲ καταρριψοκινδυνίας
42117A
42118/
42119>
42120/
42121\
42122A
42123Ἁ
42124,
42125καὶ περιβοησίας, ἀμφοτέρων δὲ κατὰ τὰς τελείας
421263
42127΄
42128“-
42129“-
42130,
42131~
421321¢
421337
42134Ἅ
42135ἀναστασίας, τοῦ καθολικοῦ χρόνου τῆς αὐξήσεως ἢ
42136τῆς ταπεινώσεως πάλιν θεωρουμένου διὰ τῆς τῶν
42137αἰτίων τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος ἀστέρων πρὸς τὰ ἑῷα
42138ΠΝ
42139(ἰδ
42140,
42141,
42142SOA 5 θέ
42143και τὰ εσπέρια κέντρα GEL
42144ἰιασεσεως.
42145«ε.)
42146Περὶ συναρμογῶν
42147«ε
42148a
42149\
42150,
42151”
42152~
42153\
42154ἢ
42155-
42156Ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις ὄντος τοῦ περὶ συναρμογῶν
42157λόγου, περὶ μὲν τῶν κατὰ νόμους ἀνδρὸς καὶ
42158γυναικὸς συμβιώσεων οὕτω σκεπτέον.
42159ἐπὶ μὲν
42160τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀφορᾶν ὃ δεῖ τὴν σελήνην αὐτῶν 4 πῶς
42161διάκειται.
42162πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἀπηλιωτικοῖς
42163188 τυχοῦσα
42164τεταρτημορίοις
42165νεογάμους
42166ποιεῖ
42167τοὺς
42168»
42169δ.
42170,
42171>
42172[2
42173,
42174/,
42175ἄνδρας ἢ νεωτέραις παρ᾽
42176ἡλικίαν συμβάλλοντας "
42177ἐν δὲ τοῖς λιβυκοῖς, βραδυγάμους ἢ πρεσβυτέραις
42178συνιόντας " εἰ δὲ ὑπὸ τὰς αὐγὰς εἴη καὶ τῷ τοῦ
42179Κρόνου συσχηματιζομένη, τέλεον ἀγάμους.
42180ἔπειτα
42181γ᾽»
42182A
42183>
42184A
42185’
42186=
42187\
42188εν
42189~
42190>
42191/
42192ἐὰν μὲν ἐν μονοειδεῖ ζῳδίῳ 7 καὶ evi τῶν ἀστέρων
42193ἀεὶ VPLAD, om, MNECam,
42194τῶν... συμβιώσεων VADE, τῆς... συμβιώσεως PLProc.,
42195τῆς ..
42196. συμβιβάσεως MNCam.
421973 ἀφορᾶν VPMNADE, ἐφορᾶν Cam,, ἐμφοράν 1,.
421984 αὐτῶν VD, αὐτὴν MNAECam., om, PL,
42199392
p. 717
42200TETRABIBLOS TV. 4-5
42201cold and mixtures of colours ;1 with Mars, temerity
42202and notoriety;
42203with
42204both
42205together,
42206utter
42207ruin
42208of action.
42209In general the period of increase
42210or
42211diminution, again, is calculated by means of the
42212position, from time to time, of the planets responsible
42213for the effect relative to the eastern and western
42214angles.”
422155. Of Marriage.
42216As the subject of marriage comes next in order to
42217these matters, the following is the method whereby
42218the lawful association of man and wife must be
42219investigated.
42220For men it is necessary to observe
42221the position of the moon in their genitures.?
42222For, in
42223the first place, if she chances to be in the eastern
42224quadrants, she makes men marry young or marry
42225women younger than themselves;
42226but if she is in
42227the western quadrants they marry late or marry
42228older women.
42229And if she is under the rays of the
42230sun * and in aspect with Saturn, they do not marry
42231at all. Then again, if the moonis in a sign of a single
422321The anonymous
42233commentator
42234(p.
42235152,
42236ed.
42237Wolf)
42238explains:
42239τουτέστιν ἀσχημοσύνας, “that
42240is, deformities.”
42241Proclus paraphrases, “Saturn brings opposition in cold
42242and in the mixtures of colours.”
42243* Cf. the directions for computation of the time involved
42244which were given at the end of iv. 2 (p. 377).
42245ΤῊ text has, literally, ‘their moon,” but this,
42246of
42247course, means the moon as found in the genitures of the
42248subjects.
42249Cf. P. Mich.
42250149, vi. 31-32, τούτων ᾿Αφροδείτη
42251εὑρεθήσεται κτλ., “ὁ Venus in the genitures of these men will
42252be found, ’” ete.
42253“Within 15° of the sun;
42254ef. Bouché-Leclercgq, p. 309.
42255z
42256393
p. 718
42257PTOLEMY
42258συνάπτουσα τύχῃ, μονογάμους ἀποτελεῖ - ἐὰν δὲ ἐν
42259δισώμῳ ἢ καὶ πολυμόρφῳ ἢ καὶ πλείοσιν ἐν τῷ
42260αὐτῷ ζωδίῳ τὴν συναφὴν ἔχουσα, πολυγάμους.
42261κἂν μὲν οἱ τὰς συναφὰς ἐπέχοντες τῶν ἀστέρων
42262ἦτοι κατὰ κολλήσεις ἢ κατὰ μαρτυρίας
42263ἀγα-
42264θοποιοὶ 5 τυγχάνωσι, λαμβάνουσι γυναῖκας ἀγαθάς 2
42265ἐὰν δὲ κακοποιοί, Tas ἐναντίας.
42266Κρόνος μὲν γὰρ
42267ἐπισχὼν τὴν συναφὴν περιποιεῖ γυναῖκας ἐπιπόνους
42268καὶ αὐστηράς - Ζεὺς δέ, σεμνὰς καὶ οἰκονομικάς "
42269u
42270/
42271Ἢ
42272\
42273>
42274/
42275>
42276/
42277‘Apns δέ, Opaceias καὶ ἀνυποτάκτους -
42278᾿Αφροδίτη
42279δέ, ἱλαρὰς καὶ εὐμόρφους καὶ ἐπιχάριτας - ᾿Ερμῆς
42280δέ, συνετὰς καὶ ὀξείας.
42281ἔτι δὲ "Adpoditn μετὰ
42282μὲν Διὸς ἢ Κρόνου ἢ 5 μεθ᾽ “Ἑρμοῦ βιωφελεῖς καὶ
42283/
42284\
42285/
42286\
42287A
42288”
42289φιλάνδρους
42290καὶ
42291φιλοτέκνους
42292-
42293peta
42294δὲ Ἄρεως
42295θυμικὰς καὶ ἀστάτους καὶ ἀγνώμονας.
42296=)
42297\
42298δὲ
42299΄“-“
42300~
42301>
42302~
423034
42304A
42305A
42306SA
42307πὶ
42308δὲ τῶν γυναικῶν adopav*
42309δεῖ τὸν ἥλιον
42310αὐτῶν͵," ἐπειδήπερ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἀπηλιω-
42311τικοῖς
42312πάλιν
42313τυχὼν
42314τεταρτημορίοις
42315ποιεῖ
42316τὰς
42317ἐχούσας αὐτὸν οὕτω διακείμενον ἤτοι νεογάμους ἢ
42318νεωτέροις
42319συμβαλλούσας,
42320ἐν δὲ τοῖς
42321λιβυκοῖς
42322184 βραδυγάμους ἢ
42323ἢ πρεσβυτέροις παρ᾽ ἡλικίαν. ζευγνυ-
42324μένας Kal ἐν μὲν μονοειδεῖ ζῳδίῳ τυχὼν ἢ ἑνὶ
423251 μαρτυρίας VPLAD;
42326cf. μαρτυρίαν Proc.;
42327μαρτυροποιΐας
42328MNECam,
423292 ἀγαθοποιοὶ] ἀγαθοὶ NCam,
4233037 (post Κρόνου) VPLAD, om, MNECam,
42331* ἐφορᾶν Cam.
42332δ αὐτῶν VPD, αὐτόν cett. Cam,
42333The “ bicorporeal” signs (δίσωμα) precede the solstitial
42334and equinoctial signs and follow the “solid” signs; see
42335i. 11.
42336Ptolemy explains the name on the ground that they
42337394
p. 719
42338TETRABIBLOS IV. 5
42339figure, or is applying to one of the planets,! she makes
42340them men of one marriage;
42341but if she is in a bi-
42342corporeal or multiform sign, or applies to several
42343planets in the same sign, she makes them marry
42344more than once.
42345And if the planets to which she
42346applies, either by propinquity, or by testimony,” are
42347beneficent, the men get good wives ; but if they are
42348maleficent planets, the opposite.
42349If she applies to
42350Saturn, he makes the wives hardworking and stern ;
42351Jupiter, dignified and good managers;
42352Mars, bold
42353and unruly ; Venus, cheerful, beautiful, and charm-
42354ing;
42355Mercury,
42356intelligent
42357and
42358keen.
42359Further,
42360Venus with Jupiter, Saturn, or Mercury makes them
42361thrifty and affectionate
42362to
42363their husbands
42364and
42365children, but with Mars, easily roused to wrath,
42366unstable, and unfeeling.
42367In the case of the wives one must observe the sun
42368in their genitures ; for if he, again, chances to be in
42369the eastern quadrants, he makes those who have him
42370in this position in their genitures either marry young
42371or marry men younger than themselves, but in the
42372western quadrants, he makes them marry late or
42373marry husbands older than themselves.
42374And if the
42375sun is in a sign of a single figure, or applies to one of
42376share in two kinds of weather, rather than that the con-
42377stellations represent more than one figure (e.g. Gemini,
42378Pisces), or a figure of a mixed nature (διφυής ; e.g. Sagit-
42379tarius, Capricorn);
42380it is characteristic
42381of him to prefer
42382scientific explanations to those based
42383on mythology or
42384fancy.
42385The anonymous commentator says that he means
42386by “signs of a single figure ” the tropical and solid signs,
42387with the exception of the fecund (πολύσπερμα), which are
42388akin to the bicorporeal.
42389For “ application,” cf. i. 24.
423902? Synonymous with ὁ aspect.”
42391395
p. 720
42392PTOLEMY
42393τῶν ἑῴων ἀστέρων συνάπτων, μονογάμους " ἐν
42394nA
42395\
42396Ἅ
42397/
42398/,
42399a“
42400\
42401/
42402δισώμῳ δὲ ἢ πολυμόρφῳ πάλιν ἢ καὶ πλείοσιν
42403ἑῴοις συσχηματισθείς, πολυγάμους.
42404Κρόνου μὲν
42405οὖν ὡσαύτως τῷ ἡλίῳ συσχηματισθέντος, λαμ-
42406βάνουσιν ἄνδρας καθεστῶτας καὶ χρησίμους καὶ
42407Α͂
42408\
42409/
42410\
42411\
424124
42413φιλοπόνους - Atos δέ, σεμνοὺς Kat μεγαλοψύχους -
42414Ἄρεως δέ, δράστας καὶ ἀστόργους καὶ ἀνυπο-
42415ie
424165
42417/
42418/
42419,ὔ
42420\
42421>
42422/
42423τάκτους - Adpodirns δέ, καθαρίους καὶ εὐμόρφους -
42424“Ερμοῦ δέ, βιωφελεῖς καὶ ἐμπράκτους - ᾿ἀφροδίτης
42425δὲ μετὰ μὲν Κρόνου, νωχελεῖς καὶ ἀσθενεστέρους
42426>
42427A
42428>
42429,
42430A
42431AP
42432Ψ
42433\
42434\
42435ἐν τοῖς ἀφροδισίοις - μετὰ δὲ Ἄρεως, θερμοὺς καὶ
42436καταφερεῖς καὶ μοιχώδεις - μετὰ δὲ “Ἑρμοῦ, περὶ
42437παῖδας ἐπτοημένους.
42438λέγομεν δὲ νῦν ἀπηλιωτικὰ
42439τεταρτημόρια ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ ἡλίου τὰ προηγούμενα
42440τοῦ τε ἀνατέλλοντος σημείου τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ καὶ τοῦ
42441δύνοντος * ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς σελήνης τὰ ἀπὸ συνόδου καὶ
42442πανσελήνου μέχρι τῶν διχοτόμων +? λιβυκὰ δὲ τὰ
42443τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀντικείμενα.
42444“-
42445«
42446Διαμένουσιν μὲν οὖν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν αἱ συμβιώσεις
42447ὅταν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν γενέσεων τὰ φῶτα συσχη-
42448ματιζόμενα
42449τύχῃ συμφώνως, τουτέστιν
42450ὅταν
42451/
42452io
42453>
42454/
42455Ἃ
42456¢
424577
42458‘
42459/
42460>
42461τρίγωνα
42462ἢ ἀλλήλοις
42463ἢ ἐξάγωνα,
42464καὶ
42465μάλισθ
42466Ld
42467>
42468A
42469~
42470,ὔ
42471A
42472\
42473/
42474ὅταν ἐναλλὰξ τοῦτο
42475συμβαίνῃ:
42476πολὺ δὲ πλέον
424771 ἑνὶ τῶν (τῶν om, A) ἑῴων ἀστέρων συνάπτων VAD, ἑνὶ ἑῴω
42478ὄντων (ὄντες L) ἀστέρων PL, ἑνὸς ἑῴου τῶν ἀστέρων (om.
42479συνάπτων) MNECam.
42480τῶν
42481διχοτόμων VP
42482(-χω-) LADProc.,
42483τῆς
42484διχοτόμου
42485MNECam.
424861The anonymous commentator (p. 154, ed. Wolf) says,
42487on this passage:
42488‘‘ And if (sc. the aspects) are harmonious,
42489390
p. 721
42490TETRABIBLOS IV. 5
42491the oriental planets, he makes them marry but once ;
42492but, again,
42493if he is in a bicorporeal or multiform sign, or
42494in aspect with several planets in the east, they marry
42495more than once.
42496If Saturn is similarly in aspect
42497with the sun, they marry sedate, useful, industrious
42498husbands ;_ if Jupiter is in aspect, dignified and mag-
42499nanimous; Mars, men of action, lacking in affection,
42500and unruly;
42501Venus,
42502neat
42503and handsome;
42504Mer-
42505eury, thrifty and practical;
42506Venus with Saturn,
42507sluggish and rather weak in sexual relations ; Venus
42508with
42509Mars,
42510ardent,
42511impetuous,
42512and
42513adulterous ;
42514Venus with Mercury, infatuated with boys.
42515In this
42516connection we mean by eastern quadrants, in the
42517case of the sun, the signs which precede the rising
42518sign of the zodiac, and those which precede the
42519setting sign; with reference to the moon, the signs
42520from new and full moon to the quarters;
42521and by
42522western quadrants the signs opposite these.
42523Marriages for the most part are lasting when in
42524both the genitures the luminaries happen to be in
42525harmonious aspect, that is, in trine
42526or in sextile
42527with one another, and particularly when this comes
42528about by exchange;1 and even more when the
42529either both the luminaries (sc. are in aspect), or in both
42530the genitures, or one with the other; and if one (sc. with
42531the other), either sun with sun, or moon with moon, or
42532alternately (ἐνηλλαγμένα) the sun with the moon and the
42533moon with the sun.’
42534By the expression “one with the
42535other’ he seems to mean “ the luminaries in one geniture
42536with those in the other,’”’ and this would be his interpreta-
42537tion of Ptolemy’s ἐναλλάξ (Proclus, κατ᾽ ἐναλλαγήν).
42538This is
42539more likely to be correct than Bouché-Leclereq’s assumption
42540(p. 449) of an exchange of houses, especially as the houses
42541of the sun and moon, Leo and Cancer, are disjunct (ἀσύνδετα).
42542397
p. 722
42543PTOLEMY
42544ὅταν ἡ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς σελήνη τῷ τῆς γυναικὸς
42545ἡλίῳ.
42546διαλύονται
42547δ᾽
42548ἐκ
42549τῶν
42550τυχόντων
42551καὶ
42552185 ἀπαλλοτριοῦνται τέλεον ὅταν αἱ προειρημέναι τῶν
42553φωτῶν στάσεις ἐν ἀσυνδέτοις ζῳδίοις τύχωσιν ἢ
42554ἐν διαμέτροις ἢ τετραγώνοις.
42555κἂν μὲν τοὺς συμ-
42556φώνους τῶν φωτῶν συσχηματισμοὺς οἱ ἀγαθοποιοὶ
42557τῶν ἀστέρων ἐπιθεωρῶσιν, ἡδείας καὶ προσηνεῖς
42558καὶ ὀνησιφόρους τὰς διαμονὰς συντηροῦσιν -
42559ἐὰν
42560δ᾽ οἱ κακοποιοί, μαχίμους καὶ ἀηδεῖς ῖ καὶ ἐπι-
42561ζημίους.
42562ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀσυμφώνων
42563στάσεων οἱ μὲν ἀγαθοποιοὶ τοῖς φωσὶ μαρτυρή-
42564σαντες οὐ τέλεον ἀποκόπτουσι τὰς συμβιώσεις,
42565ἀλλὰ
42566ποιοῦσιν
42567ἐπανόδους
42568καὶ ἀναμνήσεις
42569συν-
42570τηρούσας τό τε προσηνὲς καὶ τὸ φιλόστοργον οἱ
42571δὲ κακοποιοὶ μετά τινος ἐπηρείας καὶ ὕβρεως 5
42572ποιοῦσι τὰς διαλύσεις.
42573τοῦ μὲν οὖν 3 τοῦ “Eppyod
42574μόνου
42575σὺν αὐτοῖς γενομένου, ἐν
42576περιβοησίαις
42577καὶ
42578ἐγκλήμασι
42579περικυλίονται
42580ὃ
42581μετὰ δὲ τοῦ
42582τῆς Ἀφροδίτης ἐπὶ
42583μοιχείαις ἢ φαρμακείαις
42584ἢ τοῖς τοιούτοις.
42585τὰς δὲ κατ᾽ ἄλλον οἱονδήποτε
42586τρόπον
42587γενομένας
42588συναρμογὰς
42589διακριτέον
42590ἀφ-
42591ορῶντας εἴς τε τὸν τῆς Αφροδίτης ἀστέρα καὶ
42592τὸν τοῦ Ἄρεως καὶ τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου.
42593συνόντων
42594γὰρ αὐτῶν τοῖς φωσὶν οἰκείως ὃ καὶ τὰς συμβιώσεις ὃ
42595οἰκείας καὶ νομίμους τὰς συγγενείας - συγγένειαν 1°
42596γὰρ ὥσπερ ἔχει πρὸς ἑκάτερον τῶν εἰρημένων
42597ἀστέρων ὁ τῆς Adpoditns, καὶ πρὸς μὲν τὸν τοῦ
425981 ἀηδεῖς VLDE,
42599ἀειδεῖς
42600P, ς΄.
42601ἀηδής
42602Proc.;
42603ἀναιδεῖς
42604MNACam.
42605Ξὕβρεως VLADEProce.,, ὕβριος P, ὥρας MN, ἄρας Cam.
42606398
p. 723
42607TETRABIBLOS IV. 5
42608husband’s moon is in such aspect with the wife’s
42609sun.
42610Divorces
42611on
42612slight pretexts
42613and complete
42614alienations
42615occur
42616when
42617the
42618aforesaid
42619positions
42620of the
42621luminaries
42622are
42623in disjunct
42624signs,
42625or
42626in
42627opposition
42628or in quartile.
42629And if the beneficent
42630planets regard the luminaries when the latter are
42631in harmonious
42632aspect,
42633they keep
42634the
42635marriage
42636pleasant,
42637agreeable,
42638and
42639profitable,
42640but
42641if the
42642maleficent planets
42643so regard the luminaries,
42644the
42645marriage will be quarrelsome, unpleasant, and un-
42646profitable.
42647Similarly, when the luminaries
42648are in
42649inharmonious positions, the beneficent planets testi-
42650fying to the luminaries do not completely terminate
42651the marriages, but bring about renewals and recol-
42652lections, which preserve kindness and affection ; but
42653the maleficent planets cause divorces with abuse and
42654violence.
42655If Mercury alone is with them, they are
42656involved in notoriety and recriminations ; and along
42657with Venus, in adultery, poisonings, and the like.
42658Marriages which come about in any other manner
42659whatsoever must be judged by looking to Venus,
42660Mars, and Saturn.
42661For if they are with the lumin-
42662aries in familiarity, we must decide that the marriages
42663also will be domestic and the relationship lawful.
42664For the marriage relationship will follow the relation
42665which Venus holds to each of the planets mentioned,
426663 μὲν οὖν VPLD, μὲν MNAECam.
426674 ἐν PL, om, cett. Cam.
426685 περικυλίοντες VD.
426696 ἐπὶ VPLDEProc., om. MNACam.
426707 ἀφορῶντας VP (-οροντ- LADE, ἀμφοτέρας MNCam.
426718 οἰκείως VP (oixi-) MADE, οἰκείοις L, om. NCam.
426729 καὶ τὰς συμβιώσεις PLMA, om. καὶ VD; om. NCam.
4267310 συγγένειαν PLMA, συνγγένειαν VD, συγγένεια NECam.
42674399
p. 724
42675PTOLEMY
42676”
42677A
42678A
42679/
42680/
42681>
42682/
42683Ἄρεως κατὰ TO συνακμάζον πρόσωπον, ἐπειδήπερ
42684ἐν τοῖς τριγωνικοῖς ἀλλήλων ζῳδίοις ἔχουσι τὰ
42685ὑψώματα, πρὸς δὲ τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου κατὰ τὸ πρεσ-
42686>
42687A
42688βύτερον πρόσωπον,
42689ἐπειδὴ
42690πάλιν
42691ἐν τοῖς
42692τρι-
42693a
42694>
42695/
42696”
42697\
42698w
42699186 γωνικοῖς ἀλλήλων ἔχουσι τοὺς οἴκους.
42700Ὅθεν ὁ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης μετὰ μὲν τοῦ τοῦ Ἄρεως
42701ἁπλῶς ἐρωτικὰς διαθέσεις ποιεῖ - προσόντος δὲ
42702τοῦ τοῦ “Ερμοῦ, καὶ περιβοησίας - ἐν δὲ τοῖς
42703ἐπικοίνοις καὶ συνοικειουμένοις ζῳδίοις Αἰγόκερῳ,
42704ἽἼ θύ
42705LO λ
42706“
42707an
42708~
42709>
42710᾽ὔ
42711δι
42712χθύσιν, ἀδελφῶν ἢ συγγενῶν ἐπιπλοκάς - κἂν
42713μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῇ σελήνῃ συμπάρῃ, ποιεῖ
42714δυσὶν ἀδελφαῖς ἢ συγγενέσι συνερχομένους -
42715ἐὰν
42716δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν γυναικῶν τῷ τοῦ Διός, δυσὶν ἀδελφοῖς
42717ἢ συγγενέσιν.
42718Μετὰ δὲ τοῦ τοῦ Κρόνου πάλιν ὃ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης
42719τυχὼν ἁπλῶς μὲν ἡδείας καὶ εὐσταθεῖς ποιεῖ τὰς
42720συμβιώσεις - προσόντος δὲ τοῦ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ, καὶ
42721ὠφελίμους *
42722συμπροσγενομένου
42723δὲ καὶ τοῦ τοῦ
42724uv
42725>
42726/
42727‘
42728\
42729\
42730>
42731iy
42732Ἄρεως, ἀστάτους
42733Kai BAaBepas
42734καὶ
42735ἐπιζήλους.
42736κἂν μὲν ὁμοιοσχημονῇ ' αὐτοῖς, πρὸς ὁμήλικας
42737ποιεῖ τὰς ἐπιπλοκάς + ἂν δ᾽ ἀνατολικώτερος αὐτῶν,
42738πρὸς νεωτέρους ἢ νεωτέρας " ἐὰν δὲ δυτικώτερος,
42739πρὸς πρεσβυτέρας ἢ πρεσβυτέρους.
42740ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ἐν
42741aA
42742>
42743/
42744/
42745Ss
42746Ὄ
42747~
42748"A
42749δί
42750λας
42751ἡ
42752τοῖς ἐπικοίνοις ζῳδίοις ὦσιν 6 τῆς
42753᾿Αφροδίτης καὶ ὁ
42754τοῦ
42755Κρόνου,
42756τουτέστιν
42757Αἰγόκερῳ
42758καὶ Ζυγῷ,
427591 ὁμοιοσχημονῇ VAD, ὁμοιοσχήμων ἣ PL, ὁμοιοσχήμων αὐτοῖς
42760s ἡ NCam.
427611 More properly, their exaltations are in trine with their
42762houses ; for the exaltation of Mars (Capricorn) is in trine
42763400
p. 725
42764TETRABIBLOS IV. 5
42765toward Mars, that of persons of the same age, since
42766they have their exaltations in signs that are in trine
42767to one another
42768;! toward Saturn, that of the older
42769person, since again they have their houses in signs
42770which are in trine to each other.?
42771Therefore
42772Venus, with Mars, produces merely
42773amorous
42774dispositions, but if Mercury is present,
42775notoriety also; in the common and familiar signs,*
42776Capricorn
42777and
42778Pisces,
42779unions
42780with
42781brethren
42782or
42783kindred.
42784If in the case of men Venus is with the
42785moon, she makes them unite with two sisters or
42786kinsfolk, and if in the case of women Venus is with
42787Jupiter, with two brothers, or kinsfolk.
42788Again, if Venus happens to be with Saturn, she
42789produces merely pleasant and firm unions, but if
42790Mercury is present, they are also beneficial.
42791But if
42792Mars also is present the marriage will be unstable,
42793harmful, and full of jealousy.
42794And if she is in the
42795same aspect to them, she brings about marriages
42796with equals in age ; but if she is further to the east
42797than they, marriages with younger men or women,
42798and if she is further to the west, with older women
42799or men.
42800But if Venus and Saturn are also in the
42801common signs, that is, in Capricorn or Libra,’ they
42802with the house of Venus (Taurus), not with her exaltation
42803(Pisces).
42804The latter is in trine with Scorpio, the house of
42805Mars.
428062This is literally so; Taurus, the house of Venus, and
42807Capricorn, the house of Saturn, both belong to the second
42808or south-eastern triangle.
428093 Capricorn is the house of Saturn and Pisces the exalta-
42810tion of Venus.
42811‘Capricorn is the house of Saturn; Libra the house of
42812Venus and the exaltation of Saturn.
42813401
p. 726
42814PTOLEMY
42815συγγενικὰς ποιοῦσι
42816τὰς συνελεύσεις.
42817ὡροσκοπή-
42818σαντι
42819δὲ ἢ μεσουρανήσαντι
42820τῷ προειρημένῳ
42821¢
42822σχήματι
42823ἡ σελήνη μὲν συμπροσγενομένη
42824ποιεῖ
42825τοὺς μὲν ἄρρενας μητράσιν ἢ μητέρων ἀδελφαῖς 3
42826ἢ μητρυιαῖς συνέρχεσθαι, τὰς δὲ θηλείας υἱοῖς ἢ
42827υἱοῖς ἀδελφῶν 8 ἢ θυγατέρων ἀνδράσιν - ἥλιος δὲ
42828, δυτικῶν μάλιστα ὄντων τῶν ἀστέρων τοὺς μὲν
42829187 appevas
42830θυγατράσιν ἢ θυγατέρων ἀδελφαῖς ἢ
42831᾿γυναιξὶν υἱῶν, τὰς δὲ θἡλείας πατράσιν ἢ πατέρων
42832ἀδελφοῖς ἢ πατρωοῖς "ἃ ἐὰν δ᾽ of προκείμενοι
42833σχηματισμοὶ τῶν
42834μὲν ΘΟΕ ΒΕ ΟΝ ζῳδίων μὴ
42835τύχωσιν, ἐν θηλυκοῖς δὲ ὦσι τόποις ἢ ποιοῦσι καὶ
42836οὕτως καταφερεῖς καὶ πρὸς τὸ διαθεῖναί τε καὶ
42837διατεθῆναι 5 πάντα τρόπον προχείρους, ἐπ᾽ ἐνίων
42838δὲ μορφώσεων
42839καὶ ἀσελγεῖς, ὡς ἐπί τε τῶν
42840ἐμπροσθίων
42841καὶ ὀπισθίων
42842τοῦ
42843Κριοῦ
42844καὶ τῆς
42845*Yados καὶ τῆς Καλπίδος 7 καὶ τῶν ὀπισθίων τοῦ
42846“Λέοντος καὶ τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ Αἰγόκερω.
42847κεν-
42848τρωθέντες ® δὲ κατὰ μὲν τῶν πρώτων δύο κέντρων
42849τοῦ τε ἀπηλιωτικοῦ καὶ τοῦ μεσημβρινοῦ, παντελῶς
42850ἀποδεικνύουσι τὰ πάθη καὶ ἐπὶ δημοσίων τόπων
42851προάγουσι:
42852κατὰ δὲ τῶν ἐσχάτων δύο τοῦ τε
42853λιβυκοῦ καὶ τοῦ βορείου σπάδοντας ποιοῦσι καὶ
428541 ποιοῦσι] ποιοῦνται MNCam.
428553 ἀδελφαῖς VPADE, -ois cett. Cam. ; (πρὸς) ἀδελφάς Proc.
428568 υἱοῖς ἀδελφῶν VMDE,
42857πρὸς υἱοὺς ἀδελφῶν Proc., υἱῶν
42858ἀδελφοῖς PLNCam., om. A.
428594 θυγατέρων ἀνδράσιν PLProc.; πατρωοῖς cett. Cam.
42860δ καὶ προσώποις add. MNAECam., om. VPLDProc.
42861δ διατεθῆναι] desinit N.
428627 καὶ τῆς Καλπίδος om. MECam.
42863402
p. 727
42864TETRABIBLOS IV. 5
42865portend marriages of kin.
42866If the moon is present
42867with this aforesaid combination when it is at the
42868horoscope or at mid-heaven, she makes men wed
42869their mothers, or with their mother’s sisters, or their
42870stepmothers,
42871and women
42872wed
42873their
42874sons,
42875their
42876brothers’ sons, or their daughters’ husbands.
42877The
42878sun, particularly if the planets are setting, makes
42879men wed their daughters, daughters’ sisters, or sons’
42880wives, and the women wed their fathers, fathers’
42881brothers, or stepfathers.
42882But if the aforesaid aspects
42883chance not to be composed of signs of the same
42884gender, but are in feminine places,! thus they produce
42885depraved individuals, ready in every way for both
42886active and passive participation, and in some forma-
42887tions utterly obscene, as for instance in the forward
42888and hinder parts of Aries, the Hyades, and the
42889Pitcher, and the hind parts of Leo, and the face of
42890Capricorn.
42891But if the configuration is angular, on
42892the first two angles, the eastern and mid-heaven,
42893they make a complete display of their abnormalities
42894and bring them forward even in public places; on
42895the last two, that is, the western and northern, they
42896produce spades and eunuchs or sterile women and
428971Cf.i. 6, according to which positions following the sun,
42898or in the two quadrants from mid-heaven
42899to occident
42900and from lower mid-heaven to orient are feminine.
42901The
42902anonymous commentator in his explanation (p. 157, ed.
42903Wolf) apparently has i. 6 in mind, but his account seems
42904somewhat confused.
429058 κεντρωθέντες VD, cf. Proc.; -θέντος PEACam.,
42906-θὲν L,
42907«θέντα M.
42908403
p. 728
42909PTOLEMY
42910αὐλικοὺς 1 ἢ στείρας 5 ἢ ἀτρήτους
42911"
42912“Apews δὲ
42913προσόντος, ἀποκόπους ἢ τριβάδας.
42914Καὶ καθ᾽ ὅλου δὲ ποδαπήν 3 τινα διάθεσιν * πρὸς
42915τὰ ἀφροδίσια ἕξουσιν ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ
42916τοῦ “Apews ἐπισκεψόμεθα.
42917τοῦ μὲν γὰρ τῆς
42918᾿Αφροδίτης καὶ τοῦ τοῦ Κρόνου χωρισθείς, μαρ-
42919τυρηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ Ζιός, καθαρίους καὶ σεμνοὺς περὶ
42920τὰ ἀφροδίσια ποιεῖ καὶ μόνης τῆς φυσικῆς χρείας
42921στοχαζομένους + μετὰ [Κρόνου δὲ μόνου μὲν τυχών,
42922εὐλαβεῖς καὶ ὀκνηροὺς καὶ καταψύχρους ἀπεργά-
42923ζεται . συσχηματιζομένων δ᾽ “Ἀφροδίτης καὶ Διός,
42924188 εὐκινήτους μὲν καὶ ἐπιθυμητικούς, ἐγκρατεῖς δὲ
42925καὶ ἀντιληπτικοὺς καὶ τὸ αἰσχρὸν φυλαττομένους '
42926μετὰ μόνης δ᾽ Ἀφροδίτης ἢ
42927ἣ καὶ τοῦ Διὸς σὺν αὐτῇ
42928τυχόντος, ἀπόντος τοῦ τοῦ Κρόνου, λάγνους καὶ
42929ῥαθύμους
42930καὶ πανταχόθεν
42931ἑαυτοῖς
42932τὰς ἡδονὰς
42933ποριζομένους.
42934κἂν ὁ μὲν ἑσπέριος ἢ τῶν ἀστέρων,
42935ὁ δὲ ἑῷος, καὶ πρὸς ἄρρενας καὶ πρὸς θηλείας
42936οἰκείως ἔχοντας, οὐχ ὑπερπαθῶς ὃ μέντοιγε πρὸς
42937οὐδέτερα τὰ πρόσωπα " ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀμφότεροι ἑσπέριοι,
42938πρὸς τὰ θηλυκὰ μόνα καταφερεῖς
42939-
42940θηλυκῶν δ᾽
42941ὄντων τῶν ζῳδίων, καὶ αὐτοὺς διατιθεμένους * ἐὰν
42942δ᾽ ἀμφότεροι ἑῷοι, πρὸς τὰ παιδικὰ μόνα ὃ νοση-
42943ματώδεις -
42944ἀρρενικῶν δ᾽ ὄντων τῶν ζῳδίων, καὶ
42945πρὸς πᾶσαν ἀρρένων ἡλικίαν.
42946κἂν μὲν ὁ τῆς
42947Adpodirns δυτικώτερος 7, ταπειναῖς ἢ δούλαις ἢ
429481 αὐλικοὺς VMADECam.!, αὐλίσκους PL, εὐνούχους Cam.*
429492 στείρους Cam.”
429503 ποδαπήν Cam.!, ποταπήν ME, παντοδαπήν VPAD, παντο-
42951δαπεῖς L, om. Cam.?
429524 διάθεσιν libri, ποιότητα Cam.?, om. Cam.
42953404
p. 729
42954TETRABIBLOS IV. 5
42955those without passages ; if Mars is present, men who
42956have lost their genitals, or the so-called tribades.1
42957In general we shall, in the case of men, investigate
42958through Mars what will be their disposition with
42959respect to matters of love.
42960For if Mars is separated
42961from Venus and Saturn, but has the testimony of
42962Jupiter, he produces men who are cleanly and de-
42963corous in love and who aim only at its natural use.
42964But if he is accompanied by Saturn alone, he produces
42965men cautious, hesitant, and frigid.
42966If Venus and
42967Jupiter are in aspect with him, he will produce men
42968easily roused and passionate, who are, however, con-
42969tinent, hold themselves in check, and avoid unseem-
42970liness.
42971With Venus alone, or if Jupiter also is with
42972her, but Saturn is not present, he produces lustful,
42973careless men, who seek their pleasures from every
42974quarter; and if one of the planets is an evening and
42975the other a morning star, men who have relations
42976with both males and females, but no more than moder-
42977ately inclined to either.
42978But if both are evening
42979stars, they will be inclined toward the females alone,
42980and if the signs of the zodiac are feminine, they them-
42981selves will be pathics.
42982If both are morning stars,
42983they will be infected only with love of boys, and if
42984the signs of the zodiac are masculine, with males of
42985any age.
42986If Venus is further to the west, they will
42987have to do with women of low degree, slaves, or
429881 Female perverts ; see Cumont, pp. 182-183.
42989δ ὑπερπαθῶς VD, ὑπὲρ ral PL, ὑπὲρ παθῶν MECam.!, ὑπερ-
42990πάσχοντας Cam.*, ὑπὲρ παθ || (lacuna) A; ὑπερβολικῶς Proc.
42991ὁ μόνα VAD, -ον cett. Cam.
42992405
p. 730
42993PTOLEMY
42994΄
42995~
42996ἀλλοφύλοις συνερχομένους + ἐὰν δὲ 6 τοῦ "Ἄρεως,
42997ὑπερεχούσαις ἢ ὑπάνδροις ἢ δεσποίναις.
42998ay
42999\
43000δὲ
43001~
43002~
43003A
43004~
43005>
43006/
43007>
43008πὶ
43009δὲ τῶν γυναικῶν tov τῆς ‘Adpoditns ἐπι-
43010σκεπτέον.
43011συσχηματιζόμενος γὰρ τῷ τοῦ Διὸς ἢ
43012~
43013ae
43014~
43015A
43016καὶ τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ, σώφρονας Kat καθαρίους ποιεῖ
43017\
43018A
43019>
43020δί
43021\
43022“-
43023“-
43024K; /
430251
43026δὲ
43027περὶ τὰ ἀφροδίσια:
43028καὶ
43029τοῦ
43030τοῦ
43031Κρόνου"
43032δὲ
43033ἀπόντος, τῷ τοῦ ᾿ Βρμοῦ συνοικειωθείς, κεκινημένας
43034μὲν καὶ ὀρεκτικάς, εὐλαβεῖς δὲ καὶ ὀκνηρὰς τὰ
43035Ἂ
43036\
43037A
43038>
43039A
43040/
43041Μ
43042\
43043πολλὰ Kal
43044τὸ αἰσχρὸν φυλαττομένας.
43045“Aper δὲ
43046μόνῳ μὲν συνὼν ἢ καὶ συσχηματισθεὶς
430476 τῆς
43048*4
43049δί
43050A
43051/
43052\
43053cal
43054\
43055φροδίτης ποιεῖ
43056Adyvouvs
43057Kal
43058καταφερεῖς
43059Kal
43060μᾶλλον ῥαθύμους - ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ὁ τοῦ Διὸς αὐτοῖς
43061189 ee κἂν μὲν ὁ τοῦ Ἄρεως ὑπὸ τὰς αὐγὰς
43062ἢ τοῦ ἡλίου,3 συνέρχονται δούλοις ἢ ταπεινοτέροις ἢ
43063ἀλλοφύλοις - ἐὰν δὲ ὁ τῆς “Adpoditys, ὑπερέχουσιν
43064ἢ δεσπόταις, ἑταιρῶν ΠΕ μοιχάδων ἐπέχουσαι
43065τρόπον : κἂν μὲν τεθηλυσμένοι ὦσι τοῖς τόποις ἢ
43066τοῖς σχήμασιν οἱ ἀστέρες, πρὸς τὸ διατίθεσθαι
43067μόνον καταφερεῖς - ἐὰν δὲ ἠρρενωμένοι, καὶ πρὸς
43068τὸ διατιθέναι γυναῖκας.
43069ὁ μέντοι τοῦ Κρόνου τοῖς
43070προκειμένοις σχήμασι συνοικειωθείς, ἐὰν μὲν καὶ
43071αὐτὸς ἢ τεθηλυσμένος, ἀσελγειῶν μόνος ἅ γίνεται
43072αἴτιος
43073- ἐὰν δὲ ἀνατολικὸς καὶ ἠρρενωμένος, ἐπι-
43074ψόγους ἵστησιν ἢ τῶν ἐπιψόγων ἐραστὰς ἀπεργάζε-
430751 Κρόνου VPLDProc., Διὸς MAECam.
430762700 ἡλίου PLProc.; om. cett. Cam,
430773 ἑαυτῶν post δεσπόταις add. MECam.
43078*uovos VPLMAE, μόνον DCam.
430791 The reading of the better MSS. and Procius is restored
43080here.
43081Camerarius (see the er. n.) read “Jupiter” with
43082406
p. 731
43083TETRABIBLOS IV. 5
43084foreigners ; if Mars is further west, with superiors,
43085or married women, or ladies of high station.
43086In the genitures of women one must examine
43087Venus.
43088For if Venus is in aspect with Jupiter or
43089likewise with Mercury, she makes them temperate
43090and pure in love.
43091If Saturn!
43092is not present, but she
43093is associated with Mercury, she makes them easily
43094aroused and full of desire, but generally cautious,
43095hesitant, and avoiding turpitude.
43096But if Venus is
43097together with Mars only, or is in some aspect to him,
43098she makes them lustful and depraved and more heed-
43099less.
43100If Jupiter too is present with them, and if Mars
43101is under the sun’s rays, they have commerce with
43102slaves, men of lower classes, or foreigners;
43103but if
43104Venus is in this position, they consort with men of
43105superior rank
43106or
43107masters,
43108playing
43109the
43110part
43111of
43112mistresses or adulteresses ; if the planets are made
43113feminine by their places or aspects,” they are inclined
43114only to take the passive part, but if the planets are
43115made masculine they are so depraved as actively to
43116have commerce with women.
43117However, when Saturn
43118is brought into association with the aforesaid configura-
43119tions, if he is himself made feminine, he is by himself
43120the cause of
43121licentiousness, but if he is rising and is in
43122a masculine position, he makes them the objects of
43123censure or lovers of such;
43124but combination with
43125some plausibility, to be sure, because Jupiter and Mercury
43126have been associated with Venus in the preceding sentence ;
43127but this very plausibility would have been a good reason
43128for substituting
43129“Jupiter”
43130for
43131an
43132original
43133“ Saturn.”
43134Furthermore, the effect of the absence of Saturn, in this
43135sentence, is not unlike what it is said to be in the preceding
43136paragraph, that is, to make the subjects more lustful.
43137MOS oI" Gs
43138407
p. 732
43139PTOLEMY
43140~
43141A
43142~
43143A
43144/
431453)
43146δ
43147᾿
43148A
43149᾽
43150/
43151ται, τοῦ μὲν τοῦ Διὸς πάλιν ἀεὶ πρὸς TO εὐσχημονέ-
43152στερον τῶν παθῶν συλλαμβανομένου, τοῦ δὲ τοῦ
43153«
43154aA
43155Eppod πρὸς τὸ διαβοητότερον καὶ εὐπταιστότερον.
43156«5.»
43157Περὶ τέκνων
43158Ἔ
43159δὴ δὲ
43160~
43161A
43162/
43163J
43164Ly
43165\
43166/
43167πειδὴ
43168δὲ τῷ περὶ γάμου τόπῳ καὶ ὁ περὶ τέκνων
43169ἀκολουθεῖ, σκοπεῖν δεήσει τοὺς τῷ κατὰ κορυφὴν
43170τόπῳ ἢ τῷ ἐπιφερομένῳ, τουτέστι τῷ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ
43171δαίμονος, προσόντας ἢ συσχηματιζομένους -
43172εἰ δὲ
43173μή, τοὺς τοῖς διαμέτροις αὐτῶν - καὶ σελήνην μὲν
43174\
43175/
43176ee)
43177/
43178\
43179/
43180/
431817
43182καὶ Ala καὶ Adpodirny πρὸς δόσιν τέκνων λαμβάνειν,
43183σ΄
43184‘A
43185\ "A
43186\ K; /
43187A
431889
43189/
43190an”
43191>
43192ἥλιον δὲ καὶ
43193Ἄρη καὶ
43194Κρόνον πρὸς atexviav ἢ ὀλιγο-
43195τεκνίαν * τὸν δὲ τοῦ ᾿ Ἑρμοῦ, πρὸς ὁποτέρους ἂν αὐτῶν
43196τύχῃ συσχηματισθείς, ἐπίκοινον καὶ ἐπιδοτῆρα μὲν
43197i
43198>
431993
43200ὅταν ἀνατολικὸς ἢ, ἀφαιρέτην δ᾽ ὅταν δυτικός.
432011900
43202Οἱ μὲν οὖν δοτῆρες ἁπλῶς μὲν οὕτω κείμενοι καὶ
43203κατὰ μόνας ὄντες μοναχὰ διδόασι τέκνα * ἐν δισώ-
43204\
43205\
43206᾽
43207a
43208/
43209ες
43210/
43211x
43212\
43213>?
43214μοις δὲ Kal ἐν θηλυκοῖς ζῳδίοις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐν
43215τοῖς πολυσπέρμοις, οἷον ᾿Ιχθύσι καὶ Σκορπίῳ καὶ
43216Καρκίνῳ, δισσὰ ἢ καὶ πλείονα - καὶ ἠρρενωμένοι
43217μὲν τοῖς τε ἀρρενικοῖς
43218 ζῳδίοις καὶ τοῖς πρὸς
43219ἥλιον σχηματισμοῖς
43220ἄρρενα:
43221τεθηλυσμένοι
43222δὲ
43223θήλεα - καθυπερτερηθέντες δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν κακοποιῶν
43224ἢ καὶ ἐν στειρώδεσι τόποις ἃ τυχόντες, οἷόν ἐστι 3
432251 ἀρρενικοῖς PL; ef. Proc.; om. cett. Cam.
432265 τόποις VD ; τόποις ἢ ζῳδίοις PLProc.; ζῳδίοις MAKCam.,
432278 ἐστι VDProc., om. cett. Cam.
432281 The eleventh place, or house.
432292Some of the MSS. at this point read
43230“ places,’’ some
43231“signs,” and some (with Proclus) “ places or signs”’; see
43232408
p. 733
43233TETRABIBLOS IV. 5-6
43234Jupiter, again, always gives a more seemly appear-
43235ance to these faults, and with Mercury makes them
43236more notorious and unsafe.
432376. Of Children.
43238As the topic of children follows upon that of
43239marriage, we shall have to observe the planets that
43240are in the mid-heaven or in aspect with it or with
43241its succedant, that is, the house of the Good Daemon,}!
43242or, in default of such planets, those connected with
43243the diametrically opposite places;
43244and we must
43245take the moon, Jupiter, and Venus to portend the
43246giving of children, the sun, Mars, and Saturn to
43247indicate
43248few
43249or
43250no
43251children.
43252Mercury must
43253be
43254taken as common, with whichever group of planets
43255he chances to be in aspect, and to give children
43256when he is a morning star, and to take them away
43257when he is an evening star.
43258Now,
43259the
43260donative
43261planets,
43262when
43263they
43264are
43265merely in such a position and are by themselves,
43266give single offspring, but if they are in bicorporeal
43267and feminine signs, and similarly if they are in the
43268fecund signs, such as Pisces, Scorpio, and Cancer,
43269they give two or even more.
43270If they are of a mas-
43271culine nature, because they are in masculine signs
43272or in aspect to the sun, they give male children ;
43273but female, if they are of a feminine nature.
43274If
43275the maleficent planets overcome them, or if they
43276are found in sterile places,* such as Leo or Virgo,
43277the critical note.
43278Probably the less usual term, “ places
43279”’
43280(τόποις), is the more original; ‘‘signs”’ (ζῳδίοις) was added
43281as a gloss, and thus came into the text.
43282409
p. 734
43283PTOLEMY
43284“Ἃ
43285>
43286~
43287/
43288“Λέων ἢ Παρθένος, διδόασι μέν, οὐκ ἐπὶ καλῷ δέ,
43289γ0.}
43290>
43291‘
43292~
43293-
43294A
43295\
43296«
43297"
43298οὐδ᾽
43299ἐπὶ διαμονῇ.
43300ἥλιος δὲ καὶ
43301οἱ κακοποιοὶ
43302᾽
43303\
43304διακατασχόντες τοὺς εἰρημένους τόπους, ἐὰν μὲν
43305ἐν ἀρρενικοῖς ὦσιν 7 στειρώδεσι ζῳδίοις καὶ ὑπὸ
43306~
43307~
43308>
43309τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν ἀκαθυπερτέρητοι,. τελείας εἰσὶν
43310>
43311’
43312/
43313IEA.
43314~
43315\
43316Ἃ
43317ἀτεκνίας
43318δηλωτικοί,
43319ἐπὶ θηλυκῶν
43320δὲ ἢ πολυ-
43321~
43322>
43323~
43324σπέρμων ζῳδίων τυχόντες ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν
43325μαρτυρηθέντες διδόασι μέν, ἐπισινῆ δὲ καὶ ὀλιγο-
43326χρόνια. τῶν δὲ αἱρέσεων ἀμφοτέρων λόγον ἐχουσῶν
43327πρὸς τὰ τεκνοποιὰ ζῴδια, τῶν δοθέντων τέκνων
43328>
43329A
43330/
43331‘
43332\
43333ἀποβολαὶ γενήσονται ἢ πάντων ἢ ὀλίγων, πρὸς Tas
43334ὑπεροχὰς 5 τῶν καθ᾽ ἑκατέραν αἵρεσιν μαρτυρη-
43335σάντων, ὅποτέρους ἂν εὑρίσκωμεν ἤτοι πλείους ἢ
43336“
43337/
43338δυνατωτέρους 3 ἐν τῷ ἀνατολικωτέρους ὑπάρχειν ἢ
43339>
43340*
43341A
43342ἐπικεντροτέρους ἣ καθυπερτερεῖν ἢ ἐπαναφέρεσθαι.
43343>
43344~
43345/
43346ἐὰν μὲν οὖν οἱ κυριεύσαντες τῶν εἰρημένων ζῳδίων
43347ἀνατολικοὶ τυγχάνωσι, δοτῆρες ὄντες ὁ τέκνων, εἰ
43348>
43349ἰδί
43350᾿
43351θ
43352/
43353με
43354We
43355"9
43356~
43357~
43358ev ἰδίοις ὦσι " τόποις, ἔνδοξα Kal ἐπιφανῆ ποιοῦσι
43359τὰ δοθέντα τέκνα ἐὰν δὲ δυτικοὶ καὶ ἐν τοῖς τῆς
433603
43361/
43362ς.
4336357
43364/
43365‘
43366Ni
43367ge
43368/
43369191 ἀλλοτρίας αἱρέσεως τόποις, ταπεινὰ Kal ἀνεπίφαντα.
43370“
43371“-
43372,
43373a
43374Kav μὲν σύμφωνοι τῇ ὥρᾳ καὶ τῷ κλήρῳ THs
43375΄
43376A
43377a
43378~
43379τύχης καταλαμβάνωνται, προσφιλῆ
43380τοῖς γονεῦσι
43381καὶ ἐπαφρόδιτα καὶ κληρονομοῦντα
43382τὰς οὐσίας
43383~
43384>
43385B)
43386avtav:
43387av δ᾽ ἀσύνδετοι ἢ ἀντικείμενοι, μάχιμα
433881 ἀκαθυπερτέρητοι.
43389.
43390. ἀγαθοποιῶν om. MECam.; habent
43391libri reliqui et Proclus.
433922 ὑπεροχὰς VPLAD ; ef. Proc.; ὑπερεχούσας δὲ MECam.
433933 δυνατωτέρους 7 MAB.
4339446vres VPLDProc.; ἔσονται MAECam,
43395δ εἰ δὲ MACam., εἰ E, 7 VPLD.
43396® ὦσι(ν) VPLMAD, εἰσὶ E, εἶεν Cam.
43397410
p. 735
43398TETRABIBLOS IV. 6
43399they give children, but for no good nor for any length
43400of time.
43401When the sun and the maleficent planets
43402govern the aforesaid regions, if they are in masculine
43403signs or in sterile signs, and if they are not over-
43404come by the beneficent planets, they signify com-
43405plete childlessness, but if they are in feminine or
43406fecund signs or have the testimony of the beneficent
43407planets, they give offspring, but it will suffer injury
43408and be short-lived.
43409If both the sects! bear some
43410relation to the signs which signify the begetting of
43411children, there will be losses among the children given,
43412either of all of them or of a few, depending upon
43413the superiority of the planets of either sect that bear
43414witness, whichever we find to be more in number, or
43415greater in power, because they are further to the
43416east, or are closer to the angles, or are superior, or
43417are succedant.
43418If, then, the planets which rule the
43419aforesaid signs are rising, and are givers of children,
43420if they are
43421in their own places, they will make
43422famous and illustrious the children which are given;
43423but if they are setting and are in places belonging
43424to the other sect, the children will be humble and
43425obscure.
43426And if they are found to be in harmony
43427with the horoscope and with the Lot of Fortune, the
43428children will be dear to their parents, they will be
43429attractive, and will inherit their parents’ estates ;
43430if however they are disjunct or opposed, they will be
43431The Anonymous (p. 159, Wolf) says that Ptolemy here
43432does not mean the ordinary sects, diurnal and nocturnal,
43433but the donative and destructive planets.
43434411
p. 736
43435PTOLEMY
43436Kal ἐχθροποιούμενα καὶ ἐπιβλαβῆ καὶ μὴ " παρα-
43437λαμβάνοντα τὰς τῶν γονέων οὐσίας.
43438ὁμοίως δὲ
43439κἂν μὲν ἀλλήλοις ὦσι συνεσχηματισμένοι συμφώ-
43440νως " οἱ τὰ τέκνα διδόντες, διαμένουσιν ot δοθέντες
43441φιλάδελφοι καὶ τιμητικοὶ ὁ πρὸς ἀλλήλους - ἂν δ᾽
43442ἀσύνδετοι ἢ διάμετροι, φιλέχθρως καὶ ἐπιβουλευτικῶς
43443διακείμενοι.
43444τὰ δὲ κατὰ μέρος πάλιν ἂν τις κατα-
43445στοχάζοιτο χρησάμενος ἐφ᾽ ® ἑκάστου ὃ τῷ τὴν δόσιν
43446πεποιημένῳ τῶν ἀστέρων ὡροσκοπίῳ καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς
43447λοιπῆς διαθέσεως ὡς ἐπὶ γενέσεως τὴν περὶ τῶν
43448ὁλοσχερεστέρων ἐπίσκεψιν ποιούμενος.
43449«ζ.) Περὶ φίλων καὶ ἐχθρῶν
43450Τῶν δὲ φιλικῶν διαθέσεων καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, ὧν
43451/
43452~
43453τὰς μὲν μείζους καὶ πολυχρονίους καλοῦμεν συμ-
43454\
43455Uj
43456/
43457/
43458παθείας καὶ ἔχθρας, τὰς δὲ ἐλάττους Kal προσκαί-
43459>
43460/
43461¢
43462>?
43463ς
43464-
43465ρους συναστρίας ἴ καὶ ἀντιδικίας, ἡ ἐπίσκεψις ἡμῖν
43466ἔσται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.
43467ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν κατὰ
43468μεγάλαϑ συμπτώματα
43469θεωρουμένων
43470παρατηρεῖν
43471δεῖ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρων τῶν γενέσεων κυριωτάτους
43472τόπους, τουτέστι τόν τε ἡλιακὸν καὶ τὸν σεληνιακὸν
43473192 καὶ τὸν
43474ὡροσκοπικὸν καὶ τὸν τοῦ κλήρου
43475τῆς τύχης >
43476>
43477᾽ὔ
43478A
43479\
43480~
43481~
43482/
43483ἐπειδήπερ κατὰ μὲν TOV αὐτῶν τυχόντες δωδεκατη-
43484,
43485μορίων ἢ ἐναλλάξαντες τοὺς τόπους ἤτοι πάντες ἢ
434861 μὴ VPLADECam.!, cf. Proc. ; om. MCam.?
434872oupudadvws
43488L, -os
43489P, ἢ συμφώνως VD, ἢ σύμφωνα A,
43490σύμφωνα MECam., οἰκείως Proc., οὗ om. MAEKCam,
434913 διδόντες libri Cam.!, διδόασι καὶ Cam.?
434924 τιμητικοὶ libri Proc., μιμητικοὶ Cam.
434935 ἐφ᾽ libri Proc., ἀφ᾽ Cam.
43494412
p. 737
43495TETRABIBLOS IV. 6-7
43496quarrelsome, trouble-makers, and injurious, and will
43497not succeed to their patrimony.
43498And similarly, if
43499also the planets which give children are in harmonious
43500aspect one to another, the children which they give
43501continue in brotherly affection and mutual respect ;
43502but if they are disjunct or in opposition to one
43503another,
43504the disposition of the children
43505will be
43506quarrelsome
43507and
43508scheming.
43509Particular
43510details,
43511again, one could conjecture by using in each case
43512as a horoscope the planet which
43513gives children,
43514and making his investigation of the more important
43515questions from the rest of the configuration, as in
43516a geniture.
435177. Of Friends and Enemies.
43518With regard to friendly dispositions and the op-
43519posite, the deeper and more lasting of which we call
43520sympathies and hostilities, and the lesser and oc-
43521casional acquaintances + and quarrels, our investiga-
43522tion will follow this course.
43523In inquiries regarding
43524matters of importance we must observe the places
43525in both nativities which have the greatest authority,
43526that is, those of the sun, the moon, the horoscope,
43527and the Lot of Fortune ; for if they chance to fall
43528in the same signs of the zodiac, or if they exchange
435291 συναστρία
43530is an uncommon word.
43531The anonymous
43532commentator says that Ptolemy uses it of the
43533‘‘ second
43534and moderate ’’ type of friendship.
43535δ ἑκάστου VPADEProc., -w cett. Cam.
43536? guvaorpias libri Proc. Cam.', Ἐσυναφείας Cam.?
43537§ μεγάλα libri, τὰ μεγάλα Cam.
43538413
p. 738
43539PTOLEMY
43540«ς
43541,
43542\
435434,
43544>
43545Ψ
43546e
43547e
43548~
43549ot πλείους, καὶ μάλισθ᾽
43550ὅταν
43551οἱ ὡροσκοποῦντες
43552περὶ τὰς ιζ΄ μοίρας ἀλλήλων ἀπέχωσι, ποιοῦσι
43553συμπαθείας ἀπταίστους καὶ ἀδιαλύτους καὶ ἀνε-
43554mnpedotous:
43555κατὰ δὲ
43556τῶν
43557ἀσυνδέτων
43558ἢ τῶν
43559διαμετρούντων
43560σταθέντες
43561ἔχθρας μεγίστας
43562καὶ
43563ἐναντιώσεις πολυχρονίους - μηδετέρως δὲ τυχόντες
43564ἀλλὰ μόνον ἐν τοῖς συσχηματιζομένοις, εἰ μὲν ἐν
43565-
43566ἍἋ
43567τοῖς
43568τριγώνοις
43569εἶεν ἢ ἐν ἑξαγώνοις,
43570ἥττονας
43571ποιοῦσι τὰς συμπαθείας " εἰ δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς τετραγώνοις,
43572>
43573ἥττονας
43574τὰς ἀντιπαθείας,
43575ws? γίνεσθαί
43576τινας
43577>
43578A
43579>
43580κατὰ καιροὺς ev μὲν ταῖς φιλίαις ἀποσιωπήσεις
43581καὶ μικρολογίας ὃ ὅταν οἱ κακοποιοὶ τὸν συσχη-
43582ματισμὸν ὁ παροδεύωσιν:
43583ἐν
43584δὲ
43585ταῖς
43586ἔχθραις
43587σπονδὰς
43588καὶ
43589ἀποκαταστάσεις
43590κατὰ
43591τὰς
43592τῶν
43593ἀγαθοποιῶν
43594τοῖς
43595σχηματισμοῖς ὃ
43596ἐπεμβάσεις.
43597ἐπεὶ δὲ φιλίας καὶ ἔχθρας εἴδη τρία" ἢ γὰρ διὰ
43598προαίρεσιν οὕτως ἔχουσι πρὸς reas ἢ a
43599χρείαν ἢ Ov ἡδονὴν Kal λύπην - ὅταν μὲν ὃ πάντες
43600ἢ οἱ πλείους τῶν εἰρημένων τόπων οἰκειωθῶσι
43601\
43602>
43603,
43604>
43605/
43606ε
43607/
436084
43609~
43610πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἐκ πάντων ἡ φιλία συνάγεται τῶν
43611Ψ
43612~
43613σ
43614“
436153
43616/
436178
43618¢
43619”
43620σ
43621\
43622εἰδῶν, ὥσπερ ὅταν ἀνοικείως ὃ ἡ ἔχθρα.
43623ὅταν δὲ
43624οἱ τῶν φωτῶν μόνον, διὰ προαίρεσιν, ἥτις ἐστὶ
43625φιλία καὶ βελτίστη καὶ ἀσφαλεστάτη καὶ
43626ἔχθρα "9
43627193 χειρίστη καὶ ἄπιστος " ὁμοίως δ᾽ ὅταν μὲν ot τῶν
436281 ἐν ἑξαγώνοις VD, ἐν τοῖς ἐξ. A, ἐν om. PLMECam. Proc.
436292 ὡς VPLAD, ὥστε Proc., ofa MECam.
43630® μικρολογίας VP (unKpo-) MADECam., -αις L, μακρολογίας
43631Cam.?
43632ὁ τὸν σχηματισμὸν VLAD, τοῦ συσχηματισμοῦ PProc., τῶν
43633συσχηματισμῶν MECam.
43634ὃ τοῖς (συ)σχηματισμοῖς VPLAD, συσχηματισμοὺς ME, -ῶν
43635Cam.
43636414
p. 739
43637TETRABIBLOS IV. 7
43638places,! either all or most of them, and particularly
43639if the horoscopic regions are about 17° apart, they
43640bring about secure and indissoluble sympathy, un-
43641broken by any quarrel.
43642However, if they are in
43643disjunct signs or opposite signs, they produce the
43644deepest enmities and lasting contentions.
43645If they
43646chance to be situated in neither of these ways, but
43647merely in signs which bear an aspect to one another,
43648if they are in trine or in sextile, they make the
43649sympathies less, and in quartile, the antipathies
43650less.
43651Thus there come about occasional spells of
43652silence
43653and
43654of disparaging
43655talk
43656in friendships,
43657whenever the maleficent planets are passing through
43658these
43659configurations,
43660and
43661truces
43662and _ reconcilia-
43663tions in enmities at the ingress of the beneficent
43664planets upon them.
43665For there are three classes of
43666friendship and enmity, since men are so disposed to
43667one another either by preference or by need or
43668through pleasure and pain; when all or most of the
43669aforesaid places have familiarity with each other, the
43670friendship is compounded of all three kinds, even as
43671the enmity is, when they are dissociated.
43672But when
43673the places of the luminaries only are in familiarity,
43674the friendship will result from choice, which is the
43675best and surest kind, and in the case of enmity the
43676worst and faithless ; similarly, when the places of the
436771 See Bouché-Leclereq, p. 241, n. 1.
436785 μὲν] μὲν yap Cam.
436797 οἱ πάντες MCam.
436808 ἀνοικείως VAD, ἂν οἰκείως PL, ἀνοίκειος MECam.
436819 καὶ (post ἀσφαλεστάτη) VPLD, ἥτις ME, 7 ἥτις A, ἢ Cam.
4368210 ἔχθρα om. MECam.
43683415
p. 740
43684PTOLEMY
43685λ /
436861
43687~
43688/
43689ὃ ‘\
43690͵ὔ
43691a
43692ὃ A
43693ε
43694~
43695κλήρων"
43696τῆς τύχης,
43697διὰ χρείας - ὅταν
43698δὲ οἱ τῶν
436995
43700ὡροσκόπων, δι᾽ ἡδονὰς ἢ λύπας.
43701Ilaparnpyréov δὲ τῶν συσχηματιζομένων τόπων
43702ὔ
43703~
43704τάς TE OS
43705NEE Kal sis 2 τῶν ἀστέρων
43706/
43707ἐπιθεωρήσεις "ὃ ep ὧν μὲν yap* ἂν γενέσεων ἦ ἡ
43708an
43709τοῦ σχηματισμοῦ καθυπερτέρησις, ἢ ἢ ἐὰν τὸ αὐτὸ ἣ
43710τὸ ἔγγιστα 1) ζῴδιον τῇ ἐπαναφορᾷ, ἐκείνῃ TO
43711~
43712,
43713αὐθεντικώτερον καὶ ἐπιστατικώτερον ὃ τῆς φιλίας
43714a“
43715~
43716/
43717>
437183
43719-
43720ε
43721>
43722ἢ τῆς ἔχθρας προσνεμητέον: ἐφ᾽ ὧν δὲ ἡ ἐπι-
43723~
43724,
43725\
43726>
43727θεώρησις τῶν ἀστέρων βελτίων πρὸς ἀγαθοποιίαν
43728\ 8 /
43729>
43730/
437316
43732,ὔ
43733>
43734~
43735λί
43736>
43737λ
43738καὶ
43739δύναμιν, ἐκείναις ὃ τό τε ἐκ τῆς φιλίας ὠφελι-
43740\
43741~
43742ad
43743μώτερον καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῆς ἔχθρας κατορθωτικώτερον
43744ἀποδοτέον.
43745>
43746\
43747A
43748“-“
43749ἃ
43750/
43751\
437527
43753Eni δὲ τῶν κατὰ χρόνους τισὶ συνισταμένων
43754~
43755>
43756προσκαίρων συναστριῶν TE καὶ ἐναντιώσεων προσ-
43757A
43758>
43759¢
43760/
43761΄“
43762εκτέον ταῖς καθ᾽
43763ἑκατέραν γένεσιν κινήσεσι τῶν
437645
43765A
437664
43767if
43768~
43769~
43770ἀστέρων, τουτέστι KATA ποίους χρόνους al τῶν τῆς
43771ε
437723
43773>
43774/
43775ἑτέρας γενέσεως
43776ἀστέρων
43777ἀφέσεις ἐπέρχονται ὃ
43778lot τῶν κλήρων] cf. οἱ τόποι τῶν κλήρων Proc.; οἱ κλῆροι
43779MEACam., τὸν κλῆρον VPD, τῶν κλήρων Τ,.
437802 τὰς om. Cam.
437813 ἐπιθεωρήσεις libri Cam.1 (ef. Proc.) ; ὑποθεωρήσεις Cam.?
437824yap om. MECam.
43783δ καὶ ἐπιστατικώτερον om. MECam.
43784ὃ ἐκείναις VPAD, -ας L, --ης MECam.
437857 κατορθωτικώτερον (κατορθοκώτερον VD) ἀποδοτέον VDAE ;
43786om. ἀποδοτέον PL; ἀποδοτικώτερον κατορθωτέον MECam.
437878 ἐπέρχονται VPDEProc.,
43788ὑπέρχ. L, ἐπιφέρωνται Cam.,
43789ἀφέσεις... ἀστέρων om. MA.
437901A star to the right is elevated above, or ‘‘ overcomes,”’
43791a star to the left, that is, one which follows it in the diurnal
43792motion.
43793Cf. Porphyry, Introd., pp. 188-189, Wolf.
43794416
p. 741
43795TETRABIBLOS IV. 7
43796Lots of Fortune are familiar, through need ; and when
43797the places of the horoscopes are familiar, through
43798pleasure or pain.
43799One must observe, of the places in aspect, their
43800elevations ! and how the planets regard them.
43801To
43802the nativity in which an elevation of the configura-
43803tion occurs, whether it is the same sign as_
43804the
43805succedant place or the one closest to it.” must be
43806assigned the greater authority and direction over
43807friendship or enmity;
43808and to those nativities in
43809which the regard of the planets is more favourable 5
43810for benevolence and power, we must allot the greater
43811benefit from the friendship and the greater success
43812in the enmity.
43813In the occasional acquaintances and oppositions
43814that arise from time to time between individuals, we
43815must pay attention to the movements of the planets
43816in each of the nativities, that is, at what times the
43817prorogations of the planets of one nativity reach the
43818* Rather obscure, but apparently he means whether the
43819preceding and the succeeding places, which might be,
43820e.g. the horoscopes of the two genitures, are in the same
43821sign or in successive ones.
43822The latter is possible, for in
43823unbroken friendships, as he said aboye, the horoscopes
43824should be within 17° of each other, and hence could be in
43825successive signs.
43826Proclus paraphrases thus:
43827‘‘ For that
43828place will have the greater authority over the friendship
43829or the enmity to which the elevation or the succedant
43830place is near, either in the same ‘sign or closest by ” (ἐκεῖνος
43831yap ὁ τόπος ξξε' τὸ δυνατώτερον τῆς φιλίας ἢ ἢ τῆς ἔχθρας πρὸς ὃν
43832ἐγγίζει ἡ καθυπερτέρησις ἢ ἐπαναφορά, ἣ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ζῴδιον ἣ
43833ἔγγιστα).
43834* As, for example, trine is generally more favourable
43835than quartile.
43836417
p. 742
43837PTOLEMY
43838τοῖς τόποις τῶν τῆς ἑτέρας γενέσεως ἀστέρων.
43839γίνονται γὰρ κατὰ τούτους
43840φιλίαι
43841καὶ
43842ἔχθραι
43843μερικαὶ Kai? διακρατοῦσαι 3 χρόνον ὀλίγιστον μὲν
43844τὸν μέχρι τῆς διαλύσεως αὐτῆς, πλεῖστον δὲ τὸν
43845μέχρι τῆς ἑτέρου τινὸς τῶν ἐπιφερομένων ἀστέρων
43846/
43847/
438484
43849\
43850Ss
43851\
43852‘
43853>
43854/
43855καταλήψεως.
43856Kpdvos μὲν οὖν καὶ Ζεὺς οὐ
43857025
43858A
43859>
43860/
43861/
43862“-
43863/
43864\
43865/
43866Tots ἀλλήλων. τόποις ποιοῦσι φιλίας διὰ συστάσεις *
43867ἢ γεωργίας ἢ κληρονομίας " Κρόνος δὲ καὶ Ἄρης
43868μάχας καὶ ἐπιβουλὰς τὰς κατὰ προαίρεσιν" Κρόνος
43869194 δὲ καὶ ‘Adpoditn συνεπιπλοκὰς
43870διὰ συγγενικῶν
43871προσώπων, ταχὺ μέντοι ψυχούσας - Κρόνος δὲ καὶ
43872“Ερμῆς συμβιώσεις καὶ κοινωνίας ® διὰ δόσιν καὶ
43873λῆψιν καὶ ἐμπορίαν ἢ μυστήρια
43874Ζεὺς δὲ καὶ "Apns
43875ἑταιρίας δι᾿ ἀξιωματικῶν ἢ οἰκονομικῶν - Ζεὺς δὲ
43876καὶ Ἀφροδίτη φιλίας τὰς διὰ θηλυκῶν E προσώπων
43877ἢ τῶν ἐν ἱεροῖς θρησκειῶν ἢ χρησμῶν ἢ τῶν
43878τοιούτων - Ζεὺς δὲ καὶ ᾿Ερμῆς συναναστροφὰς διὰ
43879λόγους καὶ ἐπιστήμας καὶ προαίρεσιν φιλόσοφον" :
43880Ἄρης δὲ καὶ Ἀφροδίτη συνεπιπλοκὰς
43881τὰς δι᾽
43882ἔρωτας καὶ μοιχείας ἢ νοθείας ," ἐπισφαλεῖς δὲ καὶ
43883οὐκ ἐπὶ πολὺ διευθηνούσας - Ἄρης δὲ καὶ Ἑρμῆς
43884ἔχθρας καὶ περιβοησίας καὶ δίκας διὰ πραγμάτων 19
43885δ
43886/
43887>
43888/
43889>
43890/
43891\
43892\
43893«
43894~
43895ἢ φαρμάκων ἀφορμάς - ᾿Αφροδίτη δὲ καὶ
43896“Ερμῆς
438971 τοῖς τόποις. .. ἀστέρων VDE (τὸν pro τῶν VD); τοῖς
43898τόποις PL, τοῖς τῆς ἑτέρας τόποις Cam.
438993 καὶ (post μερικαὶ) MAEProc.Cam., om. VD, ai PL.
439003 διακρατοῦσαι
43901VPLAD,
43902-oia
43903MECam., cf. διαμένουσαι
43904Proc.
439054 συστάσεις VDProc. . τῆς P, -ews cett. Cam.
439065 συμβιώσεις καὶ κοινωνίας VP (κυνον-) 1, (xowov-) ADE,
43907συμβ. κ. συγγενείας M, συγγενείας καὶ συμβιώσεις Cam. ; post
43908haec verba add. Sibdaot καὶ PLMAECam., om. VDProc.
43909418
p. 743
43910TETRABIBLOS IV. 7
43911places of the other.'
43912For partial friendships and
43913enmities take place in these times, prevailing at
43914the shortest up to the completion of the proroga-
43915tion, and at the longest until some other of the
43916approaching planets reaches the place.
43917Now if
43918Saturn and Jupiter approach each other’s places
43919they produce
43920friendships
43921through
43922introductions,
43923agriculture, or inheritance ; Saturn and Mars make
43924intentional
43925quarrels and schemings; Saturn
43926and
43927Venus, associations through kinsfolk, which, how-
43928ever,
43929quickly
43930cool;
43931Saturn
43932and Mercury
43933make
43934marriage and partnerships
43935for the sake of giving
43936and receiving, trade, or the mysteries.
43937Jupiter and
43938Mars cause
43939associations through dignities or the
43940management
43941of property;
43942Jupiter
43943and
43944Venus
43945friendships through women, religious rites, oracles,
43946or the like;
43947Jupiter and Mercury associations for
43948learned discussion, based upon philosophic inclina-
43949tion.
43950Mars and Venus cause associations through
43951love, adultery, or illegitimate relations, but they are
43952unsure and flourish only briefly ; Mars and Mercury
43953produce enmities, noisy disputes, and lawsuits which
43954arise through business or poisonings.
43955Venus and
439561The method of prorogation explained at length in
43957iii. 10 is used, with a point of departure in one nativity
43958and point of arrival in the other.
439595 θηλυκῶν VP (θυλη-) LDEProc., καθολικῶν MACam.,
4396074 (post προσώπων) om. Cam,
439618 φιλόσοφον VPLDProc.Cam.', -w» MAECam.?
43962® νωθείας AECam.
4396310 πραγμάτων VADProc., γραμμάτων PLMECam.
43964419
p. 744
43965PTOLEMY
43966’ὔ
43967“";
43968-
43969συμβιώσεις
43970τὰς διὰ τέχνην τινὰ ἢ μοῦσαν ἢ
43971͵ὔ
43972>
43973δ)
43974~
43975σύστασιν ἀπὸ γραμμάτων ἢ θηλυκῶν προσώπων.
43976A
43977A
43978s
43979an
43980Τὴν μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τὸ μᾶλλον Kal ἧττον ἐπίτασιν καὶ
43981»”
43982~
43983~
43984~
43985ἄνεσιν τῶν συναστριῶν ἢ τῶν ἐναντιώσεων δια-
43986,ὔ
43987>
43988~
43989~
43990Kpitéov ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἐπιλαμβανομένων τόπων πρὸς
43991A
43992,ὔ
43993\
43994᾽ὔ
43995τοὺς πρώτους Kal! κυριωτάτους τέτταρας τόπους
43996>
43997διαθέσεως - ἐπειδήπερ κατὰ κέντρων 3 μὲν ἢ κλήρων
43998an“
43999~
44000~
44001~
44002ἢ τῶν φωτῶν τυχόντες ἐπιφανεστέρας ποιοῦσι τὰς
44003»
44004,ὔ
44005>
44006/
44007\
44008>
44009~
44010>
44011,ὔ
44012ἐπισημασίας - ἀλλοτριωθέντες δὲ αὐτῶν ἀνεπιφάν-
44013A
44014δὲ
44015>
44016Α
44017‘
44018λ
440194
44020a“
440215
44022λ
44023͵ὔ
44024τους.
44025τὴν
44026δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ βλαβερώτερον ἢ ὠφελιμώ-
44027τερον τοῖς ἑταίροις ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἐπιθεωρούντων
44028ἀστέρων τοὺς εἰρημένους τόπους ἐπὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἢ
44029κακὸν ἰδιοτροπίας.
44030Td
44031δὲ
44032¢
44033A
44034/
44035,
44036“᾿
44037’
44038Ἁ
44039-
44040~
44041ίως
44042δὲ 6 περὶ δούλων τόπος 7 λόγος καὶ τῆς τῶν
44043195 δεσποτῶν πρὸς αὐτοὺς συμπαθείας ἢ ἀντιπαθείας ἐκ
44044τοῦ κακοδαιμονοῦντος ζῳδίου λαμβάνεται, καὶ τῆς
440453 ἀστέρων * κατά τε
44046A
44047ἊΨ
440484
44049\
44050‘A
44051A
44052A
44053>
44054,
44055nn
44056τὴν γένεσιν αὐτὴν καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐπεμβάσεις ἢ δια-
44057~
44058>
44059μετρήσεις
44060φυσικῆς
44061ἐπιτηδειότητος,
44062καὶ μάλισθ
44063ὅταν 5 οἱ τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου κυριεύσαντες ἤτοι
44064συμφωνῶσι ὃ τοῖς αὐθεντικοῖς τόποις τῆς γενέσεως
44065ἢ ἐναντίους ποιῶνται τοὺς συσχηματισμούς.
44066“-
44067»
44068τῶν ἐπιθεωρούντων τὸν τόπον
440691 πρώτους καὶ libri, om. Cam.
440702 κέντρον VD ; cf. πρὸς τοὺς τόπους τῶν κλήρων ἢ τῶν φωτῶν
44071κεντρωθέντες, Proc.
440728 τὸν τοιοῦτον τόπον Cam.
440734 ἀστέρων VPLDProc.,
44074τοῦ τοιούτου ζῳδίου
44075ἀστέρων
44076A,
44077ζῳδίου ME, τοῦ ζῳδίου Cam.
440785 ὅταν VPLADE, ὅτε MCam.
440795 συμφωνῶσι VD, συμφώνως PMECam., -ous A, -ἥσεως L.
44080420
p. 745
44081TETRABIBLOS IV. 7
44082Mercury give associations based upon some art or
44083domain of the Muses, or an introduction by letter or
44084through women.
44085Now then we must determine the degree of the
44086intensity or relaxation of acquaintances and opposi-
44087tions from the relation between the places which
44088they assume and the four principal and most authori-
44089tative places,! for if they are upon the angles or the
44090Lots of Fortune or the houses of the luminaries, their
44091portent is the more conspicuous, but if they are re-
44092moved from them, they are insignificant.
44093Whether
44094the association will be more injurious or more bene-
44095ficial to the associates is to be determined from the
44096character for good or bad of the planets which regard
44097the places named.
44098The special topic or account of slaves” and the
44099sympathy or antipathy of their masters to them is
44100elucidated from the house of the Evil Daemon ὃ
44101and from the natural
44102suitability of the planets
44103which regard this place both in the nativity itself
44104and in their ingresses and oppositions to it, par-
44105ticularly when the lords of the sign are either in
44106harmonious aspect to the principal places of the
44107nativity, or the opposite.4
4410811.6. those named at the beginning of the chapter:
44109horoscope, Lot of Fortune, sun, and moon.
441102 Camerarius and one or two of the MSS. here insert the
44111heading of a new chapter, Περὶ δούλων (“‘ Of Slaves’’).
44112The
44113prominence given to the subject reflects the importance of
44114slavery in ancient society.
441153 The twelfth house, immediately preceding the horo-
44116scope.
44117«This passage has difficulties, as Bouché-Leclereq points
44118out (p. 454, esp. n. 4).
44119Apparently we are to observe, as
44120[For continuation of footnote see pages 422 and 423.
4412142]
p. 746
44122PTOLEMY
44123m.>
44124Περὶ Eeviretas
44125«
44126\
44127/
44128O δὲ περὶ ξενιτείας τόπος καταλαμβάνεται διὰ
44129“-
44130~
44131~
44132\
44133τῆς τῶν φωτῶν πρὸς τὰ κέντρα στάσεως, ἀμφοτέρων
44134’,
44135/
44136A
44137~
44138/
44139μέν, μάλιστα δὲ τῆς σελήνης.
44140δύνουσα yap ἢ ἀπο-
44141κεκλικυῖα τῶν κέντρων ξενιτείας καὶτόπων μεταβολὰς
44142-
441434
44144\
44145ποιεῖ.
44146δύναται δὲ TO παραπλήσιον ἐνίοτε Kal ὃ
44147“- "4
44148”
44149ὃ /
44150Ny
44151\
441525
44153TA
4415422
44155λ
44156A
44157τοῦ
44158"Apews ἤτοι
44159δύνων 7}
44160Kal αὐτὸς 5 ἀποκεκλικὼς
44161~
44162/
44163A
44164τοῦ κατὰ κορυφήν, ὅταν τοῖς φωσὶ διάμετρον ἢ
44165τετράγωνον ἔχῃ στάσιν.
44166ἐὰν δὲ καὶ 6 κλῆρος τῆς
441677
44168>
44169~
44170/
44171A
44172>
44173τύχης ἐν τοῖς ποιήσασι THY ἀποδημίαν ζῳδίοις
44174>
44175/
441763
44177\
44178‘
44179/
441805A
44181\
44182A
44183>
44184\
44185exméon,®
44186Kal τοὺς βίους ὅλους Kal τὰς ἀναστροφὰς
44187>
44188“-“
44189“-
44190καὶ τὰς πράξεις ἐπὶ τῆς ξένης ἔχοντες διατελοῦσιν.
44191ἀγαθοποιῶν μὲν οὖν ἐπιθεωρούντων τοὺς εἰρημένους
44192Ὑ
44193>
44194aA
44195τόπους ἢ ἐπιφερομένων αὐτοῖς, ἐνδόξους ἕξουσι καὶ
44196᾽
44197A
44198A
441992X
44200/
44201/
44202A
44203A
44204>
44205La
44206ἐπικερδεῖς Tas ἐπὶ ξένης πράξεις Kal τὰς ἐπανόδους
44207ταχείας καὶ ἀνεμποδίστους
44208- κακοποιῶν δέ, ἐπι-
44209196 πόνους καὶ ἐπιβλαβεῖς καὶ ἐπικινδύνους καὶ δυσανα-
44210κομίστους," τῆς συγκρατικῆς ἐπισκέψεως πανταχῆ
44211συμπαραλαμβανομένης κατ᾽ ἐπικράτησιν τῶν τοῖς
442121 ἢ VD, εἴη PL, om. cett. Cam.
442132 Post αὐτὸς add. 7 MAECam., καὶ PL.
442143 ἐκπέσῃ VPLADEProc., ἐμπέσῃ MCam.
442154 δυσανακομίστους libri, Ἐἐπανόδους βραδείας Cam.
44216he says, whether the planets that are actually in the twelfth
44217house, or are in aspect to it, or in opposition to it, are of
44218the same natural temperament; but in the following clause
44219Bouché-Leclercq confesses himself not to be sure of the
44220meaning of αὐθεντικοῖς, rendered praecipuis by Cardanus,
44221422
p. 747
44222TETRABIBLOS IV. 8
442238. Of Foreign Travel.
44224The topic of foreign travel! receives treatment by
44225observing the position of the luminaries to the angles,
44226both of them, but particularly the moon.
44227For when
44228the moon is setting or declining from the angles,” she
44229portends journeys abroad or changes of place.
44230Mars
44231too sometimes has a similar force, either when he is
44232setting or when he himself also has declined from
44233mid-heaven, when he is in opposition or quartile to
44234the luminaries.
44235If the Lot of Fortune
44236also falls
44237among
44238the signs that cause travel, the subjects
44239spend their whole lives abroad and will have all their
44240personal relations and business there.
44241If beneficent
44242planets regard the aforesaid places or succeed them,
44243their activities abroad will be honourable and pro-
44244fitable and their return quick and unimpeded ; but
44245if the maleficent planets regard them, their journeys
44246will be laborious, injurious, and dangerous, and the
44247return difficult, although in every case the mixture
44248of influences is taken into consideration, determined
44249locis dominii et potestatis eorum by Junctinus, and cum
44250dominatore nativitatis by Melanchthon.
44251It may be noted
44252that Proclus has zpos τοὺς κυρίους τόπους τῆς γενέσεως.
44253The
44254anonymous commentator gives no help.
442551The insecurity and uncertainty of travel in ancient
44256times made
44257it a much more serious undertaking than
44258nowadays, and consequently the astrologers devoted much
44259attention to it.
442603.1.6. when she is in the Occident (seventh house) or the
44261so-called
44262ἀποκλίματα
44263(third,
44264sixth,
44265ninth,
44266and
44267twelfth
44268houses).
44269These and the zodiacal signs that fall upon
44270them are the “signs that cause travel.’’
44271The moon is
44272the greatest traveller among the celestial objects.
44273Cf.
44274Bouché-Leclereq, p. 455.
44275423
p. 748
44276PTOLEMY
44277αὐτοῖς τόποις συσχηματιζομένων, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς
44278πρώτοις διωρισάμεθα.
44279Ὥ.
44280>?
44281\
44282~
44283A
44284>
44285A
44286“
44287-“
44288es
44289ς ἐπὶ πᾶν δὲ ἐν μὲν τοῖς τῶν ἑῴων τεταρτη-
44290μορίων ἀποκλίμασιν ἐκπεσόντων τῶν φωτῶν, εἰς τὰ
442913
44292~
44293πρὸς ἀνατολὰς καὶ μεσημβρίαν μέρη τῶν οἰκήσεων
44294τὰς ἀποδημίας γίνεσθαι συμβαίνει: ἐν δὲ τοῖς τῶν
44295λιβυκῶν ἢ καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ δύνοντι, εἰς τὰ πρὸς
44296ἄρκτους + καὶ δυσμάς."
44297Kav μὲν μονοειδῆ τύχῃ τὰ
44298τὴν ἕενιτείαν ποιήσαντα ζῴδια, ἤτοι αὐτὰ ἢ οἱ
44299οἰκοδεσποτήσαντες αὐτῶν ἀστερες, διὰ μακροῦ καὶ
44300κατὰ καιροὺς ποιήσονται τὰς ἀποδημίας - ἐὰν δὲ
44301δίσωμα 7 δίμορφα, συνεχῶς καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον χρόνον.
44302Ζεὺς μὲν οὖν καὶ ᾿Αφροδίτη κύριοι γενόμενοι τῶν
44303τὴν ξενιτείαν ποιούντων τόπων καὶ φωτῶν οὐ
44304μόνον ἀκινδύνους ἀλλὰ καὶ θυμήρεις ποιοῦσι τὰς
44305ὁδοιπορίας “3 ἤτοι γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν προεστώτων ἐν
44306a
443074
44308av ὃ \
44309ir
44310>
44311A
443124
44313᾽ὔ
44314ταῖς χώραις 7)
44315διὰ φίλων ἀφορμὰς * παραπέμπονται,
44316συνεργούσης αὐτοῖς τῆς τε τῶν καταστημάτων
44317εὐαερίας καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀφθονίας - προσ-
44318γενομένου δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῦ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ πολλάκις
44319καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς τῆς εἰρημένης συντυχίας ὠφέλειαι
44320καὶ προκοπαὶ καὶ δωρεαὶ καὶ τιμαὶ > προσγίνονται.
44321/
44322\
44323Ne
443242
44325᾿
44326/
44327A
44328“-“
44329ἋἊ
44330Κρόνος δὲ καὶ "Apns ἐπιλαβόντες τὰ φῶτα, κἂν
44331/
44332/
44333>
44334/
44335A
44336/
44337197 μάλιστα διαμηκίζωσιν ἀλλήλους, τὰ περιγενόμενα
44338ποιοῦσιν ἄχρηστα καὶ κινδύνοις περικυλίουσι μεγά-
44339a
44340A
44341λοις, ἐν μὲν τοῖς καθύγροις τυχόντες ζῳδίοις, διὰ
44342΄
44343~
44344\
44345δυσπλοιῶν
44346καὶ ναυαγίων ἢ πάλιν δυσοδιῶν καὶ
443471 τὰ πρὸς ἄρκτους VADE, τὰς π. a. cett. Cam.
443482 δυσμάς VPLAD, ἐν δυσμαῖς MECam.
443498 ὁδοιπορίας VMADEProc., ἀποδημίας PLCam.
44350424
p. 749
44351TETRABIBLOS IV. 8
44352by the dominance of the planets that bear an aspect
44353to these same places, as we explained at first.’
44354In general, it happens that, if the luminaries fall in
44355the lower parts of the eastern quadrants, the travel
44356is to the eastern and southern parts of the world,
44357but if in the western quadrants or in the occident
44358itself,
44359to
44360the
44361north
44362and the west;
44363and
44364if the
44365zodiacal signs which caused the travel chance to be
44366those of a single figure, either themselves or the
44367planets that rule them, the journeys will be made at
44368long intervals and upon occasion; but if they are
44369bicorporeal signs, or of double form, they will travel
44370continuously and for a very long time.
44371If Jupiter
44372and Venus are the rulers of the places which govern
44373travel, and of the luminaries, they make the journeys
44374not only safe but also pleasant ; for the subjects will
44375be sent on their way either by the chief men of the
44376country or by the resources of their friends, and
44377favourable conditions of weather and abundance of
44378supplies will also aid them.
44379Often, too, if Mercury is
44380added to these, profit, gain, gifts, and honour result
44381from this good fortune of which we have spoken.
44382If
44383Saturn and Mars control the luminaries, however, and
44384particularly if they are in opposition to each other,
44385they will make the results useless and will involve
44386the subject in great dangers, through unfortunate
44387voyages and shipwreck if they are in watery signs, or
443881 Of. iii. 4 ad fin.
443894 ddoppas VPLAD
44390(ἐνεργείας
44391supra
44392ser.
44393A), ἐνεργείας
44394MECam.
44395δ καὶ τιμαὶ VPLADProc., om, MECam. (καὶ habet M).
44396AA
44397425
p. 750
44398PTOLEMY
44399ἐρήμων τόπων " ἐν δὲ τοῖς στερεοῖς, διὰ κρημνισμῶν
44400καὶ ἐμβολῶν πνευμάτων " ἐν δὲ τοῖς τροπικοῖς καὶ
44401ἰσημερινοῖς δι᾿ ἔνδειαν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων καὶ νοσώδεις
44402καταστάσεις * ἐν δὲ Tots ἀνθρωποείδεσι διὰ ληστήρια
44403καὶ ἐπιβουλὰς καὶ συλήσεις "1 ἐν δὲ τοῖς χερσαίοις
44404διὰ θηρίων ἐφόδους ἢ σεισμούς, Ἑρμοῦ δὲ συμ-
44405προσόντος διὰ μετέωρα καὶ κατηγορίας ἐπισφαλεῖς,
44406ἔτι δὲ καὶ διὰ τὰς τῶν ἑρπετῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων
44407ἰοβόλων πληγάς, παρατηρουμένης ἔτι μὲν τῆς τῶν
44408συμπτωμάτων, ἐάν τε ὠφέλιμα 3 ἐάν τε βλαβερὰ 7,
44409ἰδιοτροπίας, τουτέστι τῆς περὶ τὸ αἴτιον διαφορᾶς,
44410καὶ ἐκ τῆς τῶν αἰτιατικῶν τόπων πράξεως ἢ
44411κτήσεως ἢ σώματος ἢ ἀξιώματος κατὰ τὴν ἐξ
44412ἀρχῆς διάθεσιν κυρίας, τῶν δὲ τὰς ἐπισημασίας
44413μάλιστα ποιησόντων καιρῶν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ε΄ πλανω-
44414μένων © κατὰ χρόνους ἐπεμβάσεων ποιότητος.
44415καὶ
44416ταῦτα μὲν ἡμῖν μέχρι τοσούτων ὑποτετυπώσθω.
44417<0.> Περὶ θανάτου ποιότητος
44418Καταλειπομένης δ᾽ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τῆς περὶ τὸ ποιὸν
44419195 τῶν θανάτων
44420ἐπισκέψεως, προδιαληψόμεθα
44421διὰ
44422τῶν ἐν τοῖς περὶ τῶν χρόνων τῆς ζωῆς ἐφωδευ-
44423μένων πότερον κατὰ ἄφεσιν ἀκτῖνος ἡ ἀναίρεσις
44424ἀποτελεσθήσεται ἢ κατὰ τὴν emt? τὸ δυτικὸν τοῦ
44425' συλήσεις VAD, συλλείσης Ῥ, συλλήσεις L, τυραννήσεις cett.
44426Cam.
444272 ὠφέλιμος MECam.
444283 τουτέστι(ν) VPLD, ἐκ MAECam.
444294 Post αἴτιον add. ἔσται VPLD.
444305 κυρίας VPLD, κυρ(ε)ίαν MECam., καὶ κυρείαν A.
44431426
p. 751
44432TETRABIBLOS IV. 8-9
44433again through hard going and desert places; and if
44434they are in solid signs, through falling from heights
44435and assaults of winds ; in the solstitial and equinoctial
44436signs, through lack of provisions and unhealthy con-
44437ditions ; in the signs of human form, through piracy,
44438plots, and robberies ; in the terrestrial signs, through
44439the attacks of beasts, or earthquakes, and if Mercury
44440is present at the same time, through the weather,
44441dangerous
44442accusations, and, furthermore, through
44443the bites of reptiles and other poisonous creatures.
44444The peculiar quality of the events, whether they be
44445beneficial or harmful—that is, the differentiation in
44446the cause—is observed from the government of the
44447places significant of action, property, body, or dignity,
44448according to our original disposition of them,! and
44449the occasions which will to the greatest degree bring
44450about these portended events are judged from the
44451time of the ingresses 2 of the five planets.
44452Such be
44453our general account of the matter.
444549. Of the Quality of Death.
44455Since after all the others the inquiry concerning the
44456quality of death remains, we shall first determine,
44457through the means furnished by the discussion of the
44458length of life, whether the destruction will be accom-
44459plished by the projection of a ray or by the descent
444601Cf. iv. 4, iv. 2, iii. 11, and iv. 3 respectively.
44461* Presumably into the “ signs that cause travel.”
44462δ ε΄ πλανωμένων VDProc., om. cett. Cam.
444631 τὴν ἐπὶ VPAD, om. cett. Cam.
44464427
p. 752
44465PTOLEMY
44466emukpaTytopos! καταφοράν.
44467εἰ μὲν yap κατὰ
44468ἄφεσιν καὶ ὑπάντησιν ἡ ἀναίρεσις γίνοιτο, τὸν τῆς
44469ὑπαντήσεως τόπον εἰς τὴν τοῦ θανάτου ποιότητα
44470προσήκει παρατηρεῖν" εἰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ δύνον
44471καταφοράν, αὐτὸν τὸν δυτικὸν τόπον.
44472ὁποῖοι γὰρ
44473ἂν ὦσιν ἤτοι οἱ ἐπόντες τοῖς εἰρημένοις τόποις, ἢ
44474ἐὰν μὴ ἐπῶσιν, οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν ἄλλων
44475αὐτοῖς
44476ἐπιφερόμενοι, τοιούτους καὶ τοὺς θανάτους ἔσεσθαι
44477διαληπτέον, συμβαλλομένων ταῖς φύσεσιν αὐτῶν
44478πρὸς τὸ ποικίλον
44479τῶν συμπτωμάτων τῶν
44480τε
44481συσχηματιζομένων ἀστέρων καὶ τῆς αὐτῶν τῶν
44482εἰρημένων ἀναιρετικῶν τόπων ἰδιοτροπίας ζῳδι-
44483ακῶς τε καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ὁρίων φύσιν.
44484ὋὉ μὲν οὖν τοῦ Κρόνου τὴν κυρίαν τοῦ θανάτου
44485λαβὼν ποιεῖ τὰ τέλη διὰ νόσων πολυχρονίων καὶ
44486φθίσεων καὶ ῥευματισμῶν
44487καὶ συντήξεων 3 καὶ
44488ῥιγοπυρέτων καὶ σπληνικῶν καὶ ὑδρωπικῶν καὶ
44489κοιλιακῶν 1 καὶ ὑστερικῶν διαθέσεων
44490καὶ ὅσαι
44491κατὰ πλεονασμὸν τοῦ ψυχροῦ συνίστανται.
44492ὁ δὲ
44493τοῦ Διὸς ποιεῖ τοὺς θανάτους ἀπὸ συνάγχης καὶ
44494περιπνευμονίας καὶ ἀποπληξίας καὶ σπασμῶν καὶ
44495κεφαλαλγίας
44496καὶ τῶν καρδιακῶν διαθέσεων καὶ
44497ὅσαι κατὰ πνεύματος ἀμετρίαν ἢ δυσωδίαν ἐπι-
44498συνάπτουσιν
44499ὁ δὲ τοῦ Ἄρεως ἀπὸ πυρετῶν
44500199 συνεχῶν καὶ ἡμιτριταϊκῶν καὶ αἰφνιδίων πληγῶν
44501καὶ νεφριτικῶν καὶ αἱμοπτυικῶν διαθέσεων
44502καὶ
445031 ἐπικρατήτορος P, ἐπικράτηρος VLAD, κρατήτορος MECam.
445042 καταφοράν VPADE, δι᾽ ἀφοράν L, καταφορά MCam.,
445053 και συντήξεων om. MCam.
44506428
p. 753
44507TETRABIBLOS IV. 9
44508of the significator to the occident.!
44509For if the de-
44510struction should come about through the projection
44511of rays and occourse, it is fitting to observe the place
44512of the occourse in order to determine the quality of
44513the death, but if it occurs by the descent of the
44514significator to the occident, we must observe the
44515occident itself.
44516For of whatever quality are the
44517planets that are upon the aforesaid places, or, if they
44518are not upon them, the first planets to approach them,
44519such we must understand that the deaths will be,
44520while at the same time the planets in aspect by their
44521natures contribute to the complexity of the events,
44522as do also the peculiar characters of the aforesaid de-
44523structive places themselves, both through the signs
44524of the zodiac and through the nature of the terms.”
44525Now then, if Saturn holds the lordship of death, he
44526brings about the end through long illness, phthisis,
44527rheumatism,
44528colliquations,
44529chills
44530and
44531fever,
44532and
44533splenic, dropsical, enteric, or hysteric conditions, and
44534such as arise through excesses
44535of cold.
44536Jupiter
44537causes
44538death
44539through
44540strangulation,
44541pneumonia,
44542apoplexy, spasms, headaches, and cardiac affections,
44543and such conditions as are accompanied by irregu-
44544larity or foulness of breath.
44545Mars kills by means
44546of fevers, continued or intermittent at intervals of
44547one and a half days, sudden strokes, nephritic con-
445481 Cf. iii. 10, especially p. 279.
44549The “ significator,”’ as the
44550anonymous commentator
44551points out,
44552is the prorogator
44553(ἀφέτης).
445542 For the “terms,”’ cf. i. 21-22.
445554 κοιλιακῶν VLDProc., κυληακῶν P. κωλυκῶν ME, κωλικῶν
44556ACam.
445575 ἐπισυνάπτουσιν VPLD, ἐπισυμπίπτουσιν MAECam
44558429
p. 754
44559PTOLEMY
44560αἱμορραγιῶν!
44561Kal ἐκτρωσμῶν καὶ τοκετῶν καὶ
44562ἐρυσιπελατῶν
44563καὶ ὀλέθρων καὶ ὅσα τῶν νοση-
44564μάτων κατ᾽ ἐκπύρωσιν καὶ ἀμετρίαν τοῦ θερμοῦ
44565τοὺς θανάτους ἐπιφέρει.
44566ὁ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης διὰ
44567στομαχικῶν καὶ ἡπατικῶν καὶ δυσεντερικῶν δια-
44568θέσεων ποιεῖ τοὺς θανάτους, ἔτι δὲ διὰ νομῶν καὶ
44569συρίγγων καὶ λειχήνων καὶ φαρμάκων δόσεως καὶ
44570ὅσα τοῦ ὑγροῦ πλεονάσαντος ἢ φθαρέντος ἀποτε-
44571λεῖται συμπτώματα.
44572ὁ δὲ τοῦ “Eppod διὰ μανιῶν
44573καὶ ἐκστάσεων καὶ μελαγχολιῶν 3 καὶ πτωματισμῶν
44574καὶ ἐπιλήψεων καὶ βηχικῶν καὶ ἀναφορικῶν νοση-
44575μάτων καὶ ὅσα τοῦ ξηροῦ πλεονάσαντος ἢ φθαρέντος
44576συνίσταται.
44577᾿Ιδίοις μὲν οὖν τελευτῶσι θανάτοις οἱ κατὰ τὸν
44578εἰρημένον τρόπον μεταστάντες τοῦ ζῆν, ὅταν ot
44579τὴν κυρίαν τοῦ θανάτου λαβόντες ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας
44580ἢ τῆς οἰκείας φυσικῆς ἰδιοτροπίας τύχωσιν ὄντες,
44581ὑπὸ
44582μηδενὸς
44583καθυπερτερηθέντες
44584τῶν
44585κακῶσαι
44586καὶ ἐπιφανέστερον ποιῆσαι τὸ τέλος δυναμένων "
44587βιαίοις δὲ καὶ ἐπισήμοις ὅταν ἢ ἀμφότεροι κυριεύ-
44588σωσιν οἱ κακοποιοὶ τῶν ἀναιρετικῶν τόπων ἤτοι
44589συνόντες ἢ τετραγωνίζοντες ἢ διαμηκίζοντες a
44590ὁπότερος αὐτῶν ἢ καὶ ἀμφότεροι τὸν ἥλιον ἢ τὴν
44591200 σελήνην ἢ καὶ ἀμφότερα τὰ φῶτα καταλάβωσι,3
44592τῆς μὲν τοῦ θανάτου κακώσεως ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῶν
44593συνελεύσεως συνισταμένης, τοῦ δὲ μεγέθους ἀπὸ
445941 αἱμορραγιῶν VADProc., αἱμορηγιῶν P, αἱμογγιῶν L, αἵἷμορ-
44595ροϊκῶν MECam.
445962 μελαγχολικῶν
44597ACam.;
44598καὶ
44599(post
44600hoc
44601verbum)
44602om.
44603AECam.
44604430
p. 755
44605TETRABIBLOS IV. 9
44606ditions and those that involve the spitting of blood,
44607hemorrhages,
44608miscarriages,
44609childbirth,
44610erysipelas,
44611and pestilences, and such diseases as induce death
44612by fever and immoderate heat.
44613Venus causes death
44614by stomachic, hepatic, and intestinal conditions, and
44615furthermore through cancers, fistulas, lichens, taking
44616poisons, and such misfortunes as come about from
44617excess or deficiency of moisture.
44618Mercury portends
44619death by madness,
44620distraction,
44621melancholy,
44622the
44623falling sickness, epilepsy, diseases accompanied by
44624coughing and raising, and all such ailments as arise
44625from the excess or deficiency of dryness.
44626Thus, then, those who depart from life in the way
44627described die natural deaths,! whenever the lords of
44628death happen to be in their own or in kindred natural
44629characters,” and if no planet that is able to do in-
44630jury and to make the end more remarkable over-
44631comes them.
44632They die, however, by violent and
44633conspicuous means whenever both the evil planets
44634dominate the destructive places, either in conjunction,
44635or in quartile, or in opposition, or also if one of the
44636two, or both, seize upon * the sun, or the moon, or
44637both the luminaries.
44638The affliction of the death in
44639this case arises from their junction, its magnitude
446401 Literally, “by their own
44641deatlis,”’ contrasted with
44642violent (βίαιοι) deaths caused by some external agency.
44643The anonymous commentator thus explains.
446442 When they are in the houses of members of their own
44645sect, says the Anonymous.
446463 Apparently the word is used in the sense of “ afflic-
44647tion ”’ (see iii. 9, p. 267).
446483 καταλάβωσι VA (mg.: yp. κακωθῶσιν) DProc., λάβωσι(ν)
44649PL, κακωθῶσι MECam.
44650431
p. 756
44651PTOLEMY
44652τῆς TOV φωτῶν ἐπιμαρτυρήσεως, τῆς δὲ ποιότητος
44653πάλιν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν λοιπῶν ἀστέρων συνεπιθεωρή-
44654σεως
44655καὶ
44656τῶν
44657τοὺς κακοποιοὺς
44658περιεχόντων }
44659ζῳδίων.
44660i ‘O
44661\
44662A
44663lol K
44664/
44665A
446665A
44667A
44668κ
44669μὲν γὰρ τοῦ
44670Κρόνου τὸν ἥλιον παρὰ τὴν
44671αἵρεσιν τετραγωνίσας ἢ διαμηκίσας ἐν μὲν τοῖς
44672-
44673a
44674\
446757
44676θλί
446772
44678ww rv
44679”
44680>
44681id
44682στερεοῖς ποιεῖ τοὺς κατὰ
44683θλίψιν 2 ὄχλων ἢ ἀγχό-
44684vais
44685ἢ στραγγαλιαῖς
44686ἀπολλυμένους - ὁμοίως δὲ
44687κἂν δύνῃ τῆς σελήνης ἐπιφερομένης - ἐν δὲ τοῖς
44688θηριώδεσι ζῳδίοις, ὑπὸ θηρίων διαφθειρομένους "
44689κἂν ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ἐπιμαρτυρήσῃ κεκακωμένος καὶ
44690αὐτός, ἐν δημοσίοις τόποις ἢ ἐπισήμοις ἡμέραις 3
44691θηριομαχοῦντας.
44692ἀνθωροσκοπήσας
44693δὲ
44694ὁποτέρῳ
44695τῶν φωτῶν, ἐν εἱρκταῖς ἀπολλυμένους - τῷ δὲ
44696τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ συσχηματισθεὶς
44697καὶ μάλιστα
44698περὶ
44699τοὺς
44700ἐν τῇ σφαίρᾳ ὄφεις ἢ τὰ χερσαῖα τῶν
44701ζῳδίων, ἀπὸ δακέτων ἰοβόλων ἀποθνήσκοντας "
44702᾿Δφροδίτης δὲ αὐτοῖς προσγενομένης, ὑπὸ φαρ-
44703μακειῶν καὶ γυναικείων ἐπιβουλῶν ἐν ΠΠαρθένῳ
44704δὲ καὶ ᾿Ιχθύσιν ἢ τοῖς καθύγροις
44705ζῳδίοις τῆς
44706σελήνης
44707συσχηματισθείσης,
44708ὑποβρυχίους καὶ ἐν
44709ὕδασιν ἀποπνιγομένους - περὶ δὲ τὴν Apyw, καὶ
44710ναυαγίοις περιπίπτοντας
44711«
44712ἐν δὲ τοῖς τροπικοῖς ἢ
44713"ὃ
447145
44715SAL
447166
44717A
44718μ
44719ὃ
44720ἐξ
44721Ἃ
44722>
44723\
44724τετραπόδοις ὃ ἡλίῳ ὃ συνὼν ἢ
44725διαμηκίσας ἢ ἀντὶ
447261 περιεχόντων Proc.,
44727-εξόντων VMADECam., ὑπερεχόντων
44728P (-εχώντ-) L.
447295 κατὰ θλίψιν VLAD, κατὰ θλύψιν P, κατὰ λῆψιν ME, διὰ
44730κατάληψιν Cam.
447313 ἡμέραις APL (ἢ μέραις) Proc., ἡμέρας cett. Cam.
447324 ζῳδίων VProc., ζῴων cett. Cam.
447335 ἢ τετραπόδοις VProc., τετραπόδοις PL, om. cett. Cam.
447345 ἡλίῳ VMD, cf. Proc. ; -os PLAECam.
44735432
p. 757
44736TETRABIBLOS IV. 9
44737from
44738the testimony
44739of the luminaries,
44740and
44741its
44742quality, again, from the way in which the other
44743planets regard them, and from the signs in which
44744the evil planets are found.
44745For if Saturn is in quartile to the sun from a sign of
44746the opposite sect, or is in opposition, in the solid signs
44747he causes death by trampling in a mob, or by the
44748noose, or by indurations, and similarly if he is setting
44749and the moon is approaching him; in the signs that
44750have the form of animals, he causes death by wild
44751beasts, and if Jupiter, who is himself afflicted, bears
44752witness to him, death in public places, or on days of
44753celebration, in fighting with the beasts; but in the
44754ascendant, in opposition ! to either of the luminaries,
44755death in prison.
44756If he is in aspect to Mercury,
44757and
44758particularly
44759in
44760the
44761neighbourhood
44762of the
44763serpents * in the sphere, or in the terrestrial signs,
44764he makes men
44765die from the bites of poisonous
44766creatures, and if Venus is present with them, by
44767poisoning and by feminine plots; but in Virgo and
44768Pisces, or the watery signs, if the moon is in aspect,
44769by drowning and suffocation in water ; in the neigh-
44770bourhood of Argo, as the victims of shipwreck ; in
44771the tropical or four-footed signs, when [Saturn] is
44772with the sun or is in opposition to him, or if he is
447731The Anonymous, p. 165, Wolf, explains the rare word
44774ἀνθωροσκοπήσας thus.
44775Melanchthon, however, took it in
44776the opposite sense,
44777‘“‘in the occident and opposing the
44778luminaries.”’
447792 The Anonymous says that he means the constellations,
44780such as Draco and Hydra, of serpent-like form.
44781433
p. 758
44782PTOLEMY
44783τοῦ ἡλίου τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως, ὑπὸ συμπτώσεων κατα-
44784201 λαμβανομένους - ἐὰν δὲ καὶ μεσουρανῶσιν ἢ ἀντι-
44785μεσουρανῶσιν,, ἀπὸ ὕψους κατακρημνιζομένους.
44786‘O δὲ τοῦ “Apews τῷ ἡλίῳ παρ᾽ αἵρεσιν ἢ τῇ
44787σελήνῃ τετράγωνος ἢ διάμετρος σταθεὶς ἐν μὲν
44788τοῖς ἀνθρωποείδεσι ζῳδίοις ἐν στάσεσιν ἐμφυλίοις
44789ἢ ὑπὸ πολεμίων ποιεῖ σφαζομένους ἢ αὐτόχειρας
44790ἑαυτῶν γινομένους, διὰ γυναῖκας δὲ ἢ καὶ γυναικῶν
44791φονέας," ἐπὰν καὶ ὁ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης αὐτοῖς ἃ μαρ-
44792τυρήσῃ᾽ κἂν ὁ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ δὲ τούτοις 4 συσχη-
44793ματισθῇ, ὑπὸ πειρατῶν ἢ ληστηρίων ἢ ἢ κακουργῶν
44794ἀπολλυμένους - ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν μελοκοπουμένων καὶ
44795ἀτελῶν ζῳδίων ἢ κατὰ τὸ γοργόνιον τοῦ Ilepoéws,
44796ἀποκεφαλιζομένους
44797ἢ μελοκοπουμένους - ἐν δὲ
44798Σκορπίῳ καὶ Ταύρῳ ὃ καύσεσιν ἢ τομαῖς ἢ ἀποτο-
44799μαῖς ἰατρῶν ἢ σπασμοῖς ἀποθνήσκοντας " ἐπὶ δὲ
44800τοῦ μεσουρανήματος ἢ ἀντιμεσουρανήματος, OTAU-
44801ροῖς ἀνορθουμένους, καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τὸν ᾿Κηφέα
44802καὶ τὴν ‘Avdpopeday - ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ δύνοντος ἢ ἀνθω-
44803ροσκοποῦντος,
44804ζῶντας καιομένους - ἐν δὲ τοῖς
44805τετράποσιν, ἀπὸ συμπτώσεων καὶ συνθραύσεων καὶ
44806συμπτωμάτων ὃ ἀποθνήσκοντας.
44807τοῦ δὲ τοῦ Atos
44808καὶ τούτῳ μαρτυρήσαντος
44809καὶ συγκακωθέντος
448101 ἢ ἀντιμεσουρανῶσιν (aut -ἤσωσιν) codd.; om. Cam,
448112 φονέας VP (φων-) LMDEProc., φονευομένους ACam.
448128 αὐτοῖς VD Proc., -7s PL, -ov MAECam.
448134 τούτοις VPLADProc., αὐτῷ MECam.
448145 Ταύρῳ VPLDProc., Κενταύρῳ MAECam.
448155 καὶ συνθραύσεων καὶ συμπτωμάτων VPLD (ef. ἀπὸ συμπτω-
44816μάτων καὶ κλασμάτων Proc.) ; καὶ συνθ. ἢ συμπ. A, ἢ συρμάτων
44817MECam.
44818434
p. 759
44819TETRABIBLOS IV. 9
44820with Mars instead of the sun, by being caught in the
44821collapse of a house ; and if they are in mid-heaven,
44822above or below the earth, by a fall from a height.
44823If Mars is quartile or in opposition to the sun or
44824the moon, from a sign of the other sect, in the
44825signs of human form, he causes the subjects to be
44826slaughtered in civil factions or by the enemy, or
44827to commit suicide, and to die because of women
44828or as murderers of women, whenever Venus testifies
44829to them;!
44830and if Mercury also is in aspect to
44831these, he causes
44832death at the hands of pirates,
44833robbers,or criminals ; in the mutilated and imperfect
44834signs,” or in the Gorgon of Perseus, death by de-
44835capitation or mutilation;
44836in Scorpio and Taurus,
44837death through cautery, cutting,® or amputation by
44838physicians, or death in convulsions ; at mid-heaven
44839or the opposite point, by being set up on stakes,‘
44840and particularly in Cepheus and Andromeda; at the
44841occident or in opposition to the horoscope, by being
44842burned alive; in the quadrupedal signs, death by
44843the collapse of houses, by breaking, or by crush-
44844ing; if Jupiter also bears witness to him and is
44845afflicted at the same time, again the subjects perish
4484611... Mars and the luminaries.
448473 Such as Taurus, the blind Cancer, Scorpio, Sagittarius ;
44848cf. Bouché-Leclereq, p. 151.
448498 καῦσις and τομή were the two principal methods of
44850ancient surgery, were often applied together, and so are
44851frequently mentioned together, as in Plato, Rep. 406D (see
44852Adam ad loc.).
4485341... crucifixion.
44854435
p. 760
44855PTOLEMY
44856ἐπισήμοις
44857πάλιν
44858ἀπόλλυνται
44859κατακρίσεσι
44860καὶ
44861χόλοις ἡγεμόνων ἢ βασιλέων.
44862Συγγενόμενοι δὲ ἀλλήλοις οἱ κακοποιοὶ καὶ οὕτω
44863διαμηκίσαντες ἐπί τινος τῶν εἰρημένων αἰτιατικῶν
44864διαθέσεων συνεργοῦσιν ἔτι μᾶλλον πρὸς τὴν τοῦ
44865θανάτου κάκωσιν, τῆς κατὰ τὸ ποιὸν κυρίας περὶ
44866202 rov! αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀναιρετικοῦ τόπου τυχόντα 5 γινο-
44867μένης, ἢ καὶ πολλῶν τῶν θανατικῶν συμπτωμάτων
44868ἢ δισσῶν ἦτοι κατὰ τὸ ποιὸν ἢ κατὰ τὸ ποσὸν
44869ἀποτελουμένων, ὅταν ἀμφότεροι λόγον ἔχωσι πρὸς
44870τοὺς ἀναιρετικοὺς τόπους.
44871οἵ τοιοῦτοι δὲ καὶ ταφῆς
44872ἄμοιροι καταλείπονται
44873- δαπανῶνται δὲ ὑπὸ θηρίων
44874ἢ οἰωνῶν, ὅταν περὶ τὰ ὁμοειδῆ τῶν ζῳδίων ot
44875κακοποιοὶ τύχωσι, μηδενὸς τῶν ἀγαθοποιῶν ὃ τῷ
44876ὑπὸ γῆν
44877ἢ τοῖς ἀναιρετικοῖς τόποις μαρτυρή-
44878σαντος.
44879ἐπὶ ἕένης δὲ οἱ θάνατοι γίνονται τῶν τοὺς
44880ἀναιρετικοὺς τόπους κατασχόντων ἀστέρων ἐν τοῖς
44881ἀποκλίμασιν ὃ ἐκπεσόντων, καὶ μάλισθ᾽ ὅταν καὶ ἡ
44882σελήνη παροῦσα ἢ τετραγωνίζουσα ἢ διαμηκίζουσα
44883τύχῃ τοὺς εἰρημένους τόπους.
44884<>
44885Περὶ χρόνων διαιρέσεως
44886᾿Εφωδευμένου δὲ ἡμῖν κεφαλαιωδῶς τοῦ τύπου
44887τῆς καθ᾽ ἕκαστον εἶδος ἐπισκέψεως μέχρι μόνων
44888' τυγχάνοντα post περὶ τὸν add. MECam.
448892 Post τόπου add. τυχόντα VPLMADE, *airias Cam.
448908 ἀγαθοποιῶν twa PL.
448914 τῷ ὑπὸ γῆν VADE, ὑπὸ γῆν PL, τῷ ὑπὸ ty/////// (lac.) M,
44892ἐν τῷ ὑπὲρ γῆν ἡμισφαιρίῳ ὄντος Cam.” ; om. Cam.';
44893ef. Proc.
448945 ἀποκλίμασιν VDEProc., ἀποκλήμασιν PL, ἀποτελέσμασιν
44895MACam.
44896436
44897*
p. 761
44898TETRABIBLOS IV. 9-10
44899conspicuously by condemnation and through the
44900anger of generals or kings.
44901If the maleficent planets are together and in this
44902state are in opposition in some one of the aforesaid
44903significant positions, they work together all the more
44904for the affliction of the death.
44905In this case the
44906signification of the quality of the death lies with
44907the one that chances to occupy the destructive place,
44908or
44909else the
44910fatal occurrences
44911are
44912multiplied,
44913or
44914doubled, either in quality or in quantity, whenever
44915both have some relation to the destructive places.
44916Persons with such genitures are even left without
44917burial, and are consumed by wild beasts or birds,
44918whenever the maleficent planets chance to be in
44919signs of such form,’ if none of the beneficent planets is
44920witnessing to the lower mid-heaven or to the destruc-
44921tive places.
44922Deaths occur in foreign lands if the
44923planets that occupy the destructive places fall in the
44924declining places,” and particularly whenever the moon
44925happens to be in, or quartile to, or in opposition to,
44926the aforesaid regions.
4492710. Of the Division of Times.
44928As we have treated systematically under its several
44929heads the outline of each kind of inquiry only so
449301That is, constellations
44931that have the form of wild
44932beasts or birds.
44933The anonymous commentator cites as an
44934instance “if the dog star (κύων) or Corvus (κόραξ) were
44935rising
44936at the same
44937time,”
449381.6. were παρανατέλλοντα
44939(cf.
44940Bouché-Leclereq, p. 125, n. 1).
449412 The “ places ”’ (twelfths of the zodiac) may be classified
44942as κέντρα, the angles; ἐπαναφοραί, succedants,
44943the signs
44944rising immediately after the angles; and ἀποκλίματα, the
44945declining places, which follow the succedants.
44946437
p. 762
44947PTOLEMY
44948>
44949~
44950a
44951>
44952>
44953“
44954/
44955~
44956Ἄν»
44957ell
44958αὐτῶν, ὥσπερ ἐν ἀρχῇ προεθέμεθα, τῶν καθ᾽ ὅλα
44959μέρη λαμβανομένων πραγματειῶν, λοιπὸν ἂν εἴη
44960προσθεῖναι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ὅσα καὶ περὶ τὰς
44961τῶν χρόνων διαιρέσεις ὀφείλει θεωρηθῆναι φυσικῶς
44962καὶ ἀκολούθως
44963ταῖς
44964ἐπὶ μέρους
44965ἐκτεθειμέναις
44966πραγματείαις.
44967ὥσπερ
44968τοίνυν
44969καὶ
44970ἐπὶ πάντων
44971ἁπλῶς τῶν γενεθλιαλογικῶν τόπων προυφέστηκέ
44972τις τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους εἱμαρμένη μείζων, ἡ τῆς τῶν
44973χωρῶν αὐτῶν, ἧ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ὁλοσχερῶς
44974203 θεωρούμενα περὶ τὰς γενέσεις ὑποπίπτειν πέφυκεν,
44975ὡς τά τε περὶ τὰς τῶν σωμάτων μορφὰς καὶ τὰς
44976τῶν ψυχῶν ἰδιοτροπίας
44977καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐθῶν καὶ
44978νομίμων ἐναλλαγάς, καὶ δεῖ τὸν φυσικῶς ἐπισκεπ-
44979τόμενον ἀεὶ τῆς πρώτης καὶ κυριωτέρας αἰτίας
44980κρατεῖν, ὅπως μὴ κατὰ τὸ τῶν γενέσεων παρόμοιον
44981λάθῃ * ποτέ, τὸν μὲν ἐν Αἰθιοπίᾳ γενόμενον," * φέρε
44982εἰπεῖν, λον τὴν ἢ τετανὸν τὰς τρίχας εἰπών,
44983\
44984ὃ \ ΙΓ
44985‘
44986ἽΝ
44987A
44988PY A /
44989A 4
449903
44991\
44992tov
44993δὲ
44994Τερμανὸν ἢ τὸν
44995Γαλάτην μελάγχροα 3 καὶ
44996>
44997/
44998”“
44999/
45000\
45001€
45002/
45003a
45004”
45005a“
45006οὐλοκέφαλον " ἢ τούτους μὲν ἡμέρους τοῖς ἤθεσιν ἢ
45007/
45008μ
45009/
45010A
45011>
45012>
45013ae
45014/
45015φιλολόγους 7) φιλοθεώρους, τοὺς ὃ ey TH Βλλάδι
45016τὰς ψυχὰς ἀγρίους καὶ τὸν λόγον ἀπαιδεύτους - ἢ
45017πάλιν κατὰ τὸ τῶν ἐθῶν καὶ νομίμων ἴδιον ἐπὶ τῶν
45018συμβιώσεων, λόγου χάριν, τῷ μὲν ᾿Ιταλῷ τὸ γένος
450193
45020\
45021/
45022/
45023/
45024~
45025>
45026/
45027ἀδελφικὸν γάμον προθέμενος, δέον τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ,
45028τούτῳ δὲ μητρικόν, δέον τῷ Πέρσῃ" καὶ ὅλως
45029/
45030\
45031>
45032“
45033“
45034ε
45035/
45036προδιαλαμβάνειν tas καθ᾽
45037ὅλου τῆς εἱμαρμένης
45038Ν
45039/
45040A
45041~
45042περιστάσεις, εἶτα τὰς κατὰ μέρος πρὸς TO μᾶλλον
450431 λάθῃ VPLADE, λάθοι M, πάθῃ Cam.
45044Στὸν.
45045.
45046. γενόμενον] τὸν μὲν Αἰθίοπα Cam.
45047488
p. 763
45048TETRABIBLOS IV. 10
45049far as to explain the general doctrine, which was
45050our original intention, it would remain to add in the
45051same manner any observations that should be made
45052about the division of times, in such manner as to
45053agree with nature and to be consistent with the
45054specific doctrines which have already been set forth.
45055So then, as, among all genethlialogical inquiries what-
45056soever, a more general destiny takes precedence of all
45057particular considerations, namely, that of country
45058of birth, to which the major details of a geniture
45059are naturally subordinate, such as the topics of the
45060form of the body, the character of the soul and the
45061variations of manners and customs, it is also necessary
45062that he who makes his inquiry naturally should always
45063hold first to the primary and more authoritative cause,
45064lest, misled by the similarity of genitures, he should
45065unwittingly call, let us say, the Ethiopian white or
45066straight-haired,
45067and the German
45068or Gaul black-
45069skinned and woolly-haired, or the latter gentle in
45070character, fond of discussion, or fond of contempla-
45071tion, and the Greeks savage of soul and untutored
45072of mind ; or, again, on the subject of marriage, lest he
45073mistake the appropriate customs and manners by
45074assigning, for example, marriage with a sister to
45075one who
45076is Italian by race,
45077instead
45078of to the
45079Egyptian as he should, and a marriage with his
45080mother to this latter, though it suits the Persian.
45081Thus in general it is needful
45082first to apprehend
45083universal conditions of destiny, and then to attach
45084to them the particular conditions which relate to
450853 weAdyxpoa VD, μελανόχρουν Proc., μελίχρουν MAECam.,
45086om. PL.
45087439
p. 764
45088PTOLEMY
45089a
45090Φ
45091>
45092/
45093\
45094>
45095\
45096/
45097\
45098te
45099|
45100ἢ ἧττον ἐφαρμόζειν: τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἐπὶ
45101τῶν χρονικῶν
45102διαιρέσεων
45103τὰς
45104τῶν
45105χρονικῶν
45106ἡλικιῶν διαφορὰς καὶ ἐπιτηδειότητας πρὸς ἕκαστα
45107~
45108>
45109A
45110on
45111τῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων ἀναγκαῖον προῦποτίθεσθαι, καὶ
45112σκοπεῖν ὅπως μὴ κατὰ τὸ κοινὸν καὶ ἁπλοῦν τῶν
45113πρὸς τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν θεωρουμένων συμβατικῶν 3
45114᾽ὔ
45115«ς
45116,»
45117“
45118\
45119/
45120“
45121Ἅ
45122λάθωμεν αὑτούς ποτε τῷ μὲν βρέφει πρᾶξιν ἢ
45123ὔ
45124»
45125~
45126/
45127:}
45128/
45129a
45130\
45131/
45132204 γάμον ἢ τι τῶν τελειοτέρων εἰπόντες, τῷ δὲ πάνυ
45133γέροντι τεκνοποιΐαν ἢ τι τῶν νεανικωτέρων - ἀλλὰ
45134/
45135\
45136A
45137“-“
45138>?
45139/
45140~
45141n
45142καθάπαξ τὰ διὰ τῶν ἐφόδων τῶν χρονικῶν θεω-
45143ρούμενα κατὰ τὸ παρόμοιον καὶ ἐνδεχόμενον τῶν
45144A
45145SA
45146/
451475A.
45148>
45149/
451503
45151”
45152\
45153ταῖς ἡλικίαις συμφύλων ἐφαρμόζωμεν.3
45154ἔστι yap
45155ἐπιβολὴ μία καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ πάντων ἐπὶ τῶν χρονικῶν
45156a
45157θ᾽ -
45158va
45159~
45160>
45161/
45162b]
45163y:
45164>
45165τῆς καθ᾽
45166ὅλου φύσεως τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐχομένη καθ
45167ὁμοιότητα καὶ παραβολὴν τῆς τάξεως τῶν ἑπτὰ
45168πλανωμένων,
45169ἀρχομένη
45170μὲν ἀπὸ
45171τῆς πρώτης
45172ἡλικίας καὶ τῆς πρώτης ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν σφαίρας, του-
45173τέστι τῆς σεληνιακῆς, λήγουσα δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν πυ-
45174μάτην τῶν ἡλικιῶν καὶ τῶν πλανωμένων σφαιρῶν
45175τὴν ὑστάτην, Κρόνου δὲ προσαγορευομένην.
45176καὶ
45177/
45178¢
45179>
45180~
45181¢
45182i,
45183~
45184ε
45185~
45186A
45187συμβέβηκεν ws ἀληθῶς ἑκάστῃ τῶν ἡλικιῶν τὰ
45188οἰκεῖα τῇ φύσει τοῦ παραβεβλημένου τῶν πλανω-
45189μένων, ἃ δεήσει παρατηρεῖν, ὅπως τὰ μὲν καθ᾽ ὅλου
451901 ἐπὶ τῶν χρονικῶν MAECam., χρονικῶν om. VPLD.
451912 συμβατικῶν ΝΑ, συμβαντικῶν PLD, συμβαματικῶν MECam.
451923 ἐφαρμόζωμεν ACam., -ew VP (-μωζ-)} LD, -ομεν ME.
451931 Boll, Studien, p. 123, points out that this chapter, with
45194its account of the seven ages of man, does not properly
45195belong to the plan adopted for the Tetrabiblos and is in
45196certain details at variance with what has preceded;
45197e.g.
45198440
p. 765
45199TETRABIBLOS IV. 10
45200degree.
45201In the same fashion likewise, dealing with
45202the division of time, one must take as a basis in each
45203single prediction the differences and special pro-
45204prieties of the temporal ages, and see to it that we
45205do not, in the ordinary, simple treatment of matters
45206incident to the inquiry, carelessly assign to a babe
45207action or marriage,
45208or anything that belongs to
45209adults, or to an extremely old man the begetting of
45210children or anything else that fits younger men ;
45211but once and for all let us harmonize those details
45212which are contemplated in temporal terms with that
45213which is suitable and possible for persons in the
45214various age-classes.
45215For in the matter of the age-
45216divisions of mankind! in general there is one and
45217the same approach, which for likeness and com-
45218parison depends upon the order of the seven planets ;
45219it begins with the first age of man and with the first
45220sphere from us, that is, the moon’s, and ends with
45221the last of the ages and the outermost of the planetary
45222spheres, which is called that of Saturn.
45223And in
45224truth the accidental qualities of each of the ages are
45225those which are naturally proper to the planet com-
45226pared with it, and these it will be needful to observe,
45227in order that by this means we may investigate the
45228there are seven ages instead of four, as in i. 10, and “‘ seven
45229planets,’’ though elsewhere the two luminaries are kept
45230distinct from the five planets.
45231We may, however, agree
45232with his conclusion that the style of the chapter is un-
45233questionably Ptolemaic and that it is more probably an
45234addition by the author than an interpolation by another
45235hand.
45236Nevertheless,
45237Ptolemy
45238has
45239probably
45240borrowed
45241much of this material from others, and the differences
45242in his sourees
45243will account
45244for apparent discrepancies.
45245The ages of man, most familiar
45246to us through As You
45247Like It, 11. vii, are found in many ancient writers.
45248441
p. 766
45249PTOLEMY
45250~
45251A
45252>
45253~
45254“-
45255~
45256τῶν χρονικῶν ἐντεῦθεν σκοπῶμεν, τὰς δὲ τῶν κατὰ
45257μέρος διαφορὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν ταῖς γενέσεσιν εὑρι-
45258σκομένων ἰδιωμάτων.
45259Μέχρι μὲν γὰρ τῶν πρώτων σχεδόν που τεττάρων
45260ἐτῶν κατὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἀριθμὸν τῆς τετραετηρίδος
45261τὴν τοῦ βρέφους ἡλικίαν ἡ σελήνη λαχοῦσα! τήν τε
45262ὑγρότητα καὶ ἀπηξίαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸ τῆς
45263αὐξήσεως ὀξὺ καὶ τὸ τῶν τροφῶν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν
45264€
45265~
45266\
45267\
45268~
45269eo
45270᾽
45271/
45272\
45273A
45274~
45275ὑδατῶδες καὶ TO τῆς ἕξεως εὐμετάβολον Kal τὸ τῆς
45276~
45277>
45278re
45279\
45280Ἰὃ
45281/
452820
452832
45284>
45285Ἂς
45286“-
45287205 ψυχῆς ἄτελες και ἀδιαρῦρωτον “ ἀπειργάσατο τοῖς
45288περὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν αὐτῆς συμβεβηκόσιν οἰκείως.
45289°E: A δὲ
45290\
45291tea
45292Ὁ
45293A
45294\
45295ὅλ
45296,
45297πὶ
45298δὲ τὴν ἑξῆς δεκαετίαν τὴν παιδικὴν ἡλικίαν
45299δεύτερος καὶ δευτέραν λαχὼν 6 τοῦ ᾿ Ἑρμοῦ ἀστὴρ 3
45300τοῦ καθ᾽ ἥμισυ μέρους ὁ τοῦ τῆς εἰκοσαετηρίδος
45301ἀριθμοῦ τό τε διανοητικὸν καὶ λογικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς
45302ἄρχεται διαρθροῦν καὶ διαπλάττειν, καὶ μαθημάτων
45303ἐντιθέναι σπέρματά τινα καὶ στοιχεῖα, τῶν τε ἠθῶν
45304καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδειοτήτων ἐμφαίνειν τὰς ἰδιοτροπίας,
45305διδασκαλίαις ἤδη καὶ παιδαγωγίαις καὶ τοῖς πρώτοις
45306γυμνασίοις ” ἐγείρων τὰς ψυχάς
45307«
45308\
45309~
453103
45311/
45312\
453137
45314\
45315,
45316O δὲ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης τὴν μειρακιώδη καὶ τρίτην
453175A
45318/
45319λ
45320A
45321BAZAN
45322A
45323Cea
45324>
45325,
453268
45327A
45328ἡλικίαν παραλαβὼν ἐπὶ τὴν ἑξῆς ὀκταετίαν ὃ κατὰ
45329τὸν ἴσον ἀριθμὸν τῆς ἰδίας περιόδου κίνησιν εἰκότως
453301 λαχοῦσα VPLAD, λαβοῦσα E, παραλαβοῦσα MCam.
453313 ἀδιάρθρωτον PLA, ἀρθρωτὸν VD, ἀδιόρθωτον MECam.
45332“ἀστὴρ libri, om. Cam.; post hoe verbum add. τοῦ VD,
45333τὸ ΔῈ, τὴν PLMCam.
453344 μέρους VPLD, μέρος cett. Cam.
45335" ἐπιτηδειοτήτων VADProc., -τάτων L, ἐπιτηδι.
45336.. (2) Ῥ,
45337ἐπιτηδευμάτων MECam.
453388 ἐμφαίνειν PLMAR, -e VD, ἐκφαίνειν Cam., ἐμφανίζει Proc.
45339442
p. 767
45340TETRABIBLOS IV. 10
45341general questions of the temporal divisions, while
45342we determine particular differences from the special
45343qualities which are discovered in the nativities.
45344For up to about the fourth year, following the
45345number which belongs to the quadrennium,! the
45346moon takes over the age of infancy and produces the
45347suppleness and lack of fixity in its body, its quick
45348growth and the moist nature, as a rule, of its food,
45349the changeability of its condition, and the imper-
45350fection and inarticulate state of its soul, suitably to
45351her own active qualities.
45352In the following period of ten years, Mercury, to
45353whom falls the second place and the second age,
45354that of childhood, for the period which is half of the
45355space of twenty years,” begins to articulate and
45356fashion the intelligent and logical part of the soul,
45357to implant certain seeds and rudiments of learning,
45358and to bring to light individual peculiarities of char-
45359acter and faculties, awaking the soul at this stage
45360by instruction, tutelage, and the first gymnastic
45361exercises.
45362Venus, taking in charge the third age, that of
45363youth, for the next eight years, corresponding in
45364number to her own period, begins, as is natural, to
453651The Anonymous says that four years is assigned to the
45366moon because after a period of that length its phases again
45367occur in the same degrees.
453682 Only half the period is assigned to Mercury because
45369of the latter’s double nature, according to the Anonymous.
45370Trois πρώτοις γυμνασίοις PProc., τ. 7. yeveaios L, τῆς πρώτης
45371γυμνασίοις VD, ταῖς πρώταις γυμνασίαις MABKCam.
45372ὃ ὀκταετίαν VPADIEProc., ὀκτωετίαν MCam., ὀκταετησίας Τ,.
45373443
p. 768
45374PTOLEMY
45375-
45376~
45377A
45378\
45379TOV σπερματικῶν πόρων ἐμποιεῖν ἄρχεται κατὰ τὴν
45380~
45381~
45382/
45383πλήρωσιν αὐτῶν καὶ ὁρμὴν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀφροδισίων
45384συνέλευσιν, ὅτε μάλιστα λύσσα τις ἐγγίνεται ταῖς
45385ψυχαῖς 5 καὶ ἀκρασία καὶ πρὸς τὰ τυχόντα τῶν
45386>
45387/
45388”
45389\
45390\
45391\
45392>
45393/
45394\
45395~
45396ἀφροδισίων ἔρως καὶ φλεγμονὴ Kal ἀπάτη καὶ τοῦ
45397~
453983
45399>
45400r
45401/
45402προπετοῦς ἃ ἀβλεψία.
45403\
45404A
454054
45406‘
45407/
45408/
45409ε
45410,
45411A
45412Τὴν δὲ τετάρτην καὶ τάξει μέσην ἡλικίαν τὴν
45413\
45414λ
45415\
45416¢
45417~
45418/
45419/
454207
454214
45422¢
45423νεανικὴν
45424λαβὼν ὁ τῆς μέσης σφαίρας κύριος
45425ὁ
45426ὅλ
454275
45428»
45429\
45430i)
45431~
45432>
45433ὃ
45434(ὃ
45435Μ
45436A
45437ἥλιος ὃ ἐπὶ τὰ τῆς ἐννεακαιδεκαετηρίδος ἔτη TO
45438δεσποτικὸν
45439ἤδη
45440καὶ
45441αὐθεντικὸν
45442τῶν
45443πράξεων
454445»
45445-
45446lad
45447~
45448/
45449\
45450/
45451\
45452/
45453ἐμποιεῖ TH ψυχῇ, βίου τε καὶ δόξης καὶ καταστάσεως
45454206 ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ μετάβασιν ἀπὸ τῶν παιγνιωδῶν καὶ
45455ἀνεπιπλάστων ὃ ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπὶ τὸ προσεκτικὸν
45456᾿
45457>
45458\
45459\
45460/
45461Kal αἰδημονικὸν Kal φιλότιμον.
45462A
45463\
45464A
45465σ
45466ς
45467“4Ὄ,ἯΙΝ
45468,ὔ
45469>
45470Mera δὲ τὸν ἥλιον 6 τοῦ “Apews πέμπτος, ἐπι-
45471\
45472A
45473~
45474«
45475/
45476>
45477~
454782
45479\
45480\
45481ww
45482aA
45483λαβὼν τὸ τῆς ἡλικίας ἀνδρῶδες ἐπὶ τὰ ἴσα τῆς
45484ἰδίας περιόδου πεντεκαίδεκα ἔτη, τὸ αὐστηρὸν καὶ
45485κακόπαθον
45486εἰσάγει τοῦ βίου, μερίμνας
45487τε
45488καὶ
45489σκυλμοὺς ἐμποιεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ τῷ σώματι, καθάπερ
45490Μ
45491,ὔ
45492»Μ
45493\
45494Μ
45495Ψ
45496A
45497~
45498αἴσθησίν τινα ἤδη Kal ἔννοιαν ἐνδιδοὺς τῆς παρ-
45499ακμῆς καὶ ἐπιστρέφων πρὸς τὸ πρὶν ἐγγὺς ἐλθεῖν
455001 κατὰ VPLAD, καὶ MECam.
455013 ἐγγίνεται ταῖς ψυχαῖς VPLAD, γίεται MECam.
455023 προπετοῦς VP (πρω-) LAD; cf. τὸ προπετές Proc.; πρέ-
45503ποντος ME ; βλέποντος Cam.
455044 κύριος om. Cam.
455055 ὁ ἥλιος PL, 6 om. cett. Cam.
45506ὃ ἀνεπιπλάστων VPLAD, ἀνεπιστήτων πλάστων ME, ἀκατα-
45507στήτων καὶ πλαστῶν Cam.
45508444
p. 769
45509TETRABIBLOS IV. 10
45510inspire, at their maturity, an activity of the seminal
45511passages and to implant an impulse toward the
45512embrace of love.
45513At this time particularly a kind of
45514frenzy enters the soul, incontinence, desire for any
45515chance sexual gratification, burning passion, guile,
45516and the blindness of the impetuous lover.
45517The lord of the middle sphere, the sun, takes over
45518the fourth age, which is the middle one in order,
45519young manhood, for the period of nineteen years,
45520wherein he implants in the soul
45521at length the
45522mastery and direction of its actions, desire for sub-
45523stance, glory, and position, and a change from play-
45524ful, ingenuous error
45525to seriousness, decorum, and
45526ambition.
45527After the sun, Mars, fifth in order, assumes com-
45528mand of manhood for the space of fifteen years,
45529equal to his own period.
45530He introduces severity
45531and misery into life, and implants cares and troubles
45532in the soul and in the body, giving it, as it were, some
45533sense and notion of passing its prime and urging it,
45534before it approaches its end, by labour to accomplish
455351 As Bouché-Leclereq (p. 409) remarks, why fifteen years
45536should be given as the “ period”’ of Marsisa mystery.
45537The
45538synodic period of this planet is 780 days and its sidereal
45539period 687 days.
45540In the next paragraph twelve years,
45541stated to be the period of Jupiter, is not far from the actual
45542sidereal period of this planet (11.86 years) and is the
45543measurement
45544ordinarily given by ancient astronomers.
45545For this astrological, not astronomical, statement about
45546Mars cf. P. Mich. 149, col. v, 18 ff., which speaks of the
45547*‘period of Mars, who returns to his original position in
45548fifteen years”’ (ἐν τῷ “Apews κύκλῳ, ὃς ἐν ἔτεσιν ιε΄ THY ἀποκατά-
45549στασιν ἔχει).
45550Inthe Michigan astrological treatise, however,
45551the length of the period of Mars is associated with the age
45552of boys at puberty rather than with the length of a division
45553of the life of man, as in the Tetrabiblos.
45554445
p. 770
45555PTOLEMY
45556~
45557cA
45558>
455594
45560/
45561»
455624
45563/
45564~
45565τοῦ τέλους ἀνύσαι τι λόγου ἀξιον μετὰ πόνου τῶν
45566μεταχειριζομένων.
45567a
45568>
45569ς
45570΄
45571A
45572A
45573\
45574«
45575/
45576Εκτος δ᾽ 6 τοῦ Διὸς τὴν πρεσβυτικὴν ἡλικίαν
45577‘\
45578>
45579‘
45580A
45581~
45582"οὔ
45583/
45584/
45585λαχὼν ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς
45586ἰδίας περιόδου πάλιν δωδε-
45587καετίαν τὸ μὲν αὐτουργὸν καὶ ἐπίπονον καὶ ταρα-
45588χῶδες καὶ παρακεκινδυνευμένον τῶν πράξεων ἀπο-
45589στρέφεσθαι ποιεῖ, τὸ δὲ εὔσχημον καὶ προνοητικὸν
45590καὶ ἀνακεχωρηκός,
45591ἔτι δὲ ἐπιλογιστικὸν πάντων
45592καὶ νουθετικὸν καὶ παραμυθητικὸν ἀντεισάγει, τιμῆς
45593τότε μάλιστα καὶ ἐπαίνου καὶ ἐλευθεριότητος ἀντι-
45594ποιεῖσθαι παρασκευάζων μετ᾽ αἰδοῦς Kal σεμνο-
45595mpetretas.
45596-
45597A
45598ς
45599~
45600/
45601A
45602»
45603Ἅ
45604‘\
45605TeAevtaios δὲ 6 τοῦ Κρόνου τὴν ἐσχάτην Kal
45606>
45607an
45608γεροντικὴν ἡλικίαν ἐκληρώθη μέχρι τῶν ἐπιλοίπων
45609τῆς ζωῆς χρόνων, καταψυχομένων ἤδη καὶ ἐμπο-
45610207 διζομένων τῶν
45611τε σωματικῶν καὶ τῶν ψυχικῶν
45612κινήσεων ἐν ταῖς ὁρμαῖς καὶ ἀπολαύσεσι καὶ ἐπι-
45613-
45614»
45615A
45616~
45617θυμίαις Kal ταχείαις, τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν φύσιν 5 παρακμῆς
45618ἐπιγινομένης τῷ βίῳ κατεσκληκότι καὶ ἀθύμῳ καὶ
45619ἀσθενικῷ καὶ εὐπροσκόπῳ καὶ πρὸς πάντα ὃ δυσα-
45620-
45621~~
45622~
45623/
45624ρέστῳ κατὰ τὸ οἰκεῖον τῆς τῶν κινήσεων νωχε-
45625λείας.
45626«
45627A
45628Ss
45629A
45630‘
45631A
45632A
45633>
45634a
45635~
45636Ai μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὸ κοινὸν καὶ καθ᾽ ὅλου τῆς
45637~
45638>
45639φύσεως
45640θεωρούμεναι.
45641τῶν
45642χρόνων
45643ἰδιοτροπίαι
45644τοῦτον
45645τὸν τρόπον προὐποτετυπώσθωσαν.
45646τῶν
45647δὲ
45648ἐπὶ
45649μέρους
45650κατὰ
45651τὸ τῶν
45652γενέσεων
45653ἴδιον
456541 σεμνοπρεπείας VPADHE, -τρεπείας 1,, -τροπίας MCam.
456553τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν φύσιν VD, ταῖς ἐ. τ. φ. PL, τῇ φύσει MAECam.
456568 πάντα VD, ἅπαντα PL, πάντας MAECam.; om. Proce.
456574 καὶ post δυσαρέστῳ add. MECam.
45658446
p. 771
45659TETRABIBLOS IV. 10
45660something among its undertakings that is worthy of
45661note.
45662Sixth, Jupiter, taking as his lot the elderly age,
45663again for the space of his own period, twelve years,
45664brings about the renunciation
45665of manual labour,
45666toil, turmoil, and dangerous activity, and in their
45667place brings decorum, foresight, retirement, together
45668with all-embracing deliberation, admonition, and con-
45669solation; now especially he brings men to set store
45670by honour, praise, and independence, accompanied
45671by modesty and dignity.
45672Finally to Saturn falls as his lot old age, the latest
45673period, which lasts for the rest of life.
45674Now the
45675movements both of body and of soul are cooled
45676and impeded in their impulses, enjoyments, desires,
45677and speed ; for the natural decline supervenes upon
45678life, which has become worn down with age, dispirited,
45679weak, easily offended, and hard to please in all
45680situations, in keeping with the sluggishness of his
45681movements.
45682The foregoing, then, may be taken as a preliminary
45683description of the characteristics of the ages of life,
45684viewed generally and in accordance with the ordinary
45685course of nature.
45686But as for particulars,! which are
45687! Bouché-Leclercq, pp. 502 ff., discusses the following
45688sections of this chapter, which present Ptolemy’s treat-
45689ment of the subject of xarapyai,
45690‘‘ initiatives ’’—the pre-
45691diction of the success or failure of individual enterprises—
45692insofar as he recognizes the theme.
45693The general method
45694is the same as that of iii. 10, but five places are taken
45695simultaneously as prorogatives, and the planets that in-
45696fluence by their occourse (ὑπάντησις), which may be either
45697bodily or by aspect, need not be merely the destructive
45698ones, as in the prorogation discussed in iii. 10, but also
45699the beneficent stars.
45700447
p. 772
45701PTOLEMY
45702ὀφειλουσῶν λαμβάνεσθαι, Tas μὲν κατὰ TO προῦπο-
45703τιθέμενον
45704πάλιν
45705καὶ
45706ὁλοσχερέστερον
45707ἀπὸ τῶν
45708κυριωτάτων πάλιν ἀφέσεων ποιησόμεθα, πασῶν
45709μέντοι καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ μιᾶς, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς ζωῆς
45710χρόνων, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὡροσκόπου πρὸς τὰ
45711σωματικὰ τῶν συμπτωμάτων καὶ τὰς ἕξενιτείας,
45712τὴν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ κλήρου τῆς τύχης πρὸς τὰ τῆς
45713κτήσεως, τὴν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς σελήνης πρὸς τὰ τῆς
45714ψυχῆς πάθη καὶ τὰς συμβιώσεις, τὴν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ
45715ἡλίου πρὸς Ta) κατ᾽ ἀξίαν καὶ δόξαν, τὴν δ᾽ ἀπὸ
45716τοῦ μεσουρανήματος πρὸς τὰς λοιπὰς καὶ κατὰ
45717μέρος τοῦ βίου διαγωγάς, οἷον πράξεις, φιλίας,
45718τεκνοποιΐας.
45719οὕτω yap” ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς καιροῖς
45720οὐχ εἷς
45721ἔσται
45722ἤτοι ἀγαθοποιὸς ἢ κακοποιὸς 3
45723κύριος αὐτῶν, πολλῶν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ συμβαινόν-
45724των
45725ὑπὸ τοὺς
45726αὐτοῦς χρόνους
45727ἐναντίων
45728συμ-
45729πτωμάτων, ὡς ὅταν τις ἀποβαλὼν πρόσωπον οἰκεῖον
45730208 λάβῃ κληρονομίαν, ἢ νόσῳ κατακλιθῇ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ
45731καὶ τύχῃ τινὸς ἀξίας καὶ προκοπῆς, ἢ ἐν ἀπραγίᾳ
45732τυγχάνων τέκνων γένηται πατήρ, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα
45733συμβαίνειν εἴωθεν.
45734οὐ γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ σώματος καὶ
45735ψυχῆς καὶ κτήματος καὶ ἀξιώματος καὶ τῶν συμ-
45736βιούντων, ἀγαθῶν ἢ κακῶν, ὡς ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἐν ἅπασι
45737τούτοις εὐτυχεῖν τινα ἢ πάλιν ἀτυχεῖν, ἀλλὰ συμ-
45738βαίνοι μὲν ἂν ἴσως καὶ τὸ τοιοῦτο ἐπὶ τῶν τέλεον
45739εὐδαιμονιζομένων ἢ ταλανιζομένων καιρῶν, ὅταν ἐν
45740πάσαις ἢ ταῖς πλείσταις ἀφέσεσι συνδράμωσιν at
45741ὑπαντήσεις
45742ἀγαθοποιῶν
45743πάντων
45744ἢ κακοποιῶν,
457451 πρὸς τὰ] in his verbis desinit V.
457463 av post yap add. MADECam., om. PLProc.
45747448
p. 773
45748TETRABIBLOS IV. 10
45749to be discovered from the peculiarities of the nativities,
45750some of them again we shall base upon the general
45751considerations already set forth, that is, upon the
45752prorogations
45753of greatest authority,
45754all of them,
45755however, and not one, as in the case of the space of
45756life.
45757We shall apply the prorogation from the horo-
45758scope to events relating to the body and to journeys
45759abroad; that from the Lot of Fortune to matters of
45760property ; that from the moon to affections of the
45761soul and to marriage ; that from the sun to dignities
45762and glory; that from the mid-heaven to the other
45763details of the conduct of life, such as actions, friend-
45764ships, and the begetting of children.
45765For thus it will
45766come about that one beneficent or maleficent star will
45767not be the ruler of all of them on the same occasion,
45768for usually many contradictory events take place at
45769the same time.
45770One may, for example, lose a relative
45771and receive an inheritance, or at once be prostrated by
45772illness and gain some dignity and promotion, or in the
45773midst of misfortune become the father of children,
45774or have other experiences of this sort which are apt
45775tooccur.
45776For it is not usual that alike in goodness or
45777badness of body, soul, property, dignity, and com-
45778panions, one must by very necessity be either for-
45779tunate or, again, unfortunate in all these particulars.
45780This,
45781to
45782be sure, might
45783perhaps happen upon
45784occasions that are completely blessed or completely
45785unhappy, when the occourses of all the beneficent
45786planets, or of all the maleficent planets, converge
45787upon
45788all
45789or
45790the majority
45791of the prorogations.
45792Rarely would
45793this take place, however,
45794because
457953) κακοποιὸς om. Cam,
45796449
p. 774
45797PTOLEMY
45798σπανίως δὲ διὰ τὸ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ἀτελὲς
45799μὲν πρὸς ἑκατέραν τῶν ἀκροτήτων,, εὐκατάφορον
45800δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἐναλλαγῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ
45801κακῶν
45802συμμετρίαν.
45803τοὺς μὲν οὖν
45804ἀφετικοὺς
45805τόπους κατὰ τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον διακρινοῦμεν,
45806τοὺς δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἀφέσεσιν ὑπαντῶντας οὐ μόνον
45807πάλιν τοὺς ἀναιρέτας, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς ζωῆς
45808χρόνων, ἀλλὰ πάντας ἁπλῶς παραληπτέον, καὶ
45809ὁμοίως οὐ τοὺς σωματικῶς μόνον ἢ κατὰ διά-
45810μετρον ἢ τετράγωνον στάσιν συναντῶντας ἀλλὰ
45811καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τρίγωνον καὶ ἑξάγωνον σχηματισμόν.
45812Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν δοτέον τοὺς χρόνους καθ᾽
45813ἑκάστην ἄφεσιν τῷ κατ᾽ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀφετικῆς
45814μοίρας ,Τυχόντι ἢ συσχηματισθέντι, ἐὰν δὲ μὴ
45815209 οὕτως ἔχῃ, τῷ τὴν ἔγγιστα προήγησιν ἐπιλαβόντι
45816μέχρι τοῦ τὴν ἑξῆς εἰς τὰ ἑπόμενα μοῖραν ἐπι-
45817θεωρήσαντος, εἶτα τούτῳ μέχρι τοῦ ἑξῆς καὶ ἐπὶ
45818τῶν ἄλλων ὁμοίως, παραλαμβανομένων εἰς οἰκο-
45819δεσποτίαν καὶ τῶν τὰ ὅρια ἐπεχόντων ἀστέρων.
45820δοτέον δὲ πάλιν ταῖς τῶν διαστάσεων μοίραις ἔτη"
45821κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὡροσκόπου ἄφεσιν ἰσάριθμα
45822τοῖς τοῦ οἰκείου κλίματος χρόνοις ἀναφορικοῖς,
45823κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ μεσουρανήματος ἰσάριθμα
45824τοῖς χρόνοις τῶν μεσουρανήσεων, κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἀπὸ
45825τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνάλογον ἢ κατὰ τὸν 5 πρὸς τὰ κέντρα
45826συνεγγισμὸν 8 τῶν ἀναφορῶν ἢ καταφορῶν ἢ συμ-
458271 ἀκροτήτων PL (-xpi-) ADE ; ef. ἀκρότητα Proc. ; ἀκρωτάτων
45828MCam.?, ἀκροτάτων Cam.}
4582927 κατὰ Tov PL, cf. Proc., om. MADECam.
458303 συνεγγισμὸν] cf. κατὰ τὴν ἐγγύτητα Proc. ; συνεγγισμῶν P,
45831συνεγγὺς L, συνεγγισμῷ MADECam.
45832450
p. 775
45833TETRABIBLOS IY. 10
45834human nature is imperfectly adapted to either one
45835of the extremes, but is inclined toward the balance
45836of good and evil arising from their alternation.
45837We shall, then, make distinctions among the pro-
45838rogatory places in the manner described, and as for
45839the stars whose occourses take place in the pro-
45840rogations, we must take into account not only the
45841destructive ones, as in the case of the length of life,
45842but absolutely all of them, and similarly not those
45843alone that meet the prorogation only bodily, or by
45844opposition, or in quartile,! but also those that are in
45845the trine and sextile aspects.
45846In the first place, we must give the rulership of the
45847times in each prorogation to the star that is actually
45848upon the prorogatory degree or in aspect to it, or, if
45849this condition does not exist, to the one that most
45850nearly precedes, until we come to another which is
45851in aspect with the next following degree in the order
45852of the signs; then to this as far as the next fol-
45853lowing, and so on;
45854and the planets which govern
45855the terms are to be given a part of the rulership.
45856And again we must assign years to the degrees of
45857the intervals : in the prorogation from the horoscope
45858a number equal to the times of ascension in the
45859latitude concerned;
45860in the prorogation from mid-
45861heaven, as many as the times of the culminations ;
45862and in the prorogations from all the others, in pro-
45863portion to or in accordance with the nearness of the
458641That is, not only in the harmful aspects but also in
45865the favourable ones.
45866451
p. 776
45867PTOLEMY
45868,
45869~
45870“-
45871“-
45872μεσουρανήσεων, καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς ζωῆς
45873χρόνων διωρισάμεθα.
45874\
45875\
45876as
45877\
45878/
45879/
45880Τοὺς μὲν οὖν καθολικοὺς χρονοκράτορας ληψό-
45881μεθα τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐνιαυσιαίους
45882ἐκβάλλοντες τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς γενέσεως
45883ἐτῶν ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀφετικῶν τόπων εἰς τὰ
45884ἑπόμενα κατὰ ζῴδιον,2 καὶ τοῦ συντελειουμένου
45885ζῳδίου
45886τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην
45887συμπαραλαμβάνοντες.
45888>
45889A
45890~
45891~
45892τὸ
45893δ᾽
45894αὐτὸ
45895Kal
45896ἐπὶ
45897τῶν
45898μηνῶν
45899ποιήσομεν,
45900ΕῚ
45901LAA
459023
45903tA
45904δ
45905,
45906‘ 4
45907>
45908A
45909~
45910éxBdAdovtes®
45911πάλιν
45912καὶ τούτων
45913τὸ"
45914ἀπὸ
45915τοῦ
45916γενεθλιακοῦ μηνὸς πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῶν τὴν κυρίαν
45917τοῦ ἔτους λαβόντων τόπων, κατὰ ζῴδιον μέντοι
45918’
45919/
45920~
45921~
45922ἡμέρας κη΄.
45923ὁμοίως δὲ Kal ἐπὶ τῶν ἡμερῶν τὰς
45924‘
45925lol
45926a
45927~
45928yap ἀπὸ τῆς γενεθλιακῆς ἡμέρας ἐκβαλοῦμεν ἀπὸ
45929a
45930,
45931i
45932\
45933ὃ
45934Qe
45935ἜΧΕ
45936210 τῶν μηνιαίων τόπων, κατὰ ζῴδιον ἡμέερας β γ.
45937ΠΙροσεκτέον δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἐπεμβάσεσι πρὸς τοὺς
45938τῶν χρόνων ὃ τόπους γινομέναις, ὡς οὐ τὰ τυχόντα
45939καὶ αὐταῖς συμβαλλομέναις πρὸς τὰ τῶν καιρῶν
459401 ἐκβάλλοντες] cf. ἐκβαλοῦμεν Proc. ; ἐκβαλλόντων 1,, ἐμβάλ-
45941λοντες PMADECam.
459422 ἕν post ζῴδιον add. MADECam., om. PLProc.
459433 ἐκβάλλοντες] ἐκβαλόντες P; cf. ἐκβαλοῦμεν Proc. ; ἐμβάλ-
45944λοντες cett. Cam.
45945476 ego;
45946of. τὸν ἀριθμὸν τὸν... εὑρισκόμενον Proc. ; τὰ
45947MADECam. ; om. PL.
45948"β y’ ME; cf. ἡμέρας δύο καὶ τρεῖς Proc.; β΄ καὶ ἥμισυ AD;
45949B’ ἥμισυ Cam.
45950τῶν χρόνων PEProc.,
45951χρόνων
45952L, καθολικοὺς
45953μάλιστα
45954MADCam.
459551 Literally,
45956‘“‘ masters of the times.’’
45957The Anonymous
45958(p. 173, Wolf) says that there are three “ general chrono-
45959crators ”’ (7.e. in each of the five general prorogations), the
45960452
p. 777
45961TETRABIBLOS IV. 10
45962risings, or settings, or culminations, to the angles, as
45963we explained in the discussion of the length of life.
45964We shall discover the general chronocrators,! then,
45965in the manner described, and the annual chrono-
45966crators by setting out from each of the prorogatory
45967places, in the order of the signs, the number of years
45968from birth, one year to each sign,” and taking the
45969ruler of the last sign.
45970We shall do the same thing
45971for the months, setting out, again, the number of
45972months from the month of birth, starting from the
45973places that govern the year, twenty-eight days to
45974a sign; and similarly for the days, we shall set out
45975the number of the days from the day of birth,
45976starting with the places which govern the months,
45977two and a third days to a sign.®
45978We must
45979also pay attention
45980to the ingresses 4
45981which are made to the places of the times, for they
45982play no small part in the prediction of the times of
45983ἀφέτης (prorogator), ὑπαντήτωρ (“the one which comes to
45984meet’’ the prorogator), and ὁριοκράτωρ (“ὁ master of the
45985term ᾽᾽).
45986* This is evidently the meaning of the text and it is so
45987taken by the Anonymous, Proclus’ Paraphrase, Gogava,
45988and Cardanus, yet Bouché-Leclereq (p. 504) and Melanch-
45989thon’s translation would count one year to each degree.
459903 There is dispute over the readings in this passage ; the
45991text reports what is best attested by the MSS.
45992Bouché-
45993Leclereq (p. 505, n. 1) would assign 30 days to a sign in
45994laying out the number of months (so too Cardanus, but
45995without any manuscript support), and 24 days to a sign
45996in the calculation of days (this reading is found in two
45997MSS.).
45998If “ 28 days” is correct, it represents roughly the
45999length of the lunar month.
460004 ἐπέμβασις,
46001“‘ ingress,’
46002is the time taken by a planet
46003to pass through one sign of the zodiac ; ο΄. Bouché-Leclercq,
46004p. 506; Cardanus, p. 364.
46005453
p. 778
46006PTOLEMY
46007ἀποτελέσματα, Kal μάλιστα ταῖς μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου
46008πρὸς τοὺς καθολικοὺς τῶν χρόνων τόπους, ταῖς δὲ
46009τοῦ Διὸς πρὸς τοὺς τῶν ἐνιαυσιαίων, ταῖς δὲ τοῦ
46010ἡλίου καὶ "Apews καὶ ‘Adpoditns καὶ “Ἑρμοῦ πρὸς
46011τοὺς τῶν μηνιαίων, ταῖς δὲ τῆς σελήνης παρόδοις
46012πρὸς τοὺς τῶν ἡμερησίων, καὶ ὡς τῶν μὲν καθο-
46013λικῶν χρονοκρατόρων κυριωτέρων ὄντων πρὸς τὴν
46014τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος τελείωσιν, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπὶ μέρους
46015συνεργούντων ἢ ἀποσυνεργούντων κατὰ τὸ οἰκεῖον
46016ἢ ἀνοικεῖον τῶν φύσεων, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπεμβάσεων τὰς
46017ἐπιτάσεις καὶ
46018τὰς
46019ἀνέσεις
46020τῶν συμπτωμάτων
46021ἀπεργαζομένων.
46022τὸ μὲν γὰρ καθ᾽
46023ὅλου
46024τῆς
46025ποιότητος
46026ἴδιον καὶ τὴν τοῦ χρόνου παράτασιν
46027ὅ τε τῆς ἀφέσεως τόπος καὶ 6 τῶν καθολικῶν
46028χρόνων κύριος μετὰ τοῦ τῶν ὁρίων διασημαΐίνει,
46029διὰ τὸ συνοικειοῦσθαι τῶν ἀστέρων ἕκαστον ἐπ᾽
46030αὐτῆς τῆς γενέσεως τοῖς τόποις dv! ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς
46031ἔτυχον λαβόντες τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν.
46032Τὸ δὲ πότερον ἀγαθὸν ἢ τοὐναντίον ἔσται τὸ
46033σύμπτωμα καταλαμβάνεται
46034διὰ τῆς τῶν χρονο-
46035κρατόρων φυσικῆς τε καὶ συγκρατικῆς ἰδιοτροπίας,
46036211 εὐποιητικῆς ἢ κακωτικῆς, καὶ τῆς ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς πρὸς
46037τὸν ἐπικρατούμενον τόπον συνοικειώσεως ἢ ἀντι-
46038παθείας.
46039τὸ δ᾽ ἐν ποίοις χρόνοις μᾶλλον ἐπι-
46040σημανθήσεται τὸ ἀποτέλεσμα δείκνυται διὰ τῶν
46041ἐνιαυσιαίων καὶ μηνιαίων ζῳδίων πρὸς τοὺς αἰτια-
46042τικοὺς τόπους συσχηματισμῶν καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς
46043ἐπεμβάσεις τῶν ἀστέρων καὶ τὰς φάσεις ἡλίου καὶ
46044σελήνης πρὸς τὰ ἐνιαύσια καὶ μηνιαῖα τῶν ζῳδίων.
46045οἱ μὲν γὰρ συμφώνως ἔχοντες πρὸς τοὺς διατιθε-
46046454
p. 779
46047TETRABIBLOS IV. 10
46048events ; particularly to the ingresses of Saturn to the
46049general places of the times, and to those of Jupiter to
46050the places of the years; to those of the sun, Mars,
46051Venus, and Mercury to those of the months, and to the
46052transits of the moon to those of the days.
46053The reason
46054for this is that the general chronocrators have greater
46055authority to realize the prediction, while the partial
46056chronocrators assist or deter, in accordance with the
46057familiarity or unfamiliarity of their natures, and the
46058ingresses influence the degree of increase or diminu-
46059tion in the event.
46060For in general the special quality
46061and the length of time are signified by the prorogatory
46062place and the lord of the general times together with
46063the lord of the terms, because each one of the planets
46064at the very time of the nativity is made familiar with
46065the places which they happened at first to govern.
46066Whether the event will be good or bad is discovered
46067from the natural and composite properties of the
46068chronocrators, whether they are beneficent or male-
46069ficent, and from their original familiarity with or
46070antipathy to the places which they possess.
46071At
46072what time the predicted event will be evidenced is
46073shown by the aspects of the annual and monthly
46074signs to the places which furnish the causes, and by
46075the aspects of the signs into which the planets are
46076making ingress and in which the phases of the sun
46077and moon occur to the annual and monthly signs.
46078For those whose relation to the affected places under
460791 ἂν post ὧν add. MADECam. ; om. PLProce.
46080455
p. 780
46081PTOLEMY
46082/
46083>
46084A
46085~
46086>
46087~
46088“Ἢ
46089Ά
46090μένους τόπους ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν τῇ γενέσει καταρχῆς καὶ
46091Ἁ
46092A
46093>?
46094/
46095-
46096κατὰ τὰς ἐπεμβάσεις συμφώνως αὐτοῖς συσχη-
46097/
46098>
46099~
46100ματισθέντες ἀγαθῶν εἰσι περὶ τὸ ὑποκείμενον
46101Ss
46102>
46103΄
46104>
46105~
46106εἶδος ἀπεργαστικοί,
46107καθάπερ
46108ἐὰν ἐναντιωθῶσι
461094
46110«ς
46111\
46112>
46113A
46114\
46115>
46116“
46117φαύλων.
46118ot
46119δὲ ἀσυμφώνως
46120καὶ
46121παρ᾽
46122αἵρεσιν
46123\
461244,
46125/
46126-
46127διαμηκίσαντες μὲν ἢ τετραγωνίσαντες ταῖς παρ-
46128,ὔ
46129~
46130>
46131”
46132Ἁ
46133A
46134\
46135a”
46136ὄδοις κακῶν
46137εἰσιν
46138αἴτιοι͵ κατὰ
46139δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους
46140σχηματισμοὺς οὐκέτι.
46141«
46142~
46143~
46144Kav μὲν ot αὐτοὶ
46145καὶ τῶν χρόνων Kal τῶν
46146>?
46147/
461484
46149>
46150/
46151«
46152,
46153ἐπεμβάσεων κυριεύσωσιν ἀστέρες, ὑπερβάλλουσα
46154¢
46155΄σ
46156>
46157=
46158καὶ ἄκρατος γίνεται ἡ τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος φύσις,
4615977
46160>?
46161\
46162\
46163>
46164θὸ
4616527
46166AY
46167\
46168BA
46169cs
461702
46171ἐάν τε ἐπὶ TO ἀγαθὸν ἐάν τε ἐπὶ TO φαῦλον ῥέπῃ"
46172\
46173Av
46174λέ
461753
46176oA’
46177\
46178/
461794 ὃ \
46180A
46181καὶ πολὺ πλέον ὃ ἐὰν μὴ povov*
46182διὰ τὸ xpovo-
46183>
46184“
46185a
46186Kpdtopas εἶναι κυριεύσωσι τοῦ τῆς αἰτίας εἴδους,
461873
46188\
46189\
46190\
46191‘
46192>
46193>
46194\
46195\
46196>
46197\
46198“
461994
46200ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς γενέσεως
46201τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν αὐτοῦ τετυχηκέναι.
46202κατὰ πάντα
462033
462045¢
46205~
46206~
46207Ἃ
462083
46209~
46210Ld
46211”
46212,ὔ
46213212 δ᾽ ὁμοῦ δυστυχοῦσιν ἢ εὐτυχοῦσιν, ὅταν ἤτοι τόπος
46214~
46215\
46216~
46217eis καὶ 6 αὐτὸς ὑπὸ πασῶν ἢ τῶν
46218πλείστων
46219n“
46220,
46221ἀφέσεων τύχῃ καταληφθείς,
46222ἢ τούτων διαφόρων
46223~
46224«
462257
46226“Ἃ
46227\
46228‘
46229οὐσῶν
46230οἱ αὐτοὶ χρόνοι πάσας
46231ἢ Tas πλείστας
462323
46233\
46234δ]
46235ὑπαντήσεις
46236ὁμοίως
46237ἀγαθοποιοὺς
46238ἢ κακοποιοὺς
46239¢
46240\
462412 >
462424
46243~
46244~
46245τύχωσιν ἐσχηκότες.
46246ὁ μὲν οὖν τύπος " τῆς τῶν
46247~
46248“
46249n
46250’
46251καιρῶν ἐπισκέψεως τοιοῦτός ® τις av γίγνοιτο,
46252᾿ εἰσι PLAD, εἰς τὸ MECam.
462532 ῥέπῃ MEACam.!, -εἰ D, om. PLCam.’
462543 καὶ πολ(λ)ὺ πλέον PL, πολὺ δὲ πλέον MAD, ὡς én πολὺ δὲ
46255πλέον HCam.
462564 ἐὰν μὴ μόνον PL, εἰ μὲν οὐ μόνον Cam.*, om. MADECam.!
46257450
p. 781
46258TETRABIBLOS IV. 10
46259consideration is harmonious from the beginning made
46260in the nativity, and which in their ingresses are in
46261favourable aspect to them, exert a good effect upon
46262the species of the matter concerned, even as they
46263cause evil if they oppose.
46264And those which are in-
46265harmoniously related and of opposite sect cause evil
46266if they are in opposition or in quartile to the transits,
46267but not in the other aspects.
46268And if the same planets are lords of both the times
46269and the ingresses, the nature of the predicted event
46270is made excessive and unalloyed, whether it incline
46271to the good or to the bad;
46272all the more so if they
46273govern the species of the cause ' not only because they
46274are chronocrators, but also because they ruled it
46275originally in the nativity.
46276The subjects are un-
46277fortunate or fortunate in all respects at once, when-
46278ever either all or most of the prorogations are found
46279in one and the same place, or if these are different,
46280whenever all or most of the occourses occurring at
46281the same times are similarly fortunate or unfortunate.
46282The character of the investigation of the times, then,
46283is of this fashion,”
462841.1.6. determine the quality (good or bad) of the causation.
462852 The original ending of the treatise is in doubt;
46286see the
46287Introduction, pp. xviil-xx.
46288ὃ τύπος libri, τόπος Cam.
46289® χοιοῦτος PL, τοσοῦτος cett. Cam,
46290BB
46291457

Provenance

Full provenance, licence and citation: part 1.

What the layers are

L0 witness
The text as its witness or edition has it, original spelling; its dialect is a description and is never standardized.
L0.5 transliteration
For Egyptian texts: the transliteration with the editors' marks turned into the symbols ° * < > _ ^ (ruled 2026-09-10). For papyri: the edition's Leiden marks as the same symbols, and the editors' readings beside the scribe's as ‹scribe→editors› (ruled PAP-3).
L1 Cairene
Standardized Greco-Bohairic spelling and grammar, generated by code from the layer above under the rulings of the project.
L2 Kemetic
The Kemetic alphabet, generated by code from L1.
English
Quoted translations where they exist, credited; otherwise model drafts, marked as drafts.